wilsonville wwtp improvements design-build-operate...chemical resistant coating product data sheet...

June 2014

Record Drawings

Wilsonvi l le WWTP ImprovementsDesign-Bui ld-Operate

Vo l u m e 4

S p e c i f i c a t i o n sD i v i s i o n s 3 3 ‒ 4 0

WILSONVILLE, OREGON

DESIGN-BUILD-OPERATE

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

for the

WILSONVILLE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT IMPROVEMENTS

VOLUME 4

DIVISIONS 33 THROUGH 42

****

****

CH2M HILL

Corvallis, Oregon

June 2014

© CH2M HILL 2014. All rights reserved. This document and the ideas and designs incorporated herein, as an instrument of professional service, is the property of CH2M HILL and is not to be used in whole or part, for any other project without the written authorization of CH2M HILL.

Project No. 425034 Copy No.

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS – DBO

PW/WBG/425034 TABLE OF CONTENTS JANUARY 2014 00 01 10 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS

VOLUME 1

DIVISION 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 31 13 Project Coordination Supplement: Special Plant Accommodation (SPA) 01 31 19 Project Meetings 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Supplements: Transmittal of Subcontractor’s Submittal Form Material or Equipment Substitution Request Form 01 42 13 Abbreviations and Acronyms 01 43 33 Manufacturers’ Field Services Supplements: Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation 01 45 16.13 Subcontractor Quality Control 01 45 33 Special Inspection, Observation, and Testing Supplements: Contractor’s Statement of Responsibility Seismic Qualification of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Certificate of Compliance 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 56 39 Temporary Plant Protection 01 57 13 Erosion and Sediment Control 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 01 64 00 CH2M HILL-Furnished Products 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 23 Operation, Maintenance, and Asset Data Supplements: Maintenance Summary Form Electronic Document Requirements 01 88 15 Anchorage and Bracing 01 91 14 Equipment Testing and Facility Startup

DIVISION 2—EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 41 00 Demolition


TABLE OF CONTENTS PW/WBG/425034 00 01 10 - 2 JANUARY 2014 ©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL

DIVISION 3—CONCRETE

03 01 32 Repair of Vertical and Overhead Concrete Surfaces 03 01 33 Repair of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 15 00 Concrete Joints and Accessories 03 21 00 Reinforcing Steel 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete Supplements: Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F2S1P1C1-1 Concrete Mix Design, Class 4500F2S1P1C1-2 Concrete Mix Design, Class SM00F2S1P1C1 Concrete Mix Design, Class 3500F1S1P1C1 03 39 00 Concrete Curing 03 62 00 Nonshrink Grouting Supplement: 24-Hour Evaluation of Nonshrink Grout Test Form and Grout

Testing Procedures 03 63 00 Concrete Doweling 03 64 23 Crack Repair Epoxy Injection Grouting

DIVISION 4—MASONRY

04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry

DIVISION 5—METALS

05 05 23 Welding Supplement: Welding and Nondestructive Testing Table 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 21 19 Open Web Steel Joist Framing 05 31 00 Steel Decking 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 52 00 Metal Railings 05 53 00 Metal Gratings

DIVISION 6—WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

06 10 00 Rough Carpentry

DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 14 00 Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation 07 41 13 Metal Roof Panels



07 54 23 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 70 01 Roof Specialties and Accessories 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

DIVISION 8—OPENINGS

08 11 00 Metal Doors and Frames 08 30 00 Specialty Doors 08 40 00 Fabric Cover 08 45 00 Translucent Wall Assemblies 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing 08 90 00 Louvers

DIVISION 9—FINISHES

09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring and Base 09 90 00 Painting and Coating Supplements: Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) Paint Product Data Sheet (PPDS) 09 96 35 Chemical-Resistant Coatings Supplements: Chemical Resistant Coating Data Sheet (CRCDS) Chemical Resistant Coating Product Data Sheet (CRCPDS) 09 97 26 Cementitious Coatings

DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES

10 14 00 Signage Supplement: Sign Schedule 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10 44 00 Portable Fire and Safety Equipment 10 80 00 Miscellaneous Specialties 10 88 13 Low Profile Shallow Pit Truck Scale

DIVISIONS 11 THRU 20—NOT USED



VOLUME 2

DIVISION 21—FIRE SUPPRESSION

21 13 00 Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems

DIVISION 22—PLUMBING

22 10 01 Plumbing Piping and Accessories 22 10 01.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Drain Waste and Vent (PVC-DWV) Pipe and

Fittings Data Sheet 22 10 01.03 Cast Iron Soil Pipe (CISP) and Fittings Data Sheet 22 30 00 Plumbing Equipment 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures

DIVISION 23—HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)

23 05 48 Vibration Isolation for HVAC Piping and Equipment Supplement: Vibration Isolation Schedule for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC and Odor Control 23 09 00 Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC 23 09 13 HVAC Controls, Field Components, and Instruments 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping 23 31 13 Metal Ducts and Accessories Supplement: Ductwork Schedule 23 31 16.16 Foul Air Ductwork and Accessories 23 34 00 Fans 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets 23 60 00.01 Secondary Effluent Cooling Towers Supplement: Secondary Effluent Cooling Towers Induction Motor Data Sheet 23 60 00.02 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Supplement: Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Induction Motor Data Sheet 23 77 00 Air Handling Units 23 81 00 Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment

DIVISIONS 24 AND 25—NOT USED

VOLUME 3

DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL

26 05 02 Basic Electrical Requirements



26 05 04 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 26 05 05 Conductors 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes 26 05 70 Electrical Systems Analysis Supplement: Figure 1: Example Arc Flash Label 26 08 00 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 26 09 13 Power Measurement and Control 26 12 02 Liquid-Filled Pad-Mounted Transformers 26 13 16.02 Pad-Mounted Switchgear 26 14 13 Switchboards 26 20 00 Low-Voltage AC Induction Motors 26 22 00 Low-Voltage Transformers 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 24 19 Low-Voltage Motor Control 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 29 23 Low-Voltage Adjustable Frequency Drive System 26 32 13.13 Diesel Engine Generator Set 26 36 23 Automatic Transfer Controllers 26 43 00 Surge Protection Devices 26 50 00 Lighting

DIVISION 27—NOT USED

DIVISION 28—ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

28 13 00 Security Systems 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm


DIVISION 31—EARTHWORK

31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 13 Subgrade Preparation 31 23 16 Excavation 31 23 19.01 Dewatering 31 23 23 Fill and Backfill 31 23 23.15 Trench Backfill 31 32 19.16 Geotextile 31 37 00 Riprap 31 41 00 Shoring



DIVISION 32—EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

32 11 23 Aggregate Base Courses 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 32 16 00 Sidewalks 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 84 23 Landscape Irrigation Systems 32 91 13 Soil Preparation 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses 32 93 00 Plants 32 94 45 Landscape Maintenance

VOLUME 4

DIVISION 33—UTILITIES

33 05 01 Conveyance Piping—General 33 05 01.09 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings 33 05 13 Manholes 33 05 16.13 Precast Concrete Utility Structure 33 12 19 Water Utility Distribution Fire Hydrants 33 13 00 Disinfection of Water Utility Distribution Facilities 33 41 01 Storm Drain, Drainage Piping, and Underdrain Piping 33 41 01.03 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Data Sheet 33 41 01.05 Reinforced Concrete Data Sheet 33 41 01.09 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Underdrain Data Sheet


DIVISION 35—WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION

35 20 16.25 Fabricated Slide Gates Supplement: Slide Gate Schedule


DIVISION 40—PROCESS INTEGRATION

40 05 15 Piping Support Systems 40 05 33 Pipe Heat Tracing 40 27 00 Process Piping – General 40 27 00.01 Cement-Mortar or Glass-Lined Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Data

Sheet 40 27 00.03 Carbon Steel Pipe and Fittings Data Sheet 40 27 00.07 Galvanized Steel Pipe and Malleable Iron Fittings Data Sheet



40 27 00.08 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings Data Sheet 40 27 00.10 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings Data Sheet 40 27 00.13 Copper and Copper Alloy Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Data Sheet 40 27 00.19 High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings Data Sheet 40 27 00.21 Profile Wall Polyethylene (PWPE) Data Sheet 40 27 01 Process Piping Specialties 40 27 02 Process Valves and Operators Supplements: Manual Valve Schedule 480V Power Operated Valve Schedule 120V Power Operated Valve Schedule Self-Regulated Valve Schedule 40 42 13 Mechanical Insulation 40 80 01 Process Piping Leakage Testing 40 91 00 Instrumentation Components Supplements: Instrument List Instrument Data Sheets 40 92 01 Control Panels Supplement: Control Panel Schedule 40 92 05 Programmable Logic Controllers Supplements: PLC Equipment List I/O List - Hardwired I/O List - Network 40 92 06 SCADA Components Supplements: SCADA Components List SCADA Components Data Sheets 40 92 07 Ethernet Network Components Supplements: Ethernet Components List Ethernet Components Data Sheets 40 99 90 Package Control Systems


VOLUME 5

DIVISION 43—PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT

43 22 25 Biosolids Drying System



DIVISION 44—POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT

44 41 11.13 Aeration Basin Anaerobic Mixers Supplement: Anaerobic Mixers Data Sheet 44 42 19.05 Variable-Speed Turbo Air Blowers Supplement: Aeration Blowers Data Sheet 44 42 24.03 Secondary Clarifier Mechanism (Suction Header/Manifold Type) Supplement: Secondary Clarifier Mechanism Induction Motor Data Sheet 44 42 25.03 Prefabricated Rectangular Aluminum Cover Supplements: Lightnin Design Criteria Philadelphia Design Criteria 44 42 28 FRP Weir and Baffle Plates 44 42 30 Influent Screening System 44 42 33 Biofilter Odor Control System 44 42 40 Vortex Grit Chamber Equipment 44 42 41 Grit Cyclone and Classifier Supplement: Grit Classifier Induction Motor Data Sheet 44 42 56.01 Screw-Induced Flow Centrifugal Pumps Supplement: RAS Pump Data Sheet 44 42 56.03 Vertical Turbine Pumps Supplement: Secondary Effluent Pump Data Sheet 44 42 56.04 Submersible Pumps Supplement: Submersible Pump Schedule 44 42 56.05 Submersible Chopper Pump 44 42 56.10 Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps Supplement: Secondary Effluent Cooling Tower Pumps Data Sheet 44 42 56.13 Progressing Cavity Pumps Supplement: Centrifuge Feed Pump Data Sheet 44 42 73.01 Thermoplastic Liner for Concrete Structures 44 45 16.02 Fine Bubble Air Diffuser System 44 46 10 Dewatering Centrifuges 44 46 30 Miscellaneous Mechanical Equipment 44 47 28.26 Activated Carbon Odor Control System 44 66 22 UV Disinfection System




DIVISION 46—WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT

46 61 46.13 Disk Filter Equipment


VOLUME 6

DRAWINGS

VOLUME 7

DESIGN DETAILS

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL MARCH 2012 33 05 01 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 33 05 01 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Related sections include the following:

1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 31 23 16, Excavation. 4. Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 5. Section 40 27 01, Process Piping Specialties.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section:

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete.

2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. b. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or

Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. c. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 in.

Through 144 in. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). d. C210 Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior

of Steel Water Pipelines. e. C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior

of Steel Water Pipelines. f. C217, Petrolatum and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the

Exterior of Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. g. C219, Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. h. C221, Fabricated Steel Mechanical Slip-Type Expansion Joints. i. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints.

3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A497/A497M, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire

Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. b. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain

Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. c. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. e. F593, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap

Screws, and Studs.


CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL PW/WBG/425034 33 05 01 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

4. NSF International (NSF): 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects.

1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Where pipe class or wall thickness is not indicated, design piping system for maximum stress based on test pressure indicated in the Piping Schedule on the Drawings, or specified earth and traffic loads, whichever is greater.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals:

1. Detailed pipe fabrication drawings showing pipe details, special fittings and bends, dimensions, coatings, and other pertinent information.

2. Layout drawing showing location of each pipe section and each special length.

3. Pipe pressure class. 4. Wall thickness, reinforcing, and strength calculations. 5. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data for couplings, saddles, gaskets, and

other pipe accessories. Indicate maximum rated working pressure and test pressure for each item.

B. Informational Submittals: Provide manufacturer’s certificate(s) in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers’ Field Services.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in individual Specification(s) following this Section.

B. Marking at Plant: Mark each pipe and fitting at plant. Include date of manufacture, manufacturer’s identification, specification standard, diameter of pipe dimension ratio, pipe class, pipe number for laying purposes, and other information required for type of pipe.

C. Pipe, specials, and fittings received at Project Site in damaged condition will not be accepted.

D. Gasket Storage: Store rubber gaskets in cool, well ventilated place, and do not expose to direct rays of sun. Do not allow contact with oils, fuels, petroleum, or solvents.

E. Store and support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid contact with mud, water, or other deleterious materials.



F. Handling:

1. Pipe shall be handled with proper equipment in a manner to prevent distortion or damage. Use of hooks, chains, wire ropes, or clamps that could damage pipe, damage coating or lining, or kink and bend pipe ends is not permitted.

2. Use heavy canvas, or nylon slings of suitable strength for lifting and supporting materials.

3. Lifting pipe during unloading or lifting into trench shall be done using two slings placed at quarter point of pipe section. Pipe may be lifted using one sling near center of pipe, provided pipe is guided to prevent uncontrolled swinging and no damage will result to pipe or harm to workers. Slings shall bear uniformly against pipe.

4. Pipe and fittings shall not be stored on rocks or gravel, or other hard material that might damage pipe. This includes storage area and along pipe trench.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE

A. As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this Section.

2.02 JOINTS

A. As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this Section.

2.03 COUPLINGS

A. General: Refer to Section 40 27 01, Process Piping Specialties.

2.04 SERVICE SADDLES

A. Double strap design rated for 150 psi minimum working pressure.

2.05 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS

A. Modular Mechanical Seal:

1. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening.

2. Assemble interconnected rubber links with Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts, and pressure plates.

3. Size modular mechanical seals according to manufacturer’s instructions for the size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve opening.



4. Manufacturers and Products: a. Thunderline/LinkSeal, Div. of PSI, Houston, TX; Link Seal. b. Calpico, Inc., South San Francisco, California; Sealing Linx. c. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, Louisiana; Innerlynx.

B. Wall Sleeves:

1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Shall include integral seep ring to minimize seepage between pipe

sleeve and concrete.

C. Wall Couplings:

1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Wall couplings shall provide flexible mechanical joint. 3. Body and end rings of ferrous metal piping shall be coated with fusion

bonded epoxy. 4. Body shall include integral seep ring. 5. Shall comply with AWWA C219.

D. If core drilling is required for penetrations of existing concrete walls or slabs, locations of drilling shall be determined by radiograph to avoid damage to reinforcing steel and conduits.

2.06 FLANGES, FLANGE GASKETS, AND BOLTING MATERIALS

A. As specified in individual specifications following this Section.

B. Flanges, bolting materials, and flange gaskets for steel flanges shall conform to AWWA C207.

C. Flanges, bolting materials, and flange gaskets for ductile iron flanges shall conform to AWWA C110 and AWWA C115.

D. Stainless steel bolting material shall conform to ASTM F593, Type 304 stainless steel, Group 1, Condition SH1, 2, 3 or 4.

E. If the flanges are coated, provide two washers for each bolt on each side of the flange to minimize damage to the coating as the nuts are tightened. Provide bolts of the proper length to accommodate the washers.

2.07 PIPE LOCATING TAPE

A. As specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill.



2.08 PIPE BEDDING AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL

A. Granular material or controlled low strength material as specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill.

2.09 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Notify CH2M HILL at least 2 weeks prior to field fabrication of pipe or fittings.

B. Furnish feeler gauges of proper size, type, and shape for use during installation for each type of pipe furnished.

C. Distributing Materials: Place materials along trench only as will be used each day, unless otherwise approved by CH2M HILL. Placement of materials shall not be hazardous to traffic or to general public, obstruct access to adjacent property, or obstruct others working in area.

3.02 EXAMINATION

A. Verify size, material, joint types, elevation, and horizontal location of existing pipeline to be connected to new pipeline or new equipment.

B. Inspect size and location of structure penetrations to verify adequacy of wall pipes, sleeves, and other openings.

C. Damaged Coatings and Linings: Repair using coating and lining materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3.03 PREPARATION OF TRENCH

A. Prepare trench as specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation.

B. Unless otherwise permitted by CH2M HILL, maximum length of open trench shall not exceed 50 feet.



3.04 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, unless otherwise shown or specified.

2. Install individual pipe lengths in accordance with approved lay diagram. Misplaced pipe shall be removed and replaced.

3. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation, clean ends thoroughly, remove foreign matter and dirt from inside.

4. Flanged Joints: a. Install perpendicular to pipe centerline. b. Bolt Holes: Straddle vertical centerline, aligned with connecting

equipment flanges or as shown on Drawings. c. Use torque-limiting wrenches to provide uniform bearing and

proper bolt tightness. d. Flange Type: Use flat-faced flange when joining with flat-faced

ductile or cast iron flange. 5. Couplings:

a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. b. Before coupling, clean pipe holdback area of oil, scale, rust, and

dirt. c. Do not remove pipe coating. If damaged, repair before joint is

made. d. Clean gaskets before installation. e. If necessary, lubricate with gasket lubricant for installation on

pipe ends. f. Tighten coupling bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on

opposite sides gradually until bolts have uniform tightness.

B. Buried Pressure Pipe:

1. Concrete Encased or Embedded Pipe: Do not encase joints in concrete, unless specifically shown on Drawings.

2. Placement: a. Keep trench dry until pipe laying and joining is completed. b. Exercise care when lowering pipe into trench to prevent twisting

or damage to pipe. c. Measure for grade at pipe invert, not at top of pipe. d. Excavate trench bottom and sides of ample dimensions to permit

proper joining, welding, visual inspection, and testing of entire joint.

e. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement. f. Close and block open end of last laid pipe section when placement

operations are not in progress and at close of day’s work.



g. In general, lay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of laying.

h. Deflect pipe at joints for pipelines laid on a curve using unsymmetrical closure of spigot into bell. If joint deflection of standard pipe lengths will not accommodate horizontal or vertical curves in alignment, provide: 1) Shorter pipe lengths. 2) Special mitered joints. 3) Standard or special fabricated bends.

i. Check gasket position with feeler gauge to assure proper seating. j. After joint has been made, check pipe alignment and grade. k. Place sufficient pipe zone material to secure pipe from movement

before next joint is installed. l. Prevent uplift and floating of pipe prior to backfilling.

3. Tolerances: a. Deflection From Horizontal Line: Maximum 2 inches. b. Deflection From Vertical Line: Maximum 1 inch. c. Joint Deflection: Maximum of 75 percent of manufacturer’s

recommendation. d. Horizontal position of pipe centerline on alignment around curves

maximum variation of 1 foot from position shown. 4. Cover Over Top of Pipe: Minimum 3 feet, unless otherwise shown. 5. Disposal of Excess Excavated Material: As specified in

Section 31 23 16, Excavation.

3.05 THRUST RESTRAINT

A. Location: At pipeline tees, plugs, caps, bends, and locations where unbalanced forces exist.

B. Thrust Blocking:

1. Place only where shown on Drawings. 2. Quantity of Concrete: Sufficient to cover bearing area of pipe and

provide required soil bearing area as shown on Drawings. 3. Place blocking so pipe and fitting joints are accessible for repairs. 4. Place concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place

Concrete.

3.06 CORROSION PROTECTION

A. Buried Pipe: As specified in the individual specifications following this Section.

B. Notify CH2M HILL at least 3 days prior to start of surface preparation, coating application, and corrosion protection work.



3.07 PLACEMENT OF PIPE LOCATING TAPE

A. Place pipe locating tape in accordance with Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill.

3.08 PIPE BEDDING AND ZONE MATERIAL

A. Place pipe bedding and pipe zone material in accordance with Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Pressure Leakage Testing: As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this Section.

3.10 CLEANING AND DISINFECTION

A. Following assembly and testing, and prior to disinfection and final acceptance, flush pipelines with water at 2.5 fps minimum flushing velocity until foreign matter is removed. Dispose of water and flushed foreign matter.

B. If impractical to flush large diameter pipe at 2.5 fps, clean pipe in-place from inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush or blow line at lower velocity.

C. Remove accumulated debris through blowoffs 2 inches and larger or by removing spools and valves from piping.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) MARCH 2012 PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 05 01.09 - 1

SECTION 33 05 01.09 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C110, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. b. C153, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, for Water Service. c. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water. d. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated

Fittings, 4 In. through 12 In. (100 mm through 300 mm), for Water Distribution.

e. C905, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 Inches through 48 Inches (350 mm through 1,200 mm) for Water Transmission and Distribution.

f. C907, Injection-Molded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings, 4 In. through 12 In. (100 mm through 300 mm), for Water Distribution.

2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)

Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). b. D2321, Standard Practice for Underground Installation of

Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications.

c. D2466, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.

d. D2467, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.

e. D2672, Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement.

f. D2855, Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.


POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PW/WBG/425034 PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 33 05 01.09 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

g. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.

3. NSF International (NSF).

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Standard Specifications: When referenced, standard specifications shall mean City of Wilsonville Construction Standards, 2006.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: Drawings showing pipe diameter, pipe class, and fitting details.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance, in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers’ Field Services.

2. Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and at minimum, include the following: a. Testing dates. b. Piping systems and section(s) to be tested. c. Method of isolation. d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s)

to be tested. 3. Certification of Calibration: Approved testing laboratory certificate if

pressure gauge for hydrostatic test has been previously used. If pressure gauge is new, no certificate is required.

4. Test report documentation.


A. Solvent Cement: Store in accordance with ASTM D2855.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Pipe:

1. PVC, conforming to requirements of AWWA C900, Pressure Class 200, DR 14.

2. Pipe to be used for potable water conveyance shall be manufactured from National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved compounds.



B. Joints:

1. Rubber gasketed. 2. Conform to AWWA C900.

C. Fittings: PVC conforming to AWWA C900, C905, or C907. PVC conforming to ASTM D2466 or ASTM D2467. PVC fittings as recommended by pipe manufacturer.

D. Service Saddles:

1. Double strap type with minimum strap width of 2 inches. 2. Straps shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Saddles shall be ductile iron,

epoxy-coated, 10 mils minimum thickness. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psi.

E. Restrained Joints:

1. Where pipe restraint is provided using wedges, system shall be specifically recommended for use on PVC pipe. Systems with set screws, gripper rings, or gripper gaskets shall not be used.

2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psi.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. In accordance with AWWA C605.

B. Solvent cement used for joints as recommended by pipe manufacturer.

C. Joints:

1. Rubber Gasketed: In accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.

2. Solvent Cemented: In accordance with ASTM D2855. 3. Restrained Joint Systems: In accordance with manufacturer’s written

instructions.

D. Pipe Bending for Horizontal or Vertical Curves:

1. Bending of pipe barrels larger than 12 inches in diameter is not allowed. 2. Radius of curves shall not exceed 75 percent of manufacturer’s

recommended values. 3. Use blocks or braces at pipe joints to ensure axial deflection in gasketed

or mechanical joints does not exceed allowable deflection.


POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PW/WBG/425034 PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 33 05 01.09 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

E. Maximum Joint Deflection at Mechanical Joint: 75 percent of manufacturer’s recommended values.

F. No deflection is allowed at push-on joints.

3.02 INSPECTION AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING

A. General:

1. Notify CH2M HILL in writing at least 5 days in advance of testing. Perform testing in presence of CH2M HILL.

2. Using water as test medium, all newly installed pipelines shall successfully pass hydrostatic leakage test prior to acceptance.

3. Conduct field hydrostatic test on buried piping after trench has been completely backfilled and compacted. Testing may, as approved by CH2M HILL’s Engineer, be done prior to placement of asphaltic concrete or roadway structural section.

4. Subcontractor may, if field conditions permit and as approved by CH2M HILL, partially backfill trench and leave joints open for inspection and conduct an initial informal service leak test. Final field hydrostatic test shall not, however, be conducted until backfilling has been completed as specified above.

5. Supply of Temporary Water: In accordance with Section 01 50 00, Temporary Facilities and Controls.

6. Dispose of water used in testing. 7. Install temporary thrust blocking or other restraint as necessary to

prevent movement of pipe and protect adjacent piping or equipment. Make necessary taps in piping prior to testing.

8. Wait a minimum of 5 days after temporary concrete thrust blocking is installed to perform pressure tests. If high-early strength cement is used for thrust blocking, wait may be reduced to 2 days.

9. Prior to test, remove or suitably isolate appurtenant instruments or devices that could be damaged by pressure testing.

10. New Piping Connected to Existing Piping: a. Isolate new piping with grooved-end pipe caps, blind flanges, or

other means as acceptable to CH2M HILL. b. Provide appropriate thrust blocking.

B. Hydrostatic Testing Procedure:

1. Furnish testing equipment, as approved by CH2M HILL’s Engineer, which provides observable and accurate measurements of leakage under specified conditions.

2. Maximum Filling Velocity: 0.25 foot per second calculated based on full area of pipe.



3. Expel air from piping system during filling. 4. Test Pressure: As listed in the Piping Schedule on the Drawings. 5. Apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic force pump.

Valve off piping system when test pressure is reached. 6. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 2 hours minimum,

adding make-up water only as necessary to restore test pressure to within 5 psi of specified hydrostatic test pressure.

7. Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water necessary to maintain specified test pressure for duration of test.

C. Maximum Allowable Leakage:

7400

)D(PN = L

2/1

Where:

L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour. N = Number of joints in tested line. D = Nominal diameter of pipe, in inches. P = Average test pressure during leakage test, in pounds per square inch.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 MANHOLES MARCH 2012 33 05 13 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 33 05 13 MANHOLES

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 03 21 00, Reinforcing Steel. 3. Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 4. Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 5. Section 31 23 16, Excavation. 6. Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this Section:

1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): M198, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants.

2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A48/A48M, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. c. A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip

Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. d. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. e. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain

Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. f. B139/B139M, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod,

Bar, and Shapes. g. C14, Standard Specification for Nonreinforced Concrete Sewer,

Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. h. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete

Test Specimens in the Field. i. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of

Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. j. C150/C150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. k. C192/C192M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete

Test Specimens in the Laboratory.


MANHOLES PW/WBG/425034 33 05 13 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

l. C387/C387M, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete.

m. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using Rubber Gaskets.

n. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections.

o. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals.

p. C990, Standard Specification for Joints in Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants.

q. C1311, Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants. r. C1244, Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by

the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill. s. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction

Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)).

t. D4101, Standard Specification for Propylene Injection and Extrusion Materials.

u. F593, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs.

v. F594, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts.

1.03 SUBMITTALS


1. Shop Drawings including details of construction, reinforcing and joints, anchors, lifting, external straps, erection inserts, and other items cast into members.

2. Product Data: a. Concrete mix design. b. Manhole frame to structure seals. c. Manhole frame to structure anchor bolt. d. Rubber gaskets and sealants. e. External joint wrap.


1. Experience Record: a. Precast concrete production capabilities. b. Evidence of current PCI plant certification.

2. Calculations: Proposed details and design calculations for stresses in precast concrete members for loading conditions including earth pressures and transportation, handling, buoyancy, and erection.



Calculations shall be stamped by a structural engineer registered in the State of Oregon.

3. Certificate of Compliance: Certify admixtures and concrete do not contain calcium chloride.

4. Test Reports: a. Precast manufacturer’s concrete test cylinders. b. Core compression test. c. Absorption test.

5. Certified load test data for precast manhole steps. 6. Manufacturer’s recommended installation instructions. 7. Field quality control report.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications:

1. Precast Concrete and Precast Prestressed Concrete: Product of manufacturer with 3 years’ experience producing precast concrete products of quality specified.

2. Precast Plant: PCI certified plant with current certification.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Materials of Construction and Service Conditions:

1. Screws, Bolts, or Nuts: Type 304 stainless steel conforming to ASTM F593 and ASTM F594.

2. Gaskets: Internal and external seals shall be made of materials that have been proven to be resistant to the following exposures and conditions: a. Sanitary sewage. b. Corrosion or rotting under wet or dry conditions. c. Gaseous environment in sanitary sewers and at road surfaces

including common levels of ozone, carbon monoxide, and other trace gases at installation site.

d. Biological environment in soils and sanitary sewers. e. Chemical attack by road salts, road oil, and common street

spillages or solvents used in street construction or maintenance. f. Temperature ranges, variations, and gradients in construction

area. g. Variations in moisture conditions and humidity. h. Fatigue failure caused by a minimum of 30 freeze-thaw cycles per

year. i. Vibrations because of traffic loading.



j. Fatigue failure because of repeated variations of tensile, compressive and shear stresses, and repeated elongation and compression. Material shall remain flexible allowing repeated movement.

3. Materials shall be compatible with each other and manhole materials. 4. Designed to provide a 20-year service life.

B. Structures shall meet requirements of ASTM C478, this specification and the following:

1. Concrete: a. Cement: Meet requirements of ASTM C150/C150M. b. Compressive Strength:

1) Minimum 4,000 psi. 2) Minimum strength shall be confirmed at 7 days by making

two standard cylinders per manhole for testing. 2. Reinforcement: Grade 60, unless otherwise specified. 3. Ring: Custom made with openings to meet indicated pipe alignment

conditions and invert elevations. 4. Floor: Minimum 2 inches below pipe to provide clearance for grouting

channels. 5. Joint:

a. Form joint contact services with machined castings. b. Surfaces shall be parallel with nominal 1/16-inch clearing and

tongue equipped with recess for installation of O-ring rubber gasket.

6. Gasket: Meet requirements of ASTM C443.

2.02 PRECAST MANHOLES

A. Riser Sections:

1. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. 2. Diameter: Minimum 48 inches or as shown on Drawings. 3. Wall Thickness: Minimum 4 inches or 1/12 times inside diameter,

whichever is greater. 4. Top and bottom surfaces shall be parallel. 5. Joints: Confined O-ring with rubber gaskets meeting ASTM C443. 6. Heavy traffic rated, HS-20.

B. Cone Sections:

1. Eccentric. 2. Same wall thickness as riser section.



3. Top and bottom surfaces shall be parallel. 4. Heavy traffic rated, HS-20.

C. Base Sections and Base Slab:

1. Base slab integral with sidewalls. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. 3. Heavy traffic rated, HS-20.

D. Manhole Extensions:

1. Concrete grade rings; maximum 6 inches high. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM C478. 3. Heavy traffic rated, HS-20.

E. Joint Seal Manufacturers and Products:

1. Butyl Gaskets: a. Hamilton Kent, Sparks, NV; Kent-Seal No. 2. b. Henry Company, Houston, TX; Ram-Nek. c. Trelleborg Engineered Solutions, Park Hills, MO; NPC

Bidco C-56. 2. Confined Plastic or Rubber O-Ring:

a. As recommended by precasting manufacturer. b. Meet requirements of ASTM C443.

3. External Wrap: a. Sealing Systems, Inc., Loretto, MN; Gator Wrap. b. Henry Company, Houston, TX; RU116 Rubr-Nek External Joint

Wrap. c. Trelleborg Engineered Solutions, Park Hills, MO; NPC External

Joint Wrap. d. Cretex Specialty Products, Waukesha, WI; Cretex Wrap.

2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE MANHOLES

A. Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B. Reinforcing Steel: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Reinforcing Steel.

2.04 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVER

A. Castings:

1. Tough, close-grained gray iron, sound, smooth, clean, free from blisters, blowholes, shrinkage, cold shuts, and defects.

2. Cast Iron: ASTM A48/A48M Class 35B.



3. Ductile Iron: ASTM A536, Grade 60-40-12. 4. Plane or grind bearing surfaces to ensure flat, true surfaces.

B. Cover: True and seat within ring at all points. Lettering to match existing manholes onsite.

C. Capscrews for Watertight and Tamper-Proof Covers: High temper phosphor bronze with 60,000 psi minimum tensile strength meeting ASTM B139/ B139M.

D. Watertight Cover Gasket: Molded from high-quality rubber such as nitrile or EPDM.

E. Heavy traffic rated, HS-20.

2.05 MANHOLE FRAME CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE

A. Butyl Sealant:

1. Conform to ASTM C1311, or AASHTO M198 and ASTM C990. 2. Trowelable or cartridge applied. 3. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Tremco Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing, Beachwood, OH; Tremco Butyl Sealant.

b. Bostik, Middleton, MA; Chem-Calk 300. c. Press-Seal Gasket Company, Fort Wayne, IN; EZ-Stik #3.

B. External Wrap:

1. Meet requirements of ASTM C923. 2. Construct of high quality rubber that will provide flexible watertight

seal around joint. 3. Thickness: Minimum 60 mils. 4. Consist of a top and bottom section and be sealed to structure, frame

top, and bottom with mastic as applicable. 5. Length: Extend from manhole frame and extension ring to cone section. 6. Bands: If required, constructed of minimum 16-gauge sheet if

channeled, or 5/16-inch diameter if round. 7. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Sealing Systems, Inc., Loretto, MN; Infi-Shield. b. Trelleborg Engineered Systems, Milford, NH; NPC Flexrib

Frame-Chimney Seals. c. Cretex Specialty Products, Waukesha, WI; X-85 Seal.



C. Internal Wrap or Sealing Membrane:

1. Meet requirements of ASTM C923. 2. Minimum internal thickness of 3/16 inch or as recommended by

manufacturer for installation climate. 3. Designed for application and have a demonstrated history of

accommodating differential expansion between frame and concrete. 4. Width: Minimum 8 inches. 5. Expansive type wraps shall be fabricated of high quality rubber or

urethane. 6. Bands: If required, constructed of minimum 16-gauge sheet if

channeled, or 5/16-inch diameter if round. 7. Wrap shall not restrict access to manhole. 8. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Sealing Systems, Inc., Loretto, MN; Flex-Seal Utility Sealant. b. Trelleborg Engineered Systems, Milford, NH; NPC Flexrib

Frame-Chimney Seals. c. Cretex Specialty Products, Waukesha, WI; Internal Manhole

Chimney Seal.

D. Frame to Structure Anchor Bolts:

1. 3/4-inch-diameter HAS stainless steel bolts; minimum 6-5/8-inch embedment.

2. As specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

E. Sidewalk Doors: As specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

2.06 MORTAR

A. Standard premixed in accordance with ASTM C387/C387M, or proportion one part Portland cement to two parts clean, well-graded sand that will pass a 1/8-inch screen.

B. Admixtures: May be included; do not exceed the following percentages of weight of cement:

1. Hydrated Lime: 10 percent. 2. Diatomaceous Earth or Other Inert Material: 5 percent.

C. Mix Consistency:

1. Tongue-and-Groove Type Joint: Such that mortar will readily adhere to pipe.



2. Confined Groove (Keylock) Joint: Such that excess mortar will be forced out of groove and support is not provided for section being placed.

2.07 BACKFILL AROUND AND UNDER MANHOLE

A. Structural fill as specified in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill.

2.08 FLEXIBLE JOINTS FOR SEALING PIPES IN MANHOLE

A. Manufacturers and Products:

1. NPC, Inc., Milford, New Hampshire; Kor-N-Seal flexible rubber boot with stainless steel accessories.

2. A-LOK Products, Inc., Tullytown, PA; Z-LOK XP or A-LOK flexible connectors.

B. Doghouse Manhole/Manhole over Existing Pipe (where use of a boot is not possible):

1. Green Streak; hydrophilic waterstop CJ-0725-3k.

2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Prior to delivery of precast manhole sections to Site, yard permeability tests may be required at point of manufacture. CH2M HILL will select precast sections not to exceed 5 percent of the total project quantity to test from material which is to be supplied to Project. Test specimens shall be mat tested and meet permeability test requirements of ASTM C14.

B. Concrete Testing: Test two concrete test cylinders for each manhole. Compressive strength shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M, ASTM C39/C39M, and ASTM C192/C192M.

C. Inspection:

1. Material Quality: a. Manufacturing process and finished sections shall be subject to

inspection and approval by CH2M HILL. 1) Inspections may take place at manufacturer’s plant, at Site

after delivery, or at both. 2) Sections not meeting requirements of this Specification or

that are determined to have defects which may affect durability of structure are subject to rejection.

3) Sections rejected after delivery shall be removed and replaced.



4) Sections damaged after delivery will be rejected and if already installed shall be repaired to satisfaction of CH2M HILL.

5) If structure cannot be repaired it shall be removed and replaced entirely at Subcontractor’s expense.

2. At the time of inspection the sections will be carefully examined for compliance with ASTM C478 and with manufacturer’s drawings. Sections will be inspected for general appearance, dimensions, scratch strength, blisters, cracks, roughness, and soundness. Surface shall be dense and close textured.

3. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to approval of CH2M HILL, after demonstration by manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Prior to installation inspect materials:

1. Sections not meeting requirements of this specification or that are determined to have defects which may affect durability of structure are subject to rejection.

2. Sections damaged after delivery will be rejected and if already installed shall be repaired to satisfaction of CH2M HILL.

3. Remove and replace structure that cannot be repaired.

B. If needed, dewater excavation during construction and testing operations.

3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. Excavation: As specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation.

B. Backfill: As specified in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST MANHOLES

A. Concrete Base:

1. Precast: a. Place on compacted structural fill. b. Properly locate, ensure firm bearing throughout, and plumb first

section. 2. Cast-in-Place:

a. Invert: Minimum 8 inches below lowest connecting pipe. b. First section of manhole shall be cast in concrete base.



B. Sections:

1. Inspect precast manhole sections to be joined. 2. Clean ends of sections to be joined. 3. Do not use sections with chips or cracks in tongue. 4. Locate precast steps in line with each other to provide continuous

vertical ladder.

C. Preformed Plastic Gaskets or Rubber O-Ring:

1. Use only pipe primer furnished by gasket manufacturer. 2. Install gasket material in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Completed Manhole: Rigid and watertight.

D. Mortar Joints:

1. Thoroughly wet joint with water prior to placing mortar. 2. Place mortar on groove of lower section prior to section installation. 3. Fill joint completely with mortar of proper consistency. 4. Prevent mortar from drying out and cure by applying approved curing

compound or comparable approved method. 5. Do not use mortar mixed for longer than 30 minutes. 6. Chip out and replace cracked or defective mortar. 7. Completed Manhole: Rigid and watertight.

E. External Joint Wraps: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

F. Extensions:

1. Provide on manholes in streets or other locations where change in existing grade may be likely.

2. Install to height not exceeding 12 inches. 3. Lay grade rings in mortar with sides plumb and tops level. 4. Seal joints with mortar as specified for sections and make watertight.

3.04 MANHOLE INVERT

A. Construct with smooth transitions to ensure unobstructed flow through manhole. Remove sharp edges or rough sections that tend to obstruct flow.

B. Where full section of pipe is laid through manhole, break out top section and cover exposed edge of pipe completely with mortar. Trowel mortar surfaces smooth.



3.05 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS

A. Install concrete grade rings as required to set covers flush with surface of adjoining pavement or ground surface, unless otherwise shown or directed.

B. Set frames in three equally spaced beads of butyl sealant that run full circumference of frame.

C. Anchor frame to manhole with specified bolts.

D. Install exterior manhole frame to structure seals in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Seal shall cover grade rings.

3.06 WATERTIGHT MANHOLES

A. Unless otherwise noted, manholes covers shall be bolted down with sealing gasket.

B. Install frame fasteners in conformance with ASTM A123.

3.07 CAST-IN-PLACE MANHOLE

A. Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B. Reinforcing Steel: As specified in Section 03 21 00, Reinforcing Steel.

3.08 MANHOLE PIPING

A. Drop Assembly: See Drawings for detail of installation requirements.

B. Flexible Joints:

1. Provide in pipe not more than 1-1/2 feet from manhole walls. 2. Where last joint of pipe is between 1-1/2 feet and 6 feet from manhole

wall, provide flexible joint in manhole wall.

C. Stubouts for Future Connections:

1. Provide same type and class of pipe as specified for use in service connection, lateral, main, or trunk sewer construction. Where there are two different classes of pipe at manhole use higher strength pipe.

2. Grout pipe in precast walls or manhole base to provide watertight seal or use flexible joints as specified herein.

3. Maximum Length: 1-1/2 feet outside manhole wall.



4. Construct invert channels as shown. Unless otherwise approved by CH2M HILL, match inside top elevation of service connection pipe to inside top elevation of outlet pipe.

5. Test Plugs: a. Install rubber-gasketed plugs in end of stubouts with gasket joints

similar to sewer pipe being used. b. Plugs shall withstand internal or external pressures without

leakage. c. Adequately brace plugs against hydrostatic or air test pressures.

D. Permanent Plugs: Clean interior contact surfaces of pipes to be cut off or abandoned as shown, and construct plug as follows:

1. Pipe 18 Inches or Less in Diameter: Concrete plug in end, minimum 2 feet long.

2. Pipe 20 Inches and Larger: Concrete plug in end, minimum 4 feet long. 3. Plugs shall be watertight and capable of withstanding internal and

external pressures without leakage.

3.09 MANHOLES OVER EXISTING PIPING

A. Maintain flow through existing pipelines at all times.

B. Concrete Pipe: Apply bonding agent on surfaces in contact with concrete.

C. Construct base under existing piping.

D. Construct manhole as detailed in Drawings.

E. Apply minimum of two complete wraps of hydrophilic waterstop centered on pipe in wall.

F. Place a minimum of 24 inches of concrete around each pipe penetration outside manhole against undisturbed soil or compacted aggregate unless otherwise detailed.

G. Grout channel through manhole.

H. Saw cut out or demolish existing pipe within new manhole using method approved by CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

I. Protect new concrete or grout for 7 days after placing concrete.

3.10 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MANHOLES

A. Core manhole bases and grouting as necessary.



B. Seal pipe in manhole using flexible connector.

C. Regrout to provide smooth flow into and through manholes.

D. Provide diversion facilities and perform work necessary to maintain flow during connection.


A. Hydrostatic Testing:

1. When, in CH2M HILL’s Engineer’s opinion, groundwater table is too low to permit visual detection of infiltration leaks, hydrostatically test all manholes.

2. Procedure: Plug inlets and outlets and fill manhole with water to height determined by CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

3. Manhole may be filled 24 hours prior to time of testing, if desired, to permit normal absorption into pipe walls to take place.

4. Leakage in each manhole shall not exceed 0.1 gallon per hour per foot of head above invert.

5. Repair manholes that do not meet leakage test, or do not meet specified requirements from visual inspection.

6. Test existing manholes that are to be pressurized.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PRECAST CONCRETE MARCH 2012 UTILITY STRUCTURE ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 05 16.13 - 1

SECTION 33 05 16.13 PRECAST CONCRETE UTILITY STRUCTURE

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 03 62 00, Nonshrink Grouting. 4. Section 03 64 23, Crack Repair Epoxy Injection Grouting. 5. Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 6. Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 7. Section 31 23 16, Excavation. 8. Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill. 9. Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill 10. Section 33 05 13, Manholes.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this Section:

1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): HB-17 Division 1 Sec 3, Division I Design-Loads (Part A, Part B, Part C).

2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A497/A497M, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire

Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. b. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain

Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. c. C387/C387M, Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry,

Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. d. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete

Manhole Sections. e. C857, Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading

for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. f. C858, Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete

Utility Structures. g. D4101, Standard Specification for Propylene Injection and

Extrusion Materials.


PRECAST CONCRETE PW/WBG/425034 UTILITY STRUCTURE MARCH 2012 33 05 16.13 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): a. 29 CFR 1910.27, Fixed Ladders. b. 29 CFR 1926.502, Fall Protection Systems Criteria and Practices.

1.03 SUBMITTALS


1. Shop Drawings: a. Detailed drawings showing complete information for fabrication

including, but not limited to: 1) Member dimensions and cross sections; location, size, and

type of reinforcement, including additional reinforcement. 2) Layout dimensions and identification of each precast unit. 3) Welded connections indicated by AWS standard symbols. 4) Details of connections, joints, accessories, and openings or

inserts. 5) Watertight joint details. 6) Location and details of anchorage devices. 7) Access door details. 8) Details of ladder and pull-up extension. 9) If applying slope after precasting, submit proposed

procedure prior to application. b. Product Data:

1) Precast concrete items; show materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade.

2) Joint sealants.


1. Manufacturer’s data for lifting devices for handling and erection. 2. Manufacturer’s certification that vault design and manufacture comply

with referenced ASTMs (for example, ASTM C857 and ASTM C858). 3. Vault design calculation shall be signed by a civil or structural engineer

registered in the State of Oregon. 4. Manufacturer’s laboratory test reports.


A. Store each unit in a manner that will prevent cracking, distortion, warping, straining and other physical damage, and in a manner to keep marking visible.

B. Lift and support each unit only at designated lifting points and supporting points as shown on Shop Drawings.



PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 VAULT MANUFACTURERS

A. Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this Section shall be products of:

1. Oldcastle Precast. 2. Jensen Precast. 3. Hanson Pipe and Precast. 4. Utility Vault.

2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS

A. Design Requirements:

1. In the event of a conflict between or among standards, the more stringent standard shall govern.

2. Comply with ASTM C858, except as modified herein. 3. Reinforcing Steel:

a. Deformed Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. b. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A497/A497M.

4. Nominal Dimensions: As shown on Drawings. 5. Construction: Rigid type and behave monolithically. 6. Design Loads: As determined by ASTM C857, and by using Site-

specific values as indicated on the project drawings for General Structural Note sheets and as indicated below. a. Live Loads: Either 300 pounds per square foot or

AASHTO HS20-44 truck loading plus impact, whichever produces the greatest stress at any location located along the vault top surface.

b. Designed to avoid flotation for loads and factor of safeties provided on the General Structural Notes of the Contract Drawings.

7. Design shall accommodate additional stresses or loads which may be imposed during factory precasting, transporting, erection, and placement.

8. Blockouts for penetrations shall be as shown on Drawings. 9. Sealant:

a. Nonswelling preformed joint sealants to provide a lasting, watertight bond.

b. Manufacturer and Product: Henry Company; RAM-NEK. 10. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C387/C387M, Type S or use Type I grout

as specified in Section 03 62 00, Nonshrink Grouting.


PRECAST CONCRETE PW/WBG/425034 UTILITY STRUCTURE MARCH 2012 33 05 16.13 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

B. Mark each member or element to indicate location in the structure, top surface, and date of fabrication.

C. Vault Floor:

1. Slope of vault floor shall be as shown on Drawings. 2. Slope may be applied after precasting, using concrete fill as specified in

Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete, except where concrete cast-in-place bases are required on the Drawings.

2.03 LINING AND COATING

A. Interior lining and exterior coating shall conform to Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

2.04 ACCESSORIES

A. Ladder:

1. Conform to requirements of Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 2. Meet OSHA requirements.

B. Sidewalk Doors and Hatches:

1. HS-20 load rated. 2. Size as indicated on Drawings. 3. Conform to requirements of Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

C. Pipe Connections to Vault: Flexible joint conforming to requirements of Section 33 05 13, Manholes.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Possible Settlement: If subgrade is encountered that may require removal to prevent structure settlement, notify CH2M HILL’s Engineer. CH2M HILL’s Engineer will determine depth of over excavation and means of stabilizing subgrade prior to structure installation.

B. Place minimum thickness indicated on General Structural Notes on the Drawings of compacted granular fill on undisturbed earth or modified subgrade.



3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. Remove and keep water clear from excavation during construction.

B. Excavation: As specified in Section 31 23 16, Excavation.

C. Backfill: As specified in Section 31 23 23, Fill and Backfill, and Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Concrete Base:

1. Place on prepared subgrade. 2. Properly locate, ensure firm bearing throughout, and plumb first section.

B. Sections:

1. Carefully inspect precast sections to be joined. 2. Thoroughly clean ends of sections to be joined. 3. Do not use sections with chips or cracks.

C. Joints:

1. Fill joints between precast sections per manufacturer’s recommendation. 2. Joints shall be watertight to prevent entrance of groundwater. 3. Joint Finish: Dry pack interior of joints to provide smooth finish.

D. Setting Precast Vault: Install vault to elevations shown on Drawings.

E. Watertight construction below grade with no open cracks or spalls. Cracking and defective areas of concrete shall be repaired per requirements of Section 03 30 00, Cast-In Place Concrete, and Section 03 64 23, Crack Repair Epoxy Injection Grouting.

3.04 PIPE CONNECTION TO VAULT

A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION MARCH 2012 FIRE HYDRANTS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 12 19 - 1

SECTION 33 12 19 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION FIRE HYDRANTS

PART 1 GENERAL




1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C502, Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants. b. C600, Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and

Their Appurtenances. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): C94, Standard Specification for Ready-

Mixed Concrete.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: Catalog cuts of system components.

B. Informational Submittal: Certificate of Compliance: Upon completion of the system installation, verify all fire department hose connections, and check all fire safety devices to ensure their readiness for emergency connection and operation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 LOW PRESSURE HYDRANTS

A. Hydrant:

1. Break flange or safety top type. 2. Nominal 5-1/4-inch main valve opening with 6-inch bottom

connections. 3. Conform to AWWA C502. 4. Two 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles. 5. One 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle with Storz HPH A50-45 HH Adapter. 6. Operating Nuts: 1-1/2-inch National Standard pentagon nut. 7. Mechanical joint inlet connection.


WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PW/WBG/425034 FIRE HYDRANTS MARCH 2012 33 12 19 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

8. Paint Rust-oleum Industrial Louv O.C. Equipment Enamel Yellow. 9. Accepted Products: Waterous Pace, Mueller Centerurion.

B. Main Valve:

1. Depth of Bury: 3 feet. 2. Equip with O-ring seals. 3. Valve opens on counterclockwise rotation. 4. Mueller Resilient Wedge Gate Valve No. A-2360-16.

2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE PIER BLOCK

A. Nominal dimensions of 8-inch thickness by 16-inch square base.

B. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.

2.03 GRAVEL FOR DRAINAGE

A. Washed 3/4-inch crushed rock or graded river gravel. Free of organic matter, sand, loam, clay, and other small particles that will restrict water flow through gravel.

2.04 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION MATERIAL

A. Furnish when existing trench material or imported pipe base material will not support soft or flooded spots in excavated trench.

B. Maximum 3-inch hard rock free from excessive clay material, but enough fines to bind larger fragments.

2.05 CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKING

A. Ready-mix meeting ASTM C94, Alternative 2.

B. Compressive Strength: 500 psi at 28 days.

C. Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches.

D. Slump: 2 to 4 inches.

2.06 REFLECTANT HYDRANT MARKERS

A. Fire hydrant locations shall be identified by installation of reflective markers.

B. Markers shall be blue.


PW/WBG/425034 WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION MARCH 2012 FIRE HYDRANTS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 12 19 - 3

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Install hydrants in accordance with Sections 3.7 and 3.8 of AWWA C600, and City of Wilsonville Standard Detail W-3040 unless specified otherwise.

3.02 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate to subgrade. Fill over excavated areas with foundation stabilization material. Tamp to provide firm foundation.

3.03 BASE BLOCK

A. Place on firm, level subgrade to ensure uniform support.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF HYDRANTS AND REFLECTANT HYDRANT MARKERS

A. Locate hydrants to provide accessibility and to minimize potential damage from vehicles.

1. Relocate improperly set hydrants. 2. Hydrant Located behind Curbs: Set barrel so pumper nozzle or hose

nozzle caps are a minimum of 18 inches from gutter face of curb. 3. Hydrant Located in Space between Curb and Sidewalk: Not less than

8 inches, clear from sidewalks. 4. Hydrant Located between Sidewalk and Property Line: Minimum

clearance 8 inches from sidewalk. 5. Set hydrants so safety flange is a minimum of 2 inches above finished

ground or sidewalk level. 6. Locate reflectant hydrant markers adjacent and to the side of the

centerline of the access roadway.

B. Place hydrant on base block carefully to prevent the base block from breaking.

C. Joints shall conform to Section 3.4 of AWWA C600 when cast or ductile iron pipe is used.

D. Maintain hydrant in a plumb position during subsequent Work.

3.05 GRAVEL FOR DRAINAGE

A. Place gravel around base block and hydrant bottom in accordance with Section 3.7 of AWWA C600.


WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PW/WBG/425034 FIRE HYDRANTS MARCH 2012 33 12 19 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

3.06 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING

A. Place blocking after hydrant is set in final position and join to pipe.

B. Concrete thrust block shall have a minimum of 4 square feet of bearing area against undisturbed earth.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 DISINFECTION OF WATER MARCH 2012 UTILITY DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 13 00 - 1

SECTION 33 13 00 DISINFECTION OF WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES

PART 1 GENERAL




1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. B300, Hypochlorites. b. B301, Liquid Chlorine. c. B302, Ammonium Sulfate. d. B303, Sodium Chlorite. e. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. f. C652, Disinfection of Water Storage Facilities. g. C653, Disinfection of Water Treatment Plants.

2. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, as published by American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and the Water Environment Federation.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals:

1. Plan describing and illustrating conformance to appropriate AWWA standards and this Specification.

2. Procedure and plan for cleaning system. 3. Procedures and plans for disinfection and testing. 4. Proposed locations within system where Samples will be taken. 5. Type of disinfecting solution and method of preparation. 6. Certification that employees working with concentrated chlorine

solutions or gas have received appropriate safety training. 7. Method of disposal for highly chlorinated disinfecting water. 8. Testing Agency: Certification that testing agency is qualified to perform

chlorine concentration testing, bacteriological testing in accordance with AWWA standards, agency requirements, and this Specification.


DISINFECTION OF WATER PW/WBG/425034 UTILITY DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES MARCH 2012 33 13 00 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

9. Certified Bacteriological Test Results: Facility tested is free from coliform bacteria contamination. Forward results directly to CH2M HILL’s Engineer.


A. Independent Testing Agency: Certified in the State of Oregon, with 10 years’ experience in field of water sampling and testing. Agency shall use calibrated testing instruments and equipment, and documented standard procedures for performing specified testing.

1.05 SEQUENCING

A. Commence initial disinfection after completion of following:

1. Completion and acceptance of internal painting of system(s). 2. Hydrostatic and pneumatic testing, pressure testing, functional and

performance testing and acceptance of pipelines, pumping systems, structures, and equipment.

3. Disinfection of: a. Pumps and associated system piping. b. Treatment plant basins and processes used to supply water to

system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 WATER FOR DISINFECTION AND TESTING

A. Clean, uncontaminated, and potable.

B. CH2M HILL will supply potable quality water. Subcontractor shall convey in disinfected pipelines or containers.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Conform to AWWA C651 for pipes and pipelines and C652 for tanks and reservoirs, except as modified in these Specifications.

B. Subcontractor’s Equipment:

1. Furnish chemicals and equipment, such as pumps and hoses, to accomplish disinfection.



2. Water used to fill pipeline may be supplied using a temporary connection to existing distribution system. Provide protection against cross-connections as required by AWWA C651.

C. Disinfect the following items installed or modified under this Project, intended to hold, transport, or otherwise contact potable water:

1. Pumps. 2. Tanks. 3. Filters. 4. Pipelines: Disinfect new pipelines that connect to existing pipelines up

to point of connection. 5. Disinfect surfaces of materials that will contact finished water, both

during and following construction, using one of the methods described in AWWA C652 and AWWA C653. Disinfect prior to contact with finished water. Take care to avoid recontamination following disinfection.

D. Prior to application of disinfectants, clean pump, tank, filters, and pipelines of loose and suspended material.

E. Allow freshwater and disinfectant solution to flow into pipe or vessel at a measured rate so chlorine-water solution is at specified strength. Do not place concentrated liquid commercial disinfectant in pipeline or other facilities to be disinfected before it is filled with water.

3.02 TURBIDITY

A. Cleaning of equipment and facilities shall include removal of materials that result in a turbidity exceeding limits stated in Article Testing.

3.03 PIPING AND PIPELINES

A. Cleaning:

1. Before disinfecting, clean foreign matter from pipe in accordance with AWWA C651.

2. If continuous feed method or slug method of disinfection, as described in AWWA C651, are used flush pipelines with potable water until clear of suspended solids and color. Provide hoses, temporary pipes, ditches, and other conduits as needed to dispose of flushing water without damage to adjacent properties.

3. Flush service connections and hydrants. Flush distribution lines prior to flushing hydrants and service connections. Operate valves during flushing process at least twice during each flush.



4. Flush pipe through flushing branches and remove branches after flushing is completed.

5. Pipeline shall be cleaned by use of a pipe pig specifically designed for cleaning. Observe material removed by pig on each pass. Repeat process until pipe has been cleaned to the satisfaction of CH2M HILL.

B. Disinfecting Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C651, unless herein modified.

3.04 PUMPS

A. Disinfecting Solutions: Minimum free chlorine concentration of 100 ppm.

B. Application:

1. Inject disinfecting solution into pump and associated piping and circulate for a minimum 3-hour period of time. At end of 3-hour period, solution shall have a strength of at least 50 ppm free chlorine.

2. Operate valves and pump appurtenances during disinfection to ensure disinfecting solution is dispersed into all parts of pump and lines.

3. If disinfecting solution contained in pump has a residual free chlorine concentration less than 50 ppm after the 3-hour retention period, reclean pump, reapply disinfecting solution, and retest until a satisfactory test result is obtained.

4. After chlorination, flush water from pump until water through unit is chemically and bacteriologically equal to permanent source of supply.

3.05 TANKS

A. Cleaning:

1. Clean interior surfaces using water under pressure before sterilizing. 2. Isolate tank from system to prevent contaminating materials from

entering distribution system. 3. Cleaning shall:

a. Remove deposits of foreign nature. b. Remove biological growths. c. Clean slopes, walls, top, and bottom. d. Avoid damage to structure. e. Avoid pollution or oil deposits by workers and equipment.

4. Dispose of water used in cleaning in accordance with applicable regulations before adding disinfecting solution to tank.



B. Disinfecting Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C652, unless herein modified. Parts of structures, such as ceilings or overflows that cannot be immersed, shall be spray or brush disinfected.

3.06 FILTERS

A. Prior to disinfection, remove foreign material from filtration structures. Clean using fire hoses and tools suitable for adequate scrubbing and cleaning. Pump or drain scrub water from structures.

B. Disinfection Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C653, unless herein modified.

C. Disinfect the following components:

1. Water service lines including W1, W2, and W3.

3.07 DISPOSAL OF CHLORINATED WATER

A. Do not allow flow into a waterway without neutralizing disinfectant residual.

B. See appendix of AWWA C651 for acceptable neutralization methods.

3.08 TESTING

A. Collection of Samples:

1. Coordinate activities to allow Samples to be taken in accordance with this Specification.

2. Provide valves at sampling points. 3. Provide access to sampling points.

B. Test Equipment: Clean containers and equipment used in sampling and make sure they are free of contamination.

C. Chlorine Concentration Sampling and Analysis: Collect and analyze Samples in accordance with AWWA C651 and C652.

D. After tanks, filters, pumps, and pipelines have been cleaned, disinfected, and refilled with potable water, an independent laboratory will take water Samples and have them analyzed for conformance to bacterial limitations for public drinking water supplies.

1. Collect Samples in accordance with applicable AWWA Standard.



2. Analyze Samples for coliform concentrations in accordance with latest edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.

3. Obtain and analyze a minimum of two Samples on each of 2 consecutive days from each separable structure and every 1,000 feet of pipeline by standard procedures outlined by state and local regulatory agencies.

4. Sampling points shall be representative and accepted by CH2M HILL.

E. Turbidity Sampling and Analysis:

1. After tanks, filters, pumps, and pipelines have been cleaned, disinfected, and refilled with potable water, an independent laboratory will take water Samples and have them analyzed for conformance to turbidity limitations for public drinking water supplies. Turbidity shall not exceed 0.3 NTU.

2. If turbidity is in excess of the limit, dispose of the water in accordance with this Specification and applicable regulations, take action to remove source of turbidity, refill system, and retest.

F. If minimum Samples required above are bacterially positive, disinfecting procedures and bacteriological testing shall be repeated until bacterial limits are met.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 STORM DRAIN, DRAINAGE MARCH 2012 PIPING, AND UNDERDRAIN PIPING ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 41 01 - 1

SECTION 33 41 01 STORM DRAIN, DRAINAGE PIPING, AND UNDERDRAIN PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 33 05 01.09, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and

Fittings. 3. Section 40 80 01, Process Piping Leakage Testing.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section and any supplemental data sheets:

1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. M36M, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe,

Metallic-Coated, for Sewers and Drains. b. M190M, Standard Specification for Bituminous Coated

Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches. c. M196M, Standard Specification for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe

for Sewers and Drains. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

a. C104/A21.4, Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.

b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.

c. C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in. (75 mm Through 1200 mm) for Water and Other Liquids.

d. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

e. C151/A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 3. ASTM International (ASTM):

a. A746, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe. b. C14, Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain,

and Culvert Pipe. c. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert,

Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. d. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.


STORM DRAIN, DRAINAGE PW/WBG/425034 PIPING, AND UNDERDRAIN PIPING MARCH 2012 33 41 01 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

e. C311, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland-Cement Concrete.

f. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe.

g. C425, Standard Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings.

h. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets.

i. C497, Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile.

j. C507, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.

k. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. l. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or

Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete.

m. C655, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.

n. C700, Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated.

o. C1012, Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution.

p. D1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable.

q. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.

r. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading.

s. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings.

t. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.

u. F477, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe.

v. F679, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings.

w. F794, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter.

x. F894, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Large Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe.



1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals: Manufacturer’s Certification of Compliance.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. As specified in the Data Sheets following “End of Section.”

2.02 SERVICE AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS

A. Pipe and fittings for individual service connection shall be of one type of material throughout.

B. Cast iron soil pipe.

C. Commercial Service, Including Motel and Apartments: 6 inches, unless shown otherwise.

2.03 SERVICE CONNECTION MARKERS

A. New 2 by 4 lumber utility grade or better.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE, FITTINGS, AND APPURTENANCES

A. General:

1. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing in direction of flow.

2. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit correct assembly and inspection of entire joint.

3. Pipe invert may deviate from line or grade up to 1/2 inch for line and 1/4 inch for grade, provided that finished pipe line will present a uniform bore, and such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert, or less than minimum slope shown.

4. Pipe bedding shall form continuous and uniform bearing and support for pipe barrel between joints. Pipe shall not rest directly on bell or pipe joint.

5. Prevent entry of foreign material into gasketed joints. 6. Plug or close off pipes that are stubbed off for manhole, concrete

structure, or for connection by others, with temporary watertight plugs.


STORM DRAIN, DRAINAGE PW/WBG/425034 PIPING, AND UNDERDRAIN PIPING MARCH 2012 33 41 01 - 4 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

B. Ductile Iron Pipe Corrosion Protection:

1. Remove foreign material from the exterior of the pipe. 2. Wrap pipe with polyethylene encasement tube 2 feet longer than the

pipe section prior to laying pipe section. 3. After assembling the pipe joint, overlap encasement tube with adjacent

tube and seal joints with securing tape. 4. Provide additional securing tape at 3-foot intervals along the pipe. 5. Repair rips, punctures, or other damage to the polyethylene with

securing tape. 6. Fittings may be wrapped with a flat sheet or split tube provided all

seams are securely taped.

C. Concrete Closure Collars: Only use concrete closure collars where shown or authorized by CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

D. Service Connections:

1. Minimum Slope: 1/4 inch per foot. 2. Markers:

a. Paint the top portion of the marker immediately after its installation with first-quality white, quick-drying enamel. After the paint has dried, use black, quick-drying enamel and neatly indicate the distance from the natural ground surface to the top of the service connection pipe in feet and inches.

b. If marker is broken or knocked out of vertical alignment during backfilling operation, reopen trench and place marker in accordance with Sewer Service Connection Details shown on Drawings.

3. Disconnecting and Reconnecting Existing Service Connections: a. Locate the existing service connections prior to constructing the

tee in the new sewerline. b. Disconnect existing service connections from existing sewers to

be abandoned and reconnect them to the new sewers.

E. Square-End Underdrains: Cover top and sides of the joints with a strip of asphalt-saturated 30-pound roofing felt.

F. Perforated Underdrain: Lay with open joints and with perforations down.

3.02 PRESSURE TESTING

A. As specified in Section 40 80 01, Process Piping Leakage Testing.



3.03 REPAIR AND RETESTING

A. Sections of pipe not meeting the pressure test requirements shall be replaced.

B. Following repairs, sections shall be retested as specified.

3.04 SEWER CLEANING

A. Prior to final acceptance and final manhole-to-manhole inspection of the sewer system by CH2M HILL, flush and clean all parts of the system. Remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the sewer system at or near the closest downstream manhole. If necessary, use mechanical rodding or bucketing equipment.

B. Upon CH2M HILL’s final manhole-to-manhole inspection of the sewer system, if any foreign matter is still present in the system, reflush and clean the sections and portions of the lines as required.

3.05 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “End of Section,” are a part of this Specification:

1. Data Sheets.

Number Title

33 41 01.03 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity

33 41 01.05 Reinforced Concrete

33 41 01.09 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Underdrain

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY MARCH 2012 33 41 01.03 DATA SHEET - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 33 41 01.03 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY

Item Description

Pipe: 15-inch diameter and under

ASTM D3034: Standard dimension ratio less than 26, except that the cell classification shall be 12454-B or 12454-C as defined in ASTM D1784.

Pipe: 18- through 24-inch diameter

ASTM F679: Standard dimension ratio less than 35, except that the cell classification shall be 12454-C as defined in ASTM D1784.

Ribbed Profile Pipe: 18- through 36-inch diameter

ASTM F794: Minimum stiffness of 46 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D2412, except that the cell classification shall be 12454-C as defined in ASTM D1784.

Joints ASTM D3212 rubber gasketed.

Gaskets ASTM F477. Lubricants: As approved by manufacturer.

Fittings PVC, gasketed. Provide plug when service piping is not required.

Plugs Removable. Removal shall provide a socket suitable for making a flexible jointed lateral connection or extension.

Source Quality Control Testing

In accordance with specified ASTM.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 REINFORCED CONCRETE MARCH 2012 33 41 01.05 DATA SHEET - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 33 41 01.05 REINFORCED CONCRETE

Item Description

Pipe ASTM C76, Wall B, Class 3. Mark each joint with pipe class. Rotating packer or platform not allowed.

Cement ASTM C150, Type II, or

ASTM C150, Type I, with fly ash; maximum 12 percent Tricalcium Aluminate, or

ASTM C595 Rev A, Type IP, with fly ash; Cement: ASTM C150.

Minimum 564 pounds per cubic yard without fly ash.

Minimum 479 pounds per cubic yard with fly ash.

Ratio: Water to Cementitious Materials

Not over 0.49.

Fly Ash ASTM C618, Class C or Class F, Tables 1 and 2 modified as follows:

Loss on Ignition: Maximum 3 percent Water Requirement: Maximum 100 percent of control Ratio Percent CaO/Fe2O3: Maximum 1.5

or test cement fly ash mix in accordance with ASTM C1012. Mix: Equal to or better than ASTM C150, Type II cement.

85 pounds per cubic yard minimum, 160 pounds per cubic yard maximum.

Test: ASTM C311 and ASTM C618.

Joints ASTM C443 Rev A. Captive gasket in groove.

Rubber Gaskets ASTM C443.

Tee Fittings Reinforced concrete, rubber gasketed. Provide plug when service piping is not required.

Plugs Removable. Removal shall provide a socket suitable for making a flexible jointed lateral connection or extension.

Circumferential Reinforcement

Not closer than 1 inch to inside surface of pipe. Area of outer circular reinforcing cage not less than 75 percent of inner cage.

Elliptical Reinforcement

Not allowed.


REINFORCED CONCRETE PW/WBG/425034 33 41 01.05 DATA SHEET - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 33 41 01.05 REINFORCED CONCRETE

Item Description

Source Quality Control Testing

Load Bearing 0.01-inch Crack, Compressive Strength and Absorption: ASTM C76.

Load Bearing Ultimate: ASTM C76.

Permeability: ASTM C497.

Voids: Longitudinally sawcut one pipe from each 100 lengths of pipe manufactured in half with saw that will not damage the concrete or reinforcing steel. Inspect for voids adjacent to circumferential bars. Voids will be considered continuous if a 1/16-inch diameter pin can be inserted 1/4 inch deep. If voids exist adjacent to more than 10 percent of the circumferential bars, two additional pipes shall be tested. If either of the two pipes fail, the entire 100 lengths will be rejected.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) MARCH 2012 UNDERDRAIN ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 33 41 01.09 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 33 41 01.09 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) UNDERDRAIN

Item Description

PVC SDR 26 8-inch diameter Schedule 80 perforated and nonperforated polyvinyl chloride drainage pipe meeting the requirements of Section 33 05 01.09, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

Perforated pipe shall provide water inlet of at least 1-1/2 square inch per foot of pipe length. Perforations shall be clean, smooth, and completely free of burrs, frayed edges, or similar defects, and shall not exceed 0.02-inch (0.51-mm) to 0.03-inch (0.76-mm) width or 1-1/2 inches length. Circular perforations will not be acceptable. Perforations shall be minimum of two rows on the bottom side separated by 120 to 145 degrees.

Produce sufficient thread length on coupled joints to ensure full engagement when screwed home in fittings. Make connections with not more than three threads exposed.

Countersink pipe ends, ream and clean chips and burrs after treading.

Use strap wrench for tightening threaded plastic pipe joints. Do not over tighten fittings.

Pipe fittings and connections shall be by the same manufacture as the PVC pipe. Couplings for all pipe, whether perforated or nonperforated, shall be a watertight connection. Fittings and couplings shall not reduce or impair the overall integrity or function of the pipe.

Constructing of Underdrain Pipe

Preparation of Trench: In areas for perforated drain pipe placement, excavation for the drain trench or pipe trench shall be made after embankment has been placed 2 feet above the pipe invert. Excavate the trench as shown on Drawings and as specified.

Removal of Water: At all times, provide and maintain ample means and devices to remove and dispose of water entering the trench during the laying operation to the extent required to properly join the pipe and allow for proper compaction of the backfill in the pipe zone. Do not lay pipe in water.

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PW/WBG/425034 UNDERDRAIN MARCH 2012 33 41 01.09 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 33 41 01.09 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) UNDERDRAIN

Item Description

Review of Pipe Prior to Backfilling: All pipe and fittings shall be reviewed by CH2M HILL’s Engineer prior to installation. Any drain pipe or fittings, which are broken, cracked, or otherwise unsuitable, as determined by CH2M HILL, shall be removed and replaced.

Handling of Pipe: Protect pipe from sunlight during storage. The method of laying the drainage pipe shall be such as to prevent damage and excessive stretching of the pipe during laying operations. Stretch in excess of 2 feet per 100 feet of the preinstalled length will not be permitted.

Couplings and Fittings: Couplings shall maintain alignment of the drainage tubing and prevent separation of the joints. Installing couplings, fittings, and jointing shall conform to manufacturer’s instructions. Under no circumstances shall joints be made by any method other than through the use of manufacturer’s standard fittings.

Angle Points in Pipe: Angle points and curved alignment in the drain pipe shall be constructed by deflecting the tubing into a smooth circular arc. The minimum radius bend shall be 18 feet.

Installation of Pipe: The drainage pipe shall be laid to lines and grades as shown on Drawings. Minimum slope shall be 0.5 percent. Lay perforated pipe with the slots down. No portion of the underdrain system shall be placed with adverse slopes. End plugs shall be placed on the upper ends of the perforated drains. Install cleanouts as shown or as directed by CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

Travel Over Drain Pipe: Travel over any portion of the drain pipe will not be permitted until a minimum of 3 feet of cover has been placed over the drainage pipe. Provide additional cover necessary to avoid damage to the drain pipe due to construction equipment loads.

Prior to placing end caps, flush with water, all perforated drain pipes. Flush with sufficient water to remove loose soil or debris that may have entered pipe during construction. Observe discharge of pipe being flushed and continue to flush until discharge water is clean. Inform CH2M HILL’s Engineer a minimum of 24 hours prior to flushing pipes.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 FABRICATED SLIDE GATES MARCH 2012 35 20 16.25 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 35 20 16.25 FABRICATED SLIDE GATES

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 26 20 00, Low-Voltage AC Induction Motors.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Water Works Association (AWWA): C513, Open-Channel, Fabricated-Metal Slide Gates.

2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Welding Society (AWS): D1.2/D1.2M, Structural Welding Code – Aluminum.

3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. B26, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. b. B209, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy

Sheet Plate. c. B221, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy

Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. d. B241, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy

Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. e. B308, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6

Standard Structural Profiles. f. D4020, Standard Specifications for Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight

Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials. 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 250,

Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum).

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Submersible: The ability to exclude water when submerged under a 20-foot head of fresh water for 24 hours and still maintain electrical integrity.

B. Slenderness Ratio: The ratio of the maximum unsupported stem length to the stem cross-section radius of gyration.


FABRICATED SLIDE GATES PW/WBG/425034 35 20 16.25 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

C. Self-Contained: The arrangement of gate operator, supported by gate frame, such that operating thrust loads are not applied external to the assembly.

1.04 SUBMITTALS


1. Shop Drawings: a. Make, model, weight, and horsepower of each equipment

assembly. b. Manufacturer’s catalog information, descriptive literature,

specifications, and identification of materials of construction. c. Detailed structural, mechanical, and electrical drawings showing

the equipment fabrications and interface with other items. Include dimensions, size, and locations of connections to other work, and weights of associated equipment associated therewith.

d. Gate operator and stem calculations for each gate and service condition.

e. Gate opening and closing thrust forces that will be transmitted to the support structure with operator at extreme positions and load.

f. Power and control wiring diagrams, including terminals and numbers.

g. Performance Test Procedures. h. Anchorage and bracing drawings and catalog information, as

required in Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.


1. Anchorage and bracing calculations as required in Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.

2. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance, including leakage rate and gate force calculations.

3. Special shipping, storage and protection, and handling instructions. 4. Manufacturer’s written/printed installation instructions. 5. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01 78 23,

Operation, Maintenance, and Asset Data. 6. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation in accordance with

Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers’ Field Services. Include leakage test results in accordance with Article Field Quality Control.

7. Service records for maintenance performed during construction, including proof of pickling and passivating any field weld repairs in accordance with ASTM A380.



1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Coordinate such that electric motor operators are fully assembled and tested, including motor, at the factory.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SUPPLEMENTS

A. Refer to the Schedule listed as a Supplement to this Section for additional product information.

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Refer to the Schedule at the end of this Section.

B. Aluminum:

1. Plate and Shapes: ASTM B209, B221, B241, and B308, Alloy 6061-T6.

C. Welds: All welds shall be grinded smooth. After welding, remove contamination in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A380 and ASTM A967. Cleaning shall include removal of all heat tint scale.

2.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Leakage shall not exceed 0.1 gallon per minute per foot of gate periphery for given head conditions.

B. Gates requiring top seals for submerged service shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C561. Refer to the Schedule at the end of this Section for top-sealing gates.

2.04 SLIDE GATES

A. Rising stem type, with assembly styles designated as follows:

1. Style A: Upward acting slide gate for wall surface mounting on concrete structures, wall face mounted frame with wall mounted invert.

2. Style B: Upward acting slide gate for wall surface mounting on concrete structures, wall face mounted frame with flush concrete embedded invert.

3. Style C: Upward acting slide gate for in-channel mounting on concrete structures, concrete embedded frame with flush concrete embedded invert.

4. Style D: Downward acting weir gate for wall surface mounting on concrete structures, wall face mounted frame with wall mounted invert.



5. Style E: Downward acting weir gate for in-channel mounting on concrete structures, concrete embedded frame with wall face mounted invert.

B. Guide Frames:

1. Aluminum, 3/8-inch minimum thickness. 2. Vertical Guides: Design for maximum rigidity, and extend in one

continuous piece from the gate invert to form posts for support of gate operators of self-contained gates. When guides extended above the operating floor, they shall be sufficiently strong so that no further reinforcements are required. a. Weight: Not less than 4 pounds per linear foot for aluminum. b. Incorporate a replaceable UHMW polyethylene bearing strip in a

retainer slot on both the upstream and downstream (seating and unseating head) sides of the gate.

3. Frame Invert: For flush bottom gate, furnish a neoprene insert to function as a seating surface for the gate disc. a. Weight: Not less than 2 pounds per linear foot for aluminum.

4. Join vertical guide frames and invert with factory welded corners. 5. Size guided slot to provide a minimum disc engagement of 1 inch on

each side.

C. Disc:

1. Disc Plate (Sliding Member): One single aluminum plate, 3/8-inch minimum thickness. Reinforce as required so that the disc will not deflect more than 1/360 of the gate span, or 1/16 inch, whichever is less, when the upstream liquid depth (seating head) side is as shown on the Schedule and the downstream liquid depth is less than 1/2 inch.

2. Disc Stiffeners: Reinforce gate disc with one-piece aluminum angles or channels welded to the disc plate. Stiffeners shall be 3/8-inch minimum thickness. Bolted reinforcements will not be permitted.

D. Operator Support Yoke:

1. For self-contained gate operators, attached to the vertical extensions of the guide frames.

2. Constructed from at least two aluminum angles, or two other suitable shapes, and bolt in place to provide a rigid assembly.

3. Maximum Deflection: Not to exceed 1/360 of the gate span, or 1/4 inch, whichever is less, under full operator applied loading.

E. Stems:

1. 1-1/2-inch minimum diameter, ASTM A276, Type 316 stainless steel.



2. Threads: Full depth Acme type with RMS surface roughness of 32 microinches or less on the flanks for manually operated gates and 16 microinches or less on the flanks for electrically operated gates. Extend threaded portion of stem 2 inches above operator when gate is in CLOSED position.

3. Ratio of the unsupported stem length to the radius of gyration, both in inches, shall not exceed 200.

4. Stems to withstand in compression, without damage, the thrust equal to at least 2-1/2 times the rated output of the hoisting mechanism, with a 40-pound effort applied to the handwheel or crank.

5. Design electric motor-driven floor stands to withstand at least 1.25 times the output thrust of the motor in the stalled condition.

6. Provide equipment operating stems with UHMW-bushed stem guides, mounted on stainless steel brackets; adjustable in two directions and spaced so that the L/r ratio does not exceed 200.

7. Adjustable stop collar for the CLOSED position. 8. Connect the stems to the disc plate with a yoke, bolted to the stem and

welded to the disc.

F. Stem Covers: Clear or translucent for viewing stem, built of Schedule 80 PVC or Lexan type material that will not crack or discolor or become opaque within 5 years of installation, included with vented pipe stem cover and cap.

G. Manufacturers:

1. Whipps, Inc. 2. Golden Harvest, Inc.

2.05 GATE OPERATORS

A. General:

1. Components: Withstand a minimum of 250 percent of design torque or thrust at extreme operator positions without damage.

2. Mount at walkway level, 36 inches above floor, unless otherwise indicated.

3. Gear train and gate stem sections shall produce a self-locking drive train.

4. Solid Bronze Lift Nuts: Internally threaded with cut or cold-rolled Acme threads corresponding to stem threading.

5. Roller Bearings: a. Located above and below lift nut to support both opening and

closing thrusts. b. Ball-thrust or tapered type. Plastic rings are not acceptable. c. Grease lubrication fittings for bearings.



d. Stainless steel input pinions with needle or ball bearings. e. Mechanical seals at housing penetrations.

6. Lubrication: Furnish rising stem gates with an insert lubricator flange in lift, with grease fitting for greasing stem threads below stem nut.

B. Operator Types:

1. Type 1, Handwheel-Operated Bench Stands: a. Direct drive. b. Handwheel and Baseplate: Cast iron or cast aluminum. c. Manual Effort: Not to exceed 40 pounds.

2. Type 2, Crank-Operated Bench Stands: a. Weatherproof housings, mounted on high-strength cast iron or

cast aluminum base to the top horizontal member of the slide gate frame as described under paragraph Operator Support Yoke.

b. Maximum manual crank effort to operate gate shall not exceed 40 pounds.

c. Crank shall be suitable for portable electric drill operation after removal of handcrank.

3. Type 3, Geared Floor Stands: a. Crank-operated, with weatherproof housings. b. Mount on cast iron or cast aluminum pedestal or base. c. Maximum manual crank effort to operate gate shall not exceed

40 pounds. d. Crank shall be suitable for portable electric drill operation after

removal of handcrank. 4. Type 4, Electric Motor Operators:

a. 28-inch-high cast iron or cast aluminum pedestal or direct yoke-mounted, totally enclosed weatherproof electric drive unit, and a totally enclosed gear box.

b. Gears: Heat treated alloy steel, supported throughout by antifriction ball or roller bearings and grease lubricated.

c. Automatic double-acting geared limit switches and double-acting torque switches. 1) Gear directly to the operating gear train and shall be “in

step” at all times, whether in motor or manual operation. 2) Wire geared limit switches internally to stop the motor at

the fully OPEN and fully CLOSED positions. 3) Wire torque switches internally so that, in the event of a

mechanical overload in either direction, the motor will be stopped.

d. Equip with side mounted handwheel for manual operation. 1) Include an automatic clutch to positively disengage the

handwheel at any time the drive motor control is energized.



2) Design handwheel operator so that failure of the motorized gearing will not prevent hand operation of the gate.

e. Drive Unit: 1) TENV, 480-volt, three-phase electric motor as specified in

Section 26 20 00, Low-Voltage AC Induction Motors, with integral OPEN/STOP/CLOSE weatherproof pushbuttons, reversing controller, 480/120-volt control power transformer, space heaters in the limit switches and in the control compartments, mechanical dial type position indicator, and transparent plastic pipe stem cover and cap.

2) Furnish motor enclosure with drainage and breathing holes. 3) Self-locking, with approximately 12 inches per minute gate

travel speed, and a rated running torque equal to 20 percent of the motor starting torque at a rated running time of 5 minutes, without exceeding the allowable NEMA temperature rise for the insulation class used.

4) Provide integrally mounted, externally operated, pad-lockable power disconnect switch.

f. Operation: Drive the gate to its fully OPEN or CLOSED position when the OPEN or CLOSED pushbutton is depressed momentarily. Motor shall stop in mid-travel when the STOP button is depressed.

g. Control Options: Provide a controller for each motorized gate operator consisting one of the following control options, as noted in the Slide Gate Schedule, with listed Control Features: 1) Control Option 1: Includes Control Feature A only. 2) Control Option 2: Includes Control Features A and B. 3) Control Option 3: Includes Control Features A, B, and D. 4) Control Option 4: Includes Control Features A and C.

h. Control Features: Provide each motorized gate operator with control options consisting of one or more of the following features, as noted in the Slide Gate Schedule:

Control Feature

A:

Local OPEN/STOP/CLOSE pushbutton station; active when the LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch is in LOCAL position.

Control Feature

B:

End position limit switches; OPEN and CLOSED position switches shall be normally open contacts that close at the end position; contacts shall be dry and rated for 5 amps, 120V ac.



Control Feature

C:

LOCAL/REMOTE weatherproof selector switch and provisions for remote positioning operation. Provide auxiliary contact which closes when LOCAL/REMOTE switch is in REMOTE position.

Receive a 4 to 20 mA dc remote command signal to position the gate from 0 to 100% open, when the LOCAL/REMOTE switch is in REMOTE.

Continuous position output; provide transmitter to generate a 4 to 20 mA dc signal to an external loop in direct proportion to gate position (0 to 100% open); the transmitter shall be factory mounted in a NEMA 250, Type 4 enclosure. Transmitter shall be capable of driving an external load impedance of 350 ohms minimum.

Control Feature

D:

LOCAL/REMOTE weatherproof selector switch and provisions for remote OPEN/CLOSE operation; remote commands will be by way of a four-wire circuit; motor operator shall impress the voltage required to read these contacts and shall go to the commanded position when the command contact is closed in the REMOTE mode. Provide auxiliary contact which closes when LOCAL/REMOTE switch is in REMOTE position.

C. Motorized Gate Operator Manufacturers and Products:

1. Rotork; ‘A’ Range. 2. Auma; Model SA.

D. Identification Tagging Requirements:

1. For each gate operator, 1-1/2-inch minimum diameter heavy brass tag, bearing the gate tag number shown in the Schedule.

2. Attach the tags to the operator by soldered split key rings to that ring and tag cannot be removed. Use block type numbers and letters with 1/4-inch minimum high numbers and letters stamped on and filled with black enamel.

2.06 APPURTENANCES

A. Lifting Lugs: Furnish suitably attached for equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds.



B. Anchor Bolts: Minimum 1/2-inch diameter (unless a larger minimum size is shown on the Drawings) Type 316 stainless steel as listed in the Area Classification Table on the Drawings; number and size as required by equipment manufacturer and by Subcontractor’s anchorage and bracing design per Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing. Anchor bolts shall be as specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. In accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Field mount operators after installing gates.

C. Anchor Bolts: Accurately place using templates furnished by equipment manufacturer and as specified in Section 05 50 50, Metal Fabrications.

D. Lubricate stems before operating.


A. Functional Tests: Conduct on each slide gate.

B. Performance Test:

1. Conduct on each slide gate. 2. Perform under actual or approved simulated operating conditions. 3. Test for a continuous 3-hour period without malfunction. 4. Adjust, realign, or modify units and retest if necessary.

3.03 TRAINING

A. After successful completion of required Field Testing, Supplier shall provide field and classroom training to CH2M HILL operations and maintenance staff.

3.04 SUPPLEMENT

A. The supplement listed below, following “End of Section,” is a part of this Specification.

1. Slide Gate Schedule.

END OF SECTION

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS - DBO

TAG EQUIPMENT NAME P&ID MATERIAL ASSEMBLY STYLE YOKE TYPE OPERATOR MOUNT TOP SEAL

REQUIREDWALL OPENING WIDTH (INCHES)

WALL OPENING HEIGHT

(INCHES)

GATE HEIGHT (INCHES)

MINIMUM GATE INVERT ELEVATION - BOTTOM OF GATE WHEN LOWERED

(AFF)

WALL OPENING INVERT ELEVATION

(AFF)

MINIMUM WEIR ELEVATION - TOP OF

GATE WHEN LOWERED (AFF)

MAXIMUM WEIR ELEVATION - TOP OF GATE WHEN RAISED

(AFF)

DESIGN OPERATING

HEAD - SEATING (FT)

DESIGN OPERATING HEAD - UNSEATING

(FT)

MANUAL OPERATOR (WHEEL OR

CRANK)

OPERATOR TYPE CONTROL OPTIONS

GTE10_12501 HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL GATE 1 09-I-0101 ALUMINUM STYLE A SELF CONTAINED YOKE YES 18 18 18 1'-6" 1'-6" - - 5'-0" 0'-9" CRANK TYPE 2 -

GTE10_12502 HEADWORKS INFLUENT CHANNEL GATE 2 09-I-0101 ALUMINUM STYLE A SELF CONTAINED YOKE YES 18 18 18 1'-6" 1'-6" - - 5'-0" 0'-9" CRANK TYPE 2 -

GTE10_12601 SCREEN CHANNEL INFLUENT GATE 1 09-I-0101 ALUMINUM STYLE C SELF CONTAINED YOKE NO 42 92 68 0'-0" 0'-0" - - 3'-0" 3'-0" CRANK TYPE 2 -



GTE10_12701 SCREEN CHANNEL EFFLUENT GATE 1 09-I-0101 ALUMINUM STYLE C SELF CONTAINED YOKE NO 42 92 68 0'-0" 0'-0" - - 3'-0" 3'-0" CRANK TYPE 2 -



GTE10._32101 GRIT BASIN INFLUENT GATE 1 09-I-0104 ALUMINUM STYLE C SELF CONTAINED YOKE NO 30 92 92 0'-0" 0'-0" - - 3'-0" 3'-0" CRANK TYPE 2 -

GTE10_32102 GRIT BASIN EFFLUENT GATE 2 09-I-0104 ALUMINUM STYLE C SELF CONTAINED YOKE NO 60 80 80 0'-0" 0'-0" - - 3'-0" 3'-0" CRANK TYPE 2 -

GTE10_32103 GRIT BASIN BYPASS GATE 3 09-I-0104 ALUMINUM STYLE A SELF CONTAINED YOKE NO 42 80 80 1'-0" 1'-0" - - 3'-0" 3'-0" CRANK TYPE 2 -

GTE40_21003 AERATION BASIN 3 EFFLUENT WEIR GATE 09-I-0107 ALUMINUM STYLE D SELF CONTAINED YOKE YES 60 72 84 5'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 17'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" WHEEL TYPE 1 -

GTE70_10001 UV CHANNEL 1 INFLUENT GATE 09-I-0118 ALUMINUM STYLE A SELF CONTAINED YOKE YES 24 24 24 1'-0" 1'-0" - - 9'-0" 1'-0" WHEEL TYPE 1 -

GTE70_10002 UV CHANNEL 1 EFFLUENT WEIR GATE 09-I-0118 ALUMINUM STYLE E SELF CONTAINED YOKE NO 48 90 52 ±0'-6" ±4'-8" 4'-10" 8'-11" 2'-0" 2'-0" WHEEL TYPE 4 OPTION 4

GATE STYLES: OPERATOR TYPES:

STYLE A: UPWARD ACTING SLIDE GATE, SURFACE MOUNTED ON CONCRETE STRUCTURES, WALL FACE MOUNTED FRAME, WALL FACE MOUNTED INVERT. (REFER TO STANDARD DETAIL 3520-281) TYPE 1: HAND WHEEL OPERATED BENCH STANDSTYLE B: UPWARD ACTING SLIDE GATE, SURFACE MOUNTED ON CONCRETE STRUCTURES, WALL FACE MOUNTED FRAME, FLUSH CONCRETE EMBEDDED INVERT. (REFER TO STANDARD DETAIL 3520-282) TYPE 2: HAND CRANK OPERATED BENCH STANDSTYLE C: UPWARD ACTING SLIDE GATE, IN-CHANNEL MOUNTED ON CONCRETE STRUCTURE, CONCRETE EMBEDDED FRAME, FLUSH CONCRETE EMBEDDED INVERT. (REFER TO STANDARD DETAIL 3520-283) TYPE 3: GEARED FLOOR STANDSTYLE D: DOWNWARD ACTING WEIR GATE, SURFACE MOUNTED ON CONCRETE STRUCTURES, WALL FACE MOUNTED FRAME, WALL FACE MOUNTED INVERT. (REFER TO STANDARD DETAIL 3520-284) TYPE 4: ELECTRIC MOTOR OPERATOR (INCLUDING HAND WHEEL FOR MANUAL OVERRIDE)STYLE E: DOWNWARD ACTING WEIR GATE, IN-CHANNEL MOUNTED ON CONCRETE STRUCTURES, CONCRETE EMBEDDED FRAME, WALL FACE MOUNTED INVERT. (REFER TO STANDARD DETAIL 3520-285)STYLE F: DOWNWARD ACTING WEIR GATE, IN-CHANNEL MOUNTED ON CONCRETE STRUCTURES, CONCRETE EMBEDDED FRAME, FLUSH CONCRETE EMBEDDED INVERT. (N/A THIS PROJECT) CONTROL OPTIONS (SELECT FROM FEATURES BELOW):

OPTION 1: FEATURE "A" ONLYOPTION 2: FEATURES "A" AND "B"OPTION 3: FEATURES "A", "B", AND "D"OPTION 4: FEATURES "A" AND "C"

CONTROLS FEATURES:A = OPEN-STOP-CLOSE LOCAL CONTROL STATIONB = OPEN-CLOSE WITH 5 AMP, 120 VAC END POSITION LIMIT SWITCHESC = LOCAL-REMOTE SELECTOR SWITCH FOR MODULATING 4 to 20 mAMP LOOP CONTROLD = LOCAL-REMOTE SELECTOR SWITCH FOR REMOTE OPEN-CLOSE OPERATION


SLIDE GATE SCHEDULE

PW/WBG/425034MARCH 2012©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

FABRICATED SLIDE GATES35 20 16.25 SUPPLEMENT - 1


PW/WBG/425034 PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS MARCH 2012 40 05 15 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 05 15 PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.

2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): B31.1, Power Piping.

3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip

Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. b. A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-

Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

c. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

4. International Code Council (ICC): a. International Building Code (IBC). b. International Mechanical Code (IMC).

5. Manufacturers’ Standardization Society (MSS): a. SP 58, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and

Manufacture. b. SP 69, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. c. SP 89, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation

Practices. d. SP 127, Bracing for piping Systems, Seismic-Wind-Dynamic

Design, Selection and Application.


PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS PW/WBG/425034 40 05 15 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Wetted or Submerged: Submerged, less than 1 foot above liquid surface, below top of channel wall, under cover or slab of channel or tank, or in other damp locations.

1.04 SUBMITTALS


1. Catalog information for manufactured pipe support components and drawings of piping support system, locating each support, sway brace, seismic brace, hanger, guide, component, and anchor for piping 4 inches and larger. Identify support, hanger, restraint, guide, and anchor type by catalog number and Shop Drawing detail number.

2. Revisions to support systems resulting from changes in related piping system layout and its anchorage and bracing or additions of flexible joints.

3. Anchorage and bracing drawings and catalog information, as required by Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.


1. Design calculations for pipe support components based on the applied loads including those noted below. Calculations shall include a summary of design criteria used, design of each type of support, and a summary of resulting load reactions on the supporting structure.

2. Anchorage and bracing calculations as required by Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads provided in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.

3. Maintenance information on piping support system.

1.05 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Piping support systems shall be designed, and shop drawings prepared and sealed, by a registered civil or structural engineer currently licensed in the State of Oregon. The Registered Professional Engineer responsible for design of pipe supports shall have at least 5 years of experience in the pipe support design.



1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. General:

1. Subcontractor shall be responsible for the design, size, and location of piping support systems for all piping not specifically detailed on the Drawings. Piping support systems designed by the Subcontractor shall conform with the Drawings which includes standard design details.

2. All ALP piping and outdoor foul air piping have been designed by CH2M HILL and are detailed in the Drawings.

3. Piping support systems for large diameter piping, typically 18 inches and larger, have been designed by CH2M HILL and are detailed in the Drawings.

4. Supports and locations for other piping are not a complete design and only serve the purpose of illustrating intent. Pipe supports are shown where specific types and locations are required and show minimum supports needed; additional pipe supports may be required.

5. Select sizes and locate piping support systems throughout each facility, whether shown or not. The absence of pipe supports and details on the Drawings shall not relieve the Subcontractor of responsibility for sizing and providing supports throughout plant.

6. Pipe support types shown represent acceptable pipe support configurations, but are not intended to be fully inclusive of the support systems to be employed.

7. Where possible, manufactured support systems shall be employed. 8. In areas where pipe racks are shown for support of large diameter and/or

multiple piping systems, those racks may also be used as part of the support design for smaller piping to be routed through common areas.

9. Where piping connects to equipment it shall be supported by a pipe support or hanger and not by the equipment, unless allowed by the equipment manufacturer.

10. Design for buoyancy loads when piping is in submerged location.

B. Pipe Support System Design Criteria:

1. Meet requirements of MSS SP 58, MSS SP 69, MSS SP 89, and ASME B31.1, or as modified by this Section.

2. Pipe support systems shall be designed for gravity and thrust loads imposed by weight of pipes or internal pressures, including weight of fluid in pipes and insulation.

3. Coordinate design criteria, including design for seismic loads and wind loads as applicable, with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, and with criteria provided on the General Structural Note Sheets on the Drawings. Design support systems for coordinated loads.



4. Design anchors, guides, and restraints with consideration for ambient temperature thermal movements and all pressure thrust loads. Design for test pressures as listed in the Piping Schedule on the Drawings.

5. Consider relative deflections of supports and structural framing systems including roof supports and floor supports and their deflections under loads, when selecting pipe support details.

6. Coordinate pipe support locations and configuration with the building structural system and with other building systems.

7. Do not attach pipe supports to ladders, stairs, or railing systems unless specifically shown on the Drawings.

C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Rod Size:

1. Mild Steel or Ductile Iron Piping:

Pipe Size Maximum Spacing of

Supports/Hangers

Minimum Rod Size for Single Rod

Hangers

1-1/4 inches & smaller

6 feet 1/4-inch

1-1/2 to

2-1/2 inches 8 feet 1/4-inch

3 & 4 inches 10 feet 3/8-inch

6 inches 12 feet 3/8-inch





20 inches 18 feet 1-inch

24 inches 18 feet 1-1/4-inch

30 inches & larger Shown on Drawings Shown on Drawings

Note that this spacing may require the use of higher load pipe clamps and more than a single point concrete anchor point.



2. Stainless Steel Piping:


Supports/Hangers


Hangers

Less than 1-inch 6 feet 1/4-inch

1 to 4 inches 8 feet 1/4-inch


8 to 12 inches 10 feet 1/2-inch




3. Plastic Piping:


Supports/Hangers


Hangers

Less than or equal to 1-1/2 inches

5 feet 1/4-inch

2 & 2-1/2 inches 7 feet 1/4-inch




4. Copper Piping (where used to match existing piping systems):


Supports/Hangers


Hangers 1-1/4 inches &

smaller 5 feet 1/4-inch

1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inches

6 feet 1/4-inch


D. Vertical Sway Bracing: 10-foot maximum centers, as required by submitted calculations, or as indicated on the Drawings.



E. Anchoring and Bracing Devices: Design, size, and space support anchoring and bracing devices, including anchor bolts, inserts, and other devices used to anchor and brace supports, to withstand shear and pullout loads imposed by all loadings and actual spacing on each particular support.

F. Existing Support Systems: Use existing supports systems to support new piping only if Contractor:

1. Submits design for adequacy of existing support systems to receive modified loads.

2. Submits design for strengthened support systems to receive modified loads.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. When specified items are not available, fabricate pipe supports to general configuration shown in the details or on Drawings.

B. Materials: Refer to the Area Classification Table on the Drawings.

C. Types listed below describe minimum requirements. Types other than shown may be acceptable, providing that calculations and capacity tables satisfy all load requirements, including thrust and lateral loads.

D. Special support and hanger details may be required for cases where standard catalog supports are inapplicable.

2.02 HANGERS

A. Clevis: MSS SP-58 and SP-69, Type 1.

1. Anvil; Figure 260, sizes 1/2-inch through 30 inches. 2. For Insulated Pipe: Anvil; Figure 260 with insulated saddle system

(ISS) sizes 1/2-inch through 16 inches. 3. B-Line; Figure B3100, sizes 1/2-inch through 30 inches.

B. Adjustable Swivel Split-Ring Pipe Clamp: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 6.

1. Anvil; Figure 104, sizes 3/4-inch through 8 inches. 2. B-Line; Figure B3171, sizes 3/4-inch through 6 inches.



2.03 SADDLE SUPPORTS

A. Pedestal Type: Schedule 40 pipe stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange.

1. Nonadjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 37 with U-bolt. a. Anvil; Figure 259, sizes 4 inches through 18 inches with

Figure 63P base. b. B-Line; Figure B3090, sizes 3/4 inches through 18 inches with

B3088 base. 2. Adjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 38 with clamp.

a. B-Line; Figure B3093, sizes 1-inch through 18 inches with Figure B3088T base.

b. Anvil; Figure 265, sizes 4 inches through 18 inches with Figure 63T base.

B. Elbow and Flange Supports:

1. Elbow with Adjustable Stanchion: a. Sizes 2-1/2 inches through 18 inches.

1) Anvil; Figure 62A or 62B base. 2. Elbow with Nonadjustable Stanchion:

a. Sizes 2-1/2 inches through 42 inches. 1) Anvil; Figure 63A or 63B base.

3. Flange Support with Adjustable Base: a. Sizes 2 inches through 24 inches.

1) B-Line; B3094, with Figure B3088T base.

2.04 WALL BRACKETS AND SUPPORTS

A. Provide calculations or test results that brackets and supports are adequate for specific location and pipe size.

B. Welded Steel Wall Bracket: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 33 (heavy-duty).

1. Anvil; Figure 199, 3,000-pound rating. 2. B-Line; Figure B3067, 3,000-pound rating.

C. Adjustable “J” hanger MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 5:




D. Offset Pipe Clamp:


E. Channel Type:

1. Unistrut. 2. Anvil; Power-Strut. 3. B-Line; Strut System. 4. Aickinstrut (FRP).

2.05 PIPE CLAMPS

A. Riser Clamp: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 8.


2.06 STEEL PIPE SADDLES

A. Provide 120-degree pipe saddle with bolted segmented saddle plates with base plates drilled for anchors bolts; minimum four 7/8-inch holes for 3/4-inch anchor bolts.

1. Sizes 20 inches though 60 inches. 2. Manufacturer: Piping Technology & Products, Inc.; Fig. 2000 as

modified per above.

2.07 CHANNEL TYPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

A. Members and Connections: Submit final design drawings and calculations unless Contract Documents provide design.

B. Minimum Channel Size:

1. Steel: 12-gauge, 1-5/8-inch wide. 2. FRP: 1-1/2-inch wide.

C. Fasteners:

1. Steel or Stainless Steel: As specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

2. Vinyl ester fiber, polyurethane base composite nuts and bolts, or encapsulated steel fasteners.



D. Manufacturers and Products:

1. B-Line; Strut System. 2. Unistrut. 3. Anvil; Power-Strut. 4. Aickinstrut (FRP System). 5. Enduro-Durostrut (FRP Systems).

2.08 LATERAL FORCE RESTRAINTS

A. Anchoring and bracing shall meet requirements of Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.

B. Where other restraints are not provided, provide lateral and longitudinal restraints for seismic, wind, thrust, thermal and other lateral forces.

2.09 ACCESSORIES

A. Insulation Shields:

1. Type: Galvanized steel or stainless steel, MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 40.

2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Anvil; Figure 167, sizes 1/2-inch through 24 inches. b. B-Line; Figure B3151, sizes 1/2-inch through 24 inches.

B. Welding Insulation Saddles:

1. Type: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 39. 2. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Anvil; Figure Series 160, sizes 1-inch through 36 inches. b. B-Line; Figure Series B3160, sizes 1/2-inch through 24 inches.

C. Plastic Pipe Support Channel:

1. Type: Continuous support for plastic pipe and to increase support spacing.

2. Manufacturer and Product: B-Line; Figure Series B3106V, sizes 1/2-inch through 6 inches with Figure B3106 Vee bottom hangers.

D. Hanger Rods, Clevises, Nuts, Sockets, and Turnbuckles: In accordance with MSS SP 58.



E. Attachments:

1. I-Beam Clamp: Concentric loading type, MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 21, Type 28, Type 29, or Type 30 which engage both sides of flange.

2. Concrete Insert: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 18, continuous channel insert with load rating not less than that of hanger rod it supports.

3. Welded Beam Attachment: MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 22. a. Anvil; Figure 66. b. B-Line; Figure B3083.

4. U-Channel Concrete Inserts: As specified in Section 05 50 50, Metal Fabrications.

5. Concrete Attachment Plates: a. Anvil; Figure 47, Figure 49 or Figure 52. b. B-Line; Figure B3084, Figure B3085 or Figure B3086.

2.10 INTERMEDIATE PIPE GUIDES

A. Type: Hold down pipe guide.

1. Manufacturer and Product: B-Line; Figure B3552, 1-1/2 inches through 30 inches.

B. Type: U-bolts with double nuts to provide nominal 1/8-inch to 1/4-inch clearance around pipe. MSS SP 58 and MSS SP 69, Type 24.

1. Anvil; Figure 137 and Figure 137S. 2. B-Line; Figure B3188 and Figure B3188NS.

2.11 PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDES

A. Type: Spider.

B. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Anvil; Figure 255, sizes 1/2-inch through 24 inches. 2. B-Line; Figure B3281 through Figure B3287, sizes: 1/2-inch through

24 inches.

2.12 PIPE ANCHORS

A. Type: Anchor chair with U-bolt strap.

B. Manufacturer and Product: B-Line; Figure B3147A or Figure B3147B.



2.13 ANCHORING SYSTEMS

A. Anchor Bolts: Minimum 1/2-inch diameter (unless a larger minimum size is shown on the Drawings) Type 316 stainless steel as listed in the Area Classification Table on the Drawings; number and size as required by equipment manufacturer and by Subcontractor’s anchorage and bracing design per Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing. Anchor bolts shall be as specified in Section 05 50 50, Metal Fabrications.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Install support systems in accordance with MSS SP 69 and MSS SP 89, unless shown otherwise.

2. Install pipe hanger rods plumb, within 4 degrees of vertical during shut down, start up or operations.

3. Support piping connections to equipment by pipe support and not by equipment.

4. Support large or heavy valves, fittings, and appurtenances independently of connected piping.

5. Support no pipe from pipe above it. 6. Support pipe at changes in direction or in elevation, adjacent to flexible

joints and couplings, and where shown. Supports shall account for all loads.

7. Do not install pipe supports and hangers in equipment access areas or bridge crane runs.

8. Brace hanging pipes against horizontal movement by both longitudinal and lateral sway bracing and to reduce movement after startup.

9. Install lateral supports for wind and seismic loads. 10. Install pipe anchors where required to withstand expansion thrust loads

and to direct and control thermal expansion. 11. Repair mounting surfaces to original condition after attachments are

made. 12. Anchor Bolts: Accurately place using templates furnished by equipment

manufacturer and as specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

B. Standard Pipe Supports:

1. Horizontal Suspended Piping: a. Single Pipes: Adjustable swivel-ring, split-ring, or clevis hangers. b. Grouped Pipes: Trapeze hanger system.



2. Horizontal Piping Supported from Walls: a. Single Pipes: Wall brackets or wall clips attached to wall with

anchors. Clips attached to wall mounted framing also acceptable. b. Stacked Piping: Wall mounted framing system and clips

acceptable for piping smaller than 3-inch minimal diameter. c. Piping clamps that resist axial movement of pipe through support

are not acceptable. Use cast iron hanging rolls supported from wall bracket.

3. Horizontal Piping Supported from Floors: a. Stanchion Type:

1) Pedestal type; adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange.

2) Use yoked saddles for piping whose centerline elevation is 18 inches or greater above floor and for exterior installations.

3) Provide minimum 1-1/2-inch grout beneath base plate. b. Floor Mounted Channel Supports:

1) Use for piping smaller than 3-inch nominal diameter running along floors and in trenches at piping elevations lower than can be accommodated using pedestal pipe supports.

2) Attach channel framing to floors with base plate on minimum 1-1/2-inch grout and with anchor bolts.

3) Attach pipe to channel with clips or pipe clamps. 4. Insulated Pipe:

a. Pipe hanger and support shall be on outside of insulation and shall not be enclosed within insulation.

b. Provide precut 120-degree sections of rigid insulation (minimum length same as the shield), galvanized steel shields and oversized hangers or insulated saddle system. Anvil; Figure 260 (ISS).

c. Wall mounted piping clips not acceptable for insulated piping. 5. Vertical Pipe: Support with wall brackets and base elbow or riser

clamps on floor penetrations. 6. Standard Attachments:

a. To Underside of Concrete Slabs: U-Channel Concrete Inserts, U-Channel to Concrete Embed Plates, overhead anchors as specified in Section 05 50 00, Metal Fabrications.

b. To Steel Beams: I-beam clamp or welded attachments. c. To Concrete Walls: Concrete anchors, inserts, brackets or

connections using anchor bolts or concrete anchors. d. To Concrete Beams: U-Channel Concrete Inserts, or if inserts are

not used attach to vertical surface similar to Concrete Wall. Do not drill into beam bottom or lower third of beam.



e. Existing Walls and Ceilings: Install as specified for new construction, unless shown otherwise.

C. Intermediate and Pipe Alignment Guides:

1. Provide pipe alignment guides (or pipe supports that provide same function) at expansion joints and loops.

2. Guide piping on each side of expansion joint or loop at four pipe and 14-pipe diameters from each joint or loop.

3. Install intermediate guides on metal framing support systems not carrying pipe anchor or alignment guide.

D. Accessories:

1. Insulation Shield: Install on insulated piping. Oversize rollers and supports.

2. Welding Insulation Saddle: Install on insulated steel pipe. Oversize rollers and supports.

3. Dielectric Barrier: a. Provide plastic coated hangers, or isolation tape such as B-Line

Iso Pipe, B-Line B1999 Vibra Cushion, or B-Line B3195 Felt Isolators between painted or galvanized carbon steel members and copper or stainless steel pipe or between stainless steel supports and nonstainless steel ferrous metal piping.

b. Install 1/4-inch by 3-inch neoprene rubber wrap between submerged metal pipe and oversized clamps.

3.02 MATERIALS

A. Refer to the Area Classification Table on the Drawings for types of materials designated to different hazardous locations and environmental conditions.

3.03 FIELD FINISHING

A. As specified in Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PIPE HEAT TRACING MARCH 2012 40 05 33 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 05 33 PIPE HEAT TRACING

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 40 27 00, Process Piping—General. 3. Section 40 42 13, Mechanical Insulation.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. Factory Mutual. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics engineers, Inc (IEEE): 515,

Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications.

3. National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association (NEMA): 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).

1.03 SUBMITTALS


1. Manufacturer’s descriptive product literature. 2. Pipe heat loss calculations for each pipe size to be heat traced.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design Heating Load:

1. Heating load to be calculated based upon a 50 degree F delta, 20 mph wind if pipes are located outdoors, insulation as specified in Section 40 42 13, Mechanical Insulation, pipe as specified in Section 40 27 00, Process Piping—General, and shall include a 10 percent safety factor.

2. Heat loss calculations shall be based on IEEE 515, Equation 1, or most recent revision.


PIPE HEAT TRACING PW/WBG/425034 40 05 33 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

B. Refer to the Heat Trace Schedule, P&IDs, Electrical Process Plans and Mechanical Plans and Sections in the Drawings for quantity and extent of pipes to be heat traced. Coordinate final requirements with CH2M HILL field staff before procurement and installation of any heat trace equipment.

2.02 ELECTRICAL HEATING TAPE

A. Cable: Self-limiting, parallel circuit construction consisting of continuous inner core of variable resistance conductive heating material between two parallel copper bus wires. Provide tinned copper braid for PVC, FRP, and stainless steel pipe applications.

B. UL Listing: Listed as self-limiting pipe tracing material for pipe freeze protection application in ordinary conditions.

C. Where installed in Hazardous Classified Areas as identified in the Contract Documents, provide equipment rated for such environments.

D. Maximum Maintenance Temperature: 150 degrees F (65 degrees C).

E. Maximum Intermittent Temperature: 185 degrees F (85 degrees C).

F. Service Voltage: 120V unless otherwise noted.

G. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Raychem. 2. Thermon. 3. Nelson.

2.03 CONNECTION SYSTEM

A. Rating: NEMA 250, Type 4 and Factory Mutual approved.

1. Where installed in Hazardous Classified Areas as identified in the Contract Documents, provide equipment rated for such environments.

B. Operating Monitor Light: Furnish with each circuit power connection kit to indicate when heat tracing is energized.

C. Manufacturers and Products:

1. Power Connection Kit: a. Raychem; JBS-100. b. Thermon; PCA-1-SR or DP-L. c. Nelson; PLT-BC.



2. Splice Kit: a. Raychem; S-150. b. Thermon; PCS-1-SR. c. Nelson; PLT-BS.

3. Tee Kit: a. Raychem; T-100. b. Thermon; DS-S. c. Nelson; PLT-BY.

4. End Seal Kit: a. Raychem; E-150. b. Thermon; DE-S. c. Nelson; LT-ME.

5. Lighted End Seal Kit: a. Raychem; E-100-L. b. Thermon; DLS. c. Nelson; LT-L.

2.04 SECURING TAPE

A. Metallic Piping Systems:

1. Type: Glass or polyester cloth pressure sensitive tape. 2. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Raychem; GS54 or GT66. b. Thermon; PF-1. c. Nelson; GT-6 or GT-60.

2.05 PIPE MOUNTED THERMOSTAT

A. Type: Fixed, nonadjustable, set at 40 degrees F.

B. Sensor: Fluid-filled with 3-foot capillary.

C. Enclosure: Glass-filled nylon, NEMA 250, Type 4X weatherproof with gasketed lid.

D. Switch: SP-ST, UL listed, rated 22 amps, 120 to 240V ac.

E. Where installed in Hazardous Classified Areas as identified in the Contract Documents, provide equipment rated for such environments.

F. Manufacturers:



PIPE HEAT TRACING PW/WBG/425034 40 05 33 - 4 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

2.06 AMBIENT THERMOSTAT

A. Type: Adjustable setting (15 to 140 degrees F).

B. Sensor: Fluid-filled probe.

C. Enclosure: Epoxy-coated NEMA 250, Type 4X aluminum enclosure with exposed hardware of stainless steel.

D. Switch: SP-DT, UL or FM listed, rated 22 amps, 125 to 250V ac.

E. Manufacturers:


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommended practices.

2. Provide insulation as specified in Section 40 42 13, Mechanical Insulation, over all pipe heat tracing.

3. Ground metallic structures or materials used for support of heating cable or on which it is installed in accordance with applicable codes.

4. Wiring between power connection points of heat tracing cable branch lines shall be provided by heat tracing system supplier.

5. Provide end of circuit pilot lights on heat tracing circuits for buried piping.

B. Electrical Heating Tape:

1. Determine required length of electrical heating tape by considering length of circuit, pipe size, number and type of fittings and fixtures, design heating load, and heating tape output.

2. Where design heating load exceeds heating tape capacity, install by spiraling.

3. Derate heating tape capacity when installed on plastic piping. 4. Install on services where shown on Drawings.



5. Install additional heating tape at bolted flanges, valves, pipe supports, and other fittings and fixtures as recommended by supplier, but not less than the following:

Item Heating Tape Length

(min. feet)

Bolted flanges (per pair) Two times pipe diameter

Valves Four times valve length

Pipe hanger or support penetrating insulation

Three times pipe diameter

C. Heat Tracing Circuits: Limit individual lengths of heat tracing circuits such that maximum single circuit capacity is 20 amps when starting the circuit at 40 degrees F. Provide multiple 20-amp circuits as required at individual heat tracing locations.

D. Thermostats:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as approved by Engineer.

2. For each group of heat traced circuit, install one ambient thermostat.


A. Test each circuit with 500-volt insulation tester between circuit and ground with neutrals isolated from ground.

1. Insulation Resistance: Minimum 1,000 megohms per 1,000 feet.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PROCESS PIPING—GENERAL MARCH 2012 40 27 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00 PROCESS PIPING—GENERAL

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 3. Section 31 23 23.15, Trench Backfill. 4. Section 40 27 01, Process Piping Specialties. 5. Section 40 80 01, Process Piping Leakage Testing.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section and any supplemental Data Sheets:

1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Qualification

Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators.

b. B16.25, Butt Welding Ends. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

a. C104/A21.4, Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.

b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.

c. C110/A21.10, Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings for Water. d. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure

Pipe and Fittings. e. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or

Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. f. C116/A21.16, Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the

Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings for Water Supply Service.

g. C151/A21.51, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. h. C153/A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. i. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4 In.

Through 144 In. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). j. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints.


PROCESS PIPING—GENERAL PW/WBG/425034 40 27 00 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A47/A47M, Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron

Castings. b. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,

60,000 psi Tensile Strength. c. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.

1.03 SUBMITTALS


1. Pipe Corrosion Protection: Product data. 2. Pipe and fitting material data including flange rating, wall thickness,

gasket material, and bolt material.


1. Manufacturer’s Certification of Compliance: a. Pipe and fittings. b. Welding electrodes and filler materials. c. Factory applied resins and coatings.

2. Qualifications: a. Weld Inspection and Testing Agency: Certification and

qualifications. b. Welding Inspector: Certification and qualifications. c. Welders:

1) List of qualified welders and welding operators. 2) Current test records for qualified welder(s) and weld type(s)

for factory and field welding. 3. Weld Procedures: Records in accordance with ASME Boiler and

Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX for weld type(s) and base metal(s). 4. Nondestructive inspection and testing procedures.


A. Qualifications:

1. Independent Inspection and Testing Agency: a. Ten years’ experience in field of welding and welded pipe and

fittings’ testing required for this Project. b. Calibrated instruments and equipment, and documented standard

procedures for performing specified testing. c. Certified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A for testing

procedures required for this Project.



d. Testing Personnel: Qualified for nondestructive test methods to be performed.

e. Inspection Services: Qualified welding inspector. 2. Welding Inspector: AWS certified, AWS QC1 qualified, with prior

inspection experience of welds specified. 3. Welder and Welding Operator Qualifications:

a. Qualified by accepted inspection and testing agency before starting Work in accordance with Section IX, Article III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

b. Qualified to perform groove welds in Positions 2G and 5G for each welding process and pipe material specified.

c. Qualification tests may be waived by CH2M HILL based on evidence of prior qualification.

4. Retesting: Upon Engineer’s written request, retest qualified welder(s).

B. Quality Control: Provide services of independent inspection and testing agency for welding operations.


A. In accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements, and:

1. Flanges: Securely attach metal, hardboard, or wood protectors over entire gasket surface.

2. Threaded or Socket Welding Ends: Fit with metal, wood, or plastic plugs or caps.

3. Linings and Coatings: Prevent excessive drying. 4. Cold Weather Storage: Locate products to prevent coating from freezing

to ground. 5. Handling: Use heavy canvas or nylon slings to lift pipe and fittings.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPING

A. As specified on Piping Data Sheet(s) located at the end of this Section as Supplements, and Piping Schedule located on the Drawings.

B. Diameters Shown:

1. Standardized Products: Nominal size.

2.02 JOINTS

A. As specified on Piping Data Sheet(s) located at the end of this Section as Supplements, and Piping Schedule located on the Drawings.



2.03 GASKET LUBRICANT

A. Lubricant shall be supplied by pipe supplier and no substitute or “or-equal” will be allowed.

2.04 PIPE CORROSION PROTECTION

A. Coatings: Refer to Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating, for details of coating requirements.

B. Polyethylene Encasement (Bagging):

1. Encasement Tube: Black polyethylene encasement tube, 8 mils minimum thickness, conforming to AWWA C105/A21.5, Class C, free of gels, streaks, pinholes, foreign matter, undispersed raw materials, and visible defects such as tears, blisters, and thinning at folds.

2. Securing Tape: Thermoplastic tape, 8 mils minimum thickness, 1-inch wide, pressure sensitive adhesive face capable of bonding to metal, bituminous coating, and polyethylene encasement tube.

C. Insulating Flanges and Unions:

1. Install insulated flange or dielectric union between all dissimilar pipe material connections and all metallic pipe that transitions from buried to above grade. Locate insulating flange at the first abovegrade flange unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

2. Materials: a. In accordance with applicable piping material specified in Pipe

Data Sheets. Complete assembly shall have ASME B31.9 or B31.3 (depending on service) working pressure rating equal to or higher than that of joint and pipeline.

b. Galvanically compatible with piping. c. Resistant to exposure, operating temperatures, and products

contained in pipeline for intended service. d. Insulating kits shall be NEMA G-10, including but not limited to

gaskets, sleeves, and washers.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify size, material, joint types, elevation, horizontal location, and pipe service of existing pipelines to be connected to new pipelines or new equipment.



B. Inspect size and location of structure penetrations to verify adequacy of wall pipes, sleeves, and other openings.

C. Welding Electrodes: Verify proper grade and type, free of moisture and dampness, and coating is undamaged.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Notify CH2M HILL’s Engineer at least 2 weeks prior to field fabrication of pipe or fittings.

B. Inspect pipe and fittings before installation, clean ends thoroughly, and remove foreign matter and dirt from inside.

C. Damaged Coatings and Linings: Repair using original coating and lining materials in accordance with supplier’s instructions, except for damaged glass-lined pipe that is to be promptly removed from the Site.

3.03 WELDING

A. Perform in accordance with Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and ASME B31.3 for Pressure Piping, as may be specified on Piping Data Sheets, and if recommended by piping or fitting manufacturer.

B. Weld Identification: Mark each weld with symbol identifying welder.

C. Pipe End Preparation:

1. Machine Shaping: Preferred. 2. Oxygen or Arc Cutting: Smooth to touch, true, and slag removal by

chipping or grinding. 3. Beveled Ends for Butt Welding: ASME B16.25.

D. Surfaces:

1. Clean and free of paint, oil, rust, scale, slag, or other material detrimental to welding.

2. Clean stainless steel joints with stainless steel wire brushes or stainless steel wool prior to welding.

3. Thoroughly clean each layer of deposited weld metal, including final pass, prior to deposition of each additional layer of weld metal with a power-driven wire brush.



E. Alignment and Spacing:

1. Align ends to be joined within existing commercial tolerances on diameters, wall thicknesses, and out-of-roundness.

2. Root Opening of Joint: As stated in qualified welding procedure. 3. Minimum Spacing of Circumferential Butt Welds: Minimum four times

pipe wall thickness or 1 inch, whichever is greater.

F. Climatic Conditions:

1. Do not perform welding if there is impingement of any rain, snow, sleet, or high wind on the weld area, or if the ambient temperature is below 32 degrees F.

2. Stainless Steel and Alloy Piping: If the ambient is less than 32 degrees F, local preheating to a temperature warm to the hand is required.

G. Tack Welds: Performed by qualified welder using same procedure as for completed weld, made with electrode similar or equivalent to electrode to be used for first weld pass, and not defective. Remove those not meeting requirements prior to commencing welding procedures.

H. Surface Defects: Chip or grind out those affecting soundness of weld.

I. Weld Passes: As required in welding procedure.

J. Weld Quality: Free of cracks, incomplete penetration, weld undercutting, excessive weld reinforcement, porosity slag inclusions, and other defects in excess of limits shown in applicable piping code.

3.04 INSTALLATION—GENERAL

A. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with supplier’s instructions, unless otherwise shown or specified.

B. Remove foreign objects prior to assembly and installation.

C. Ductile Iron Piping:

1. Cutting Pipe: Cut pipe with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive blade cutter. Do not flame cut.

2. Dressing Cut Ends: a. General: As required for the type of joint to be made. b. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Remove sharp edges or projections. c. Push-On Joints: Bevel, as recommended by pipe supplier.



d. Flexible Couplings, Flanged Coupling Adapters, and Grooved End Pipe Couplings: As recommended by the coupling or adapter supplier.

3.05 INSTALLATION—BURIED PIPE

A. Placement:

1. Keep trench dry until pipe laying and joining are completed. 2. Pipe Base and Pipe Zone: As specified in Section 31 23 23.15, Trench

Backfill. 3. Exercise care when lowering pipe into trench to prevent twisting or

damage to pipe. 4. Measure for grade at pipe invert, not at top of pipe. 5. Excavate trench bottom and sides of ample dimensions to permit visual

inspection and testing of entire flange, valve, or connection. 6. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement. 7. Close and block open end of last laid pipe section when placement

operations are not in progress and at close of day’s work. 8. Lay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of laying. 9. Deflect pipe at joints for pipelines laid on a curve using unsymmetrical

closure of spigot into bell. If joint deflection of standard pipe lengths will not accommodate horizontal or vertical curves in alignment, provide: a. Shorter pipe lengths. b. Special mitered joints. c. Standard or special fabricated bends.

10. After joint has been made, check pipe alignment and grade. 11. Place sufficient pipe zone material to secure pipe from movement

before next joint is installed. 12. Prevent uplift and floating of pipe prior to backfilling.

B. Tolerances:

1. Deflection From Horizontal Line, Except PVC, CPVC, or HDPE: Maximum 2 inches.

2. Deflection From Vertical Grade: Maximum 1/4 inch. 3. Joint Deflection: Maximum of 75 percent of supplier’s

recommendation. 4. Horizontal position of pipe centerline on alignment around curves

maximum variation of 1.75 feet from position shown. 5. Pipe Cover: Minimum 3 feet, unless otherwise shown.



3.06 PIPE CORROSION PROTECTION

A. Ductile Iron Pipe:

1. Buried: Wrap with polyethylene bagging.

B. Piping Accessories:

1. Insulating Flanges or Dielectric Unions: Install on all dissimilar pipe material connections and all metallic pipe that transitions from buried to above grade. Locate insulating flanges at the first above grade flange unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

2. Buried: a. Ferrous Metal and Stainless Steel Components: Coat with coal-tar

epoxy. b. Bolts, Nuts, and Similar Items: Coat with bituminous paint. c. Flexible Couplings, Grooved Couplings, and Similar Items:

Fusion bonded epoxy coating, with Type 316 stainless steel bolts, in accordance with System No. 29, as specified in Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

d. Buried Valves and Similar Elements on Wrapped Pipelines: Coat with bituminous paint and wrap entire valve in polyethylene encasement.

e. Cement-Coated Pipelines: Cement coat appurtenances same as pipe.

C. Polyethylene Encasement: Install in accordance with AWWA C105/A21.5 and manufacturer’s instructions.

D. Verify all pipe is electrically isolated from reinforcing steel prior to backfill or concrete encasement.

3.07 THRUST RESTRAINT

A. Location:

1. Buried Piping: Where shown and where required to restrain force developed at pipeline tees, plugs, caps, bends, and other locations where unbalanced forces exist because of hydrostatic testing and normal operating pressure.

3.08 PIPE IDENTIFICATION





A. Pressure Leakage Testing: As specified in Section 40 80 01, Process Piping Leakage Testing, unless otherwise indicated on the Piping Schedule.

B. Minimum Duties of Welding Inspector:

1. Job material verification and storage. 2. Qualification of welders. 3. Certify conformance with approved welding procedures. 4. Maintenance of records and preparation of reports in a timely manner. 5. Notification to CH2M HILL of unsatisfactory weld performance within

24 hours of weld test failure.

C. Required Weld Examinations:

1. Perform examinations in accordance with Piping Code, ASME B31.3. 2. Perform examinations for every pipe thickness and for each welding

procedure, progressively, for all piping covered by this Section. 3. Examine at least one of each type and position of weld made by each

welder or welding operator. 4. For each weld found to be defective under the acceptance standards or

limitations on imperfections contained in the applicable Piping Code, examine two additional welds made by the same welder that produced the defective weld. Such additional examinations are in addition to the minimum required above. Examine, progressively, two additional welds for each tracer examination found to be unsatisfactory.

3.10 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “End of Section,” are a part of this Specification:

1. Data Sheets.

Number Title

40 27 00.01 Cement-Mortar or Glass-Lined Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings

40 27 00.03 Carbon Steel Pipe and Fittings

40 27 00.07 Galvanized Steel Pipe and Malleable Iron Fittings

40 27 00.08 Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings

40 27 00.10 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings



Number Title

40 27 00.13 Copper and Copper Alloy Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings

40 27 00.19 High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings

40 27 00.21 Profile Wall Polyethylene (PWPE)

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 CEMENT-MORTAR OR GLASS-LINED MARCH 2012 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.01 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 40 27 00.01 CEMENT-MORTAR OR GLASS-LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

Item Description

General Materials in contact with potable water shall conform to NSF 61 acceptance.

Pipe manufacturer shall submit certification that source manufacturing facility has been producing ductile iron pipe of the specified diameters, dimensions, and standards for a period of not less than 10 years. Testing of pipe required by AWWA A21.51 shall be conducted in testing and laboratory facilities located in the USA and operating under USA laws and regulations. Pipe shall be handled during manufacture and shipped without nesting (without insertion of one pipe inside another).

Pipe Buried Liquid Service Using, Mechanical, Proprietary Restrained Joints: AWWA C111/A21.11, and AWWA C151/A21.51.

Nominal wall thickness according to standard pressure class as follows, unless otherwise indicated in the Piping Schedule as shown on the Drawings:

4” to 12” = Class 350,

14” to 20” = Class 250 minimum,

24” = Class 200 minimum,

30” – 64” = Class 150 minimum.

Follower glands shall be ductile iron.

Exposed Pipe Using Grooved End and Flange Joints: AWWA C115/A21.15, thickness Class 53 minimum, 250 psi minimum working pressure.

Lining Cement-Mortar: AWWA C104/A21.4.

Glass: Completely fused above 1,400 degrees F, 6 mils to 10 mils thick, defects which expose base metal not greater than 0.01 percent of total lined surface, hardness greater than 5 on the Mohs scale, lining bonded sufficiently to withstand a metal strain of 0.001 inch/inch without damage to the glass lining, finished lined pipe not to deviate more than 0.0125 inch per foot of length from a centerline perpendicular to the flange face or square end of the pipe. Fast Fabricators, Inc., Ferrock MEH-32; Ceramic Coating Co., SL-31; VITCO Corp., SG-14.


CEMENT-MORTAR OR GLASS-LINED PW/WBG/425034 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.01 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


Item Description

Fittings Lined and coated same as pipe.

Mechanical: AWWA C110/A21.10, AWWA C111/A21.11, and AWWA C153/A21.53 ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure. Follower glands shall be ductile iron. Provide with mechanical joint anchor gland followers for restrained joint systems.

Grooved End: AWWA C606 and AWWA C110/A21.10, ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure; Victaulic.

Flange: AWWA C110/A21.10 ductile iron, faced and drilled, Class 125 flat face. Gray cast iron will not be allowed.

Joints Mechanical: 250 psi minimum working pressure. Provide with mechanical joint anchor gland follower for restrained joint systems.

Grooved End: Rigid type radius cut conforming to AWWA C606, 250 psi minimum working pressure; Victaulic.

Flange: Class 125 flat face, ductile iron, threaded conforming to AWWA C115/A21.15. Gray cast iron will not be allowed.

Branch connections 3 inches and smaller, except from glass-lined pipe, shall be made with service saddles as specified in Section 40 27 01, Process Piping Specialties. Branch connections, 3 inches and smaller from glass-lined pipe shall be made with glass-lined tee with a flanged branch for adapting to branch piping.

Couplings Grooved End: 250 psi minimum working pressure, malleable iron per ASTM A47/A47M or ductile iron per ASTM A536; Victaulic.

Grooved End Adapter Flanges: 250 psi minimum working pressure, malleable iron per ASTM A47/A47M or ductile iron per ASTM A536; Victaulic.

Bolting Mechanical and Grooved End Joints: Manufacturer’s standard.

Class 125 Flat-Faced Flange: ASTM A307, Grade A carbon steel hex head bolts and ASTM A563, Grade A carbon steel hex head nuts.


PW/WBG/425034 CEMENT-MORTAR OR GLASS-LINED MARCH 2012 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.01 DATA SHEET - 3


Item Description

Gaskets General: Gaskets in contact with potable water shall be NSF 61 certified.

Mechanical Joints; Water and Sewage Service: Rubber conforming to AWWA C111/A21.11.

Grooved End Joints: Halogenated butyl conforming to ASTM D2000 and AWWA C606.

Flanged Service – Water, Sewage, and Hot Air: 1/8-inch thick, red silicone, hardness 70 (Shore A), rated to 450 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.

Full face for Class 125 flat-faced flanges, flat-ring type for Class 250 raised-face flanges. Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering entire inside face with gasket cemented to blind flange. Ring gaskets shall not be permitted.

Gasket pressure rating to equal or exceed the system hydrostatic test pressure.

Joint Lubricant Manufacturer’s standard.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 CARBON STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.03 DATA SHEET - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00.03 CARBON STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Item Size Description

Pipe, all other than ALP

All Black carbon steel, ASTM A106/A106M, Grade B seamless or ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B seamless or ERW. Threaded, butt-welded, grooved end, and flanged joints:

Screwed:

2" & smaller Schedule 40.

Welded:

2-1/2" thru 10" Schedule 40.

12" thru 16" Schedule 30.

18" thru 24" Schedule 20.

Grooved:

2-1/2" thru 6" Schedule 40.

8" thru 12" inch Schedule 30.

14" Standard weight.

Joints 2" & smaller Threaded or flanged at valves and equipment or grooved end meeting the requirements of AWWA C606.

2-1/2" & larger Butt-welded or flanged at valves and equipment, or grooved end meeting the requirements of AWWA C606.

Fittings 2" & smaller Threaded: 150- or 300-pound malleable iron, ASTM A197/A197M or ASTM A47/A47M, dimensions in accordance with ASME B16.3. Fire sprinkler fittings to be UL listed.

Grooved End: Malleable iron ASTM A47/A47M or ductile iron ASTM A536, grooved ends to accept couplings without field preparation. Victaulic Co.; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok.


CARBON STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PW/WBG/425034 40 27 00.03 DATA SHEET - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


2-1/2" & larger Butt Welded: Wrought carbon steel butt- welding, ASTM A234/A234M, Grade WPB meeting the requirements of ASME B16.9; fitting wall thickness to match adjoining pipe; long radius elbows unless shown otherwise.

Grooved End: Malleable iron ASTM A47/A47M, ductile iron ASTM A536, forged steel ASTM A234/A234M, or factory fabricated from ASTM A53/A53M pipe. Grooved ends to accept couplings without field preparation. Victaulic Co. Style 107 or 177, and W07 and W77 for 14 inches and larger; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok; Shurjoint Piping Products.

Branch Connections

2" & smaller For threaded pipe: Threaded, straight, or reducing tees in conformance with Fittings specified above.

For welded or grooved pipe, use threadolet.

2-1/2" & larger Butt-welding or grooved end tee in conformance with Fittings specified above.

Flanges 2" & smaller Forged carbon steel, ASTM A105/A105M, Grade II, ASME B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300 socket-weld or threaded, 1/16-inch raised face.

2-1/2" & larger Butt-Welded Systems: Forged carbon steel, ASTM A105/A105M, ASME B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300 slip-on or welding neck, 1/16-inch raised face; weld neck bore to match pipe internal diameter. Use weld neck flanges when abutting butt-weld fittings.

Grooved End Adapter Flange: Malleable iron ASTM A47/A47M or ductile iron ASTM A536. Victaulic Style 741 or 743; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok Figure 7012 or 7013; Shurjoint Model 7041-A. Include stainless steel washer plates as required for mating to serrated faces and lined valves and equipment.


PW/WBG/425034 CARBON STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.03 DATA SHEET - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


Cast Iron Mating Flange: AWWA C207, Class D or E, hub or ring type to mate with ASME B16.1, Class 125 cast-iron flange. AWWA C207 Class F hub type or ASTM A105/A105M, ASME B16.5 Class 300 to mate with ASME B16.1 Class 250 cast-iron flange.

Unions 2" & smaller Threaded malleable iron, ASTM A197/A197 or ASTM A47/A47M, 150- or 300-pound WOG, meeting the requirements of ASME B16.3.

Couplings 2-1/2" & larger Grooved End: Rigid joint malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M or ductile iron, ASTM A536. Victaulic Co.; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok; Shurjoint Piping Products.

Screwed End: Malleable iron, ASTM A197/A197M or ASTM A47/A47M.

Bolting All Flanges: Carbon steel ASTM A307, Grade A hex head bolts and ASTM A563, Grade A hex head nuts.

Grooved End Couplings: Carbon steel, ASTM A183 bolts and nuts, 110,000 psi minimum tensile strength.

Flanged Joints in Sumps, Wet Wells, and Submerged and Wetted Installations: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A320/A320M, Grade B8M hex head bolts and ASTM A194/A194M, Grade 8M hex nuts.

Gaskets All flanges Flanged Service – Water, Sewage, and Hot Air: 1/8-inch thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.

Ring gaskets shall not be permitted. Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering the entire inside face with the gasket cemented to the blind flange.NSF 61 approved for potable water service.


CARBON STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PW/WBG/425034 40 27 00.03 DATA SHEET - 4 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


Thread Lubricant

2" & smaller General Service: 100 percent virgin PTFE Teflon tape.

Fuel Gas Service: Yellow Teflon tape designed for fuel gas service, Air Force A-A-58092, AA Thread Seal Tape, Inc.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE MARCH 2012 AND MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.07 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 40 27 00.07 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS


Pipe Galvanized carbon steel, ASTM A106, Grade B seamless or ASTM A53, Grade B seamless or ERW.

2" & smaller

2-1/2" thru 6"

8" thru 12"

14"

Schedule 80.

Schedule 40.

Schedule 30.

Standard weight.

Joints 2" & smaller Threaded or flanged at valves and equipment, or grooved end meeting requirements of AWWA C606.

2-1/2" & larger Flanged at valves and equipment, or grooved end meeting requirements of AWWA C606.

Fittings Threaded: 150- or 300-pound malleable iron, ASTM A197 or ASTM A47, dimensions in accordance with ASME B16.3.

Grooved End: Malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536, 250 psi working pressure, grooved ends to accept couplings without field preparation. Victaulic; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok.

Branch Connections

2" & smaller Tee or reducing tee in conformance with Fittings above, galvanized 2,000-pound WOG threadolet or welding boss; galvanize after welding.

2-1/2" & larger Branch Same Size as Run: Grooved end tee in accordance with Fittings above. Branch One or More Sizes Smaller Than Run: Grooved end reducing tee in accordance with Fittings above.

Flanges Galvanized forged carbon steel, ASTM A105/A105M, ASME B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300, threaded, 1/16-inch raised face.

Grooved end adapter flange, malleable iron ASTM A47 or ductile iron ASTM A536. Victaulic; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok.


GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE PW/WBG/425034 AND MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.07 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00.07 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS


Unions Threaded malleable iron, ASTM A197 or ASTM A47, 300-pound WOG, brass to iron seat, meeting the requirements of ASME B16.3.

Couplings Grooved End: Rigid joint malleable iron, ASTM A47 or ductile iron, ASTM A536, 250 psi working pressure. Victaulic; Anvil International, Inc., Gruvlok.

Plugs Forged carbon steel, ASTM A181/A181M, Grade II, round head, threaded, galvanized.

Bolting Grooved End Couplings: Carbon steel, ASTM A183 bolts and nuts, 110,000 psi minimum tensile strength.

Flanges: Carbon steel ASTM A307, Grade A hex head bolts and ASTM A563, Grade A hex head nuts.

Gaskets All flanges Flanged, Water and Sewage Service: 1/8 inch thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F, conforming to ASME B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.

Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering entire inside face with gasket cemented to blind flange.

Grooved end couplings

EPDM or chlorinated butyl per ASTM D2000 for water, and air to 230 degrees F, dimensions conforming to AWWA C606.

Thread Lubricant

2" & smaller Teflon tape or joint compound that is insoluble in water.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.08 DATA SHEET - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00.08 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS


ALP Pipe Header at blowers and branches supported along concrete walls

Schedule 10S: ASTM A778, “as-welded” grade, Type 304L, pickled and passivated.

Main trunkline spanning basins

Schedule 40S: ASTM A312/A312M, Type 304L seamless, pickled and passivated.

Pipe, all other than ALP

2-1/2" & smaller Schedule 40S: ASTM A312/A312M, Type 316L seamless, pickled and passivated.

3" & larger Schedule 10S: ASTM A778, “as-welded” grade, Type 316L, pickled and passivated.

Tubing All ASTM A269, Type 316 stainless steel, seamless, fully annealed hydraulic tubing, 0.065-inch wall thickness minimum.

Joints 2” & smaller Threaded or flanged at equipment, as required or shown.

2 1/2" & larger Butt-welded or flanged at valves and equipment.

Tubing Joints All Flareless compression fitting.

Fittings 1-1/2" & smaller Threaded: Forged 1,000 CWP minimum, ASTM A182/A182M, Grade F316 or cast Class 150, ASTM A351/A351M, Grade CF8M/316.

2" & 2-1/2" Butt Welded: ASTM A403/A403M, Grade WP316L conforming to ASME B16.9 and MSS SP 43, annealed, pickled and passivated; fitting wall thickness to match adjoining pipe; long radius elbows, unless shown otherwise.

3" & larger Butt-Welded: ASTM A774/A774M Grade 316L conforming to MSS SP 43, “as-welded” grade, pickled and passivated; fitting wall thickness to match adjoining pipe; long radius elbows, unless shown otherwise.


STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PW/WBG/425034 40 27 00.08 DATA SHEET - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL



Tubing Fittings All Flareless Compression Type Forged: ASTM A182/A182M, Grade F316, Parker-Hannifin Ferulok, Flodar BA Series.

Branch Connections 1-1/2" & smaller Tee or reducing tee in conformance with fittings above.

2" & larger Butt-welding tee or reducing tee in accordance with fittings above.

Tubing Branch Connections

All Compression type tees or reducing tees in accordance with Tubing Fittings above.

Flanges Air Low Pressure (ALP)

Plate Type 304L stainless steel, flat faced, ASME B16.5 Class 150 drilling. Thickness to be no less than 1/2 inch for pipe diameters 3-inch through 12-inch, 3/4 inch for pipe diameters 14-inch through 24-inch. Rated working pressure no less than 15 psig for all pipe diameters.

All Other Than ALP

Forged Stainless Steel: ASTM A182/A182M, Grade F304L, ASME B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300, slip-on, weld neck or raised face.

All Blind Flanges: Type 304 stainless steel.

Unions 2" & smaller Threaded Forged: ASTM A182/A182M, Grade F316, 2,000-pound or 3,000-pound WOG, integral ground seats, AAR design meeting the requirements of ASME B16.11, bore to match pipe.


PW/WBG/425034 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.08 DATA SHEET - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL



Bolting All Forged Flanges: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A320/A320M Grade B8M hex head bolts and ASTM A194/A194M Grade 8M hex head nuts.

Van Stone Flanges: Carbon steel ASTM A307 Grade B hex head bolts and ASTM A563 Grade A hex head nuts. Provide same on mating cast iron flange on valve or equipment with flat ring gasket.

Flanged Joints in Sumps, Wet Wells, and Submerged and Wetted Installations: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A320/ A320M, Grade B8M hex head bolts and ASTM A194/A194M, Grade 8M hex nuts.

Gaskets All Flanges Flanged Service – Water, Sewage, and ALP: 1/8-inch thick, red rubber (SBR), hardness 80 (Shore A), rated to 200 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207, and ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.

Ring gaskets shall not be permitted. Blind flanges shall be gasketed covering entire inside face with gasket cemented to blind flange.

Thread Lubricant 2" & smaller General Service: 100% virgin PTFE Teflon tape.

Fuel Gas Service: Yellow Teflon tape designed for fuel gas service, Air Force A-A-58092, AA Thread Seal Tape, Inc.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) MARCH 2012 PIPE AND FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.10 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 40 27 00.10 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS


General All Materials in contact with potable water shall conform to NSF 61 acceptance.

Pipe All Schedule 80 PVC: Type I, Grade I or Class 12454-B conforming to ASTM D1784 and ASTM D1785. Pipe shall be manufactured with titanium dioxide for ultraviolet protection.

Threaded Nipples: Schedule 80 PVC.

Fittings All Schedule to Match Pipe Above: ASTM D2466 and ASTM D2467 for socket weld type and Schedule 80 ASTM D2464 for threaded type. Fittings shall be manufactured with titanium dioxide for ultraviolet protection.

Joints All Solvent socket weld except where connection to threaded valves and equipment may require future disassembly.

Flanges All One piece, molded hub type PVC flat face flange in accordance with Fittings above, 125-pound ASME B16.1 drilling.

Bolting All Flat Face Mating Flange and In Corrosive Areas: ASTM A193/A193M, Type 316 stainless steel Grade B8M hex head bolts and ASTM A194/A194M Grade 8M hex head nuts.

With Raised Face Mating Flange: Carbon steel ASTM A307 Grade B square head bolts and ASTM A563 Grade A heavy hex head nuts.

Gaskets All Flat Face Mating Flange: Full faced 1/8-inch-thick ethylene propylene (EPR) rubber.

Raised Face Mating Flange: Flat ring 1/8-inch ethylene propylene (EPR) rubber, with filler gasket between OD of raised face and flange OD to protect the flange from bolting moment.


POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PW/WBG/425034 PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.10 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00.10 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS


Solvent Cement All Socket type joints shall be made employing solvent cement that meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D2564 and primer that meets or exceeds requirements of ASTM F656 and as recommended by pipe and fitting manufacturer, except solvent weld cement for PVC pipe joints in sodium hypochlorite service shall be free of silica filler and shall be certified by the manufacturer to be suitable for that service. Certification shall be submitted.

Thread Lubricant All Teflon Tape.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY MARCH 2012 PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.13 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 40 27 00.13 COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

Item Description

General Materials in contact with potable water shall conform to NSF 61 acceptance.

Pipe Red brass, seamless, standard wall thickness, conforming to ASTM B43.

Tubing Seamless, conforming to ASTM B88 as follows:

Domestic hot water ................ Type L, hard drawn P-Trap priming service .......... Type L, soft temper

Fittings Commercially pure wrought copper, socket joint, conforming to ASTM B75, dimensions conforming to ASME B16.22.

Flanges Commercially pure wrought copper, socket joint, conforming to ASTM B75, faced and drilled 150-pound ASME B16.24 standard.

Bolting ASTM A307, carbon steel, Grade A hex head bolts, and ASTM A563 Grade A hex head nuts.

Gaskets 1/16-inch thick nonasbestos compression type, full face, Cranite, Johns Manville.

Solder Joints 2-1/2-Inch and Smaller: Wire solder (95 percent tin), conforming to ASTM B32 Alloy Grade Sn95. Do not use cored solder.

Joints Larger Than 2-1/2-Inch: Wire solder, melt range approximately 440 degrees F to 660 degrees F, conforming to ASTM B32 Alloy Grade HB or HN. Do not use cored solder.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) MARCH 2012 PIPE AND FITTINGS ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.19 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 40 27 00.19 HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS


General All Pipe lengths, fittings, and flanged connections to be joined by thermal butt-fusion; shall be of the same type, grade, and class of polyethylene compound and supplied from the same raw material supplier.

Pipe tubing and fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2513.

Pipe 1/2" to 12" ASTM D3350 high-density polyethylene, maximum allowable hoop stress 1,600 psi at 73.4 degrees F.

Polyethylene resins shall conform to Type PE 3408 or better.

Provide protection against ultraviolet light degradation using carbon black, not less than 2 percent, well dispersed in the resin.

Pipe wall thickness shall reflect the required SDR* and diameter, as shown in Table 8, ASTM F714.

Design Stress Rating: ASTM F714, 1600 psi hydrostatic.

Pressure Rating (psi) at 100 degrees F SDR*

100 7.0 100 7.3 100 9.0 97 9.3 80 11.0 64 13.5

Gas Piping Identification: Yellow stripes extruded into pipe outside surface for identification of gas service, in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code.

*SDR: standard dimension ratio = OD/thickness

Refer to Piping Schedule for specific SDR requirements listed by Service.

Fittings 12" & smaller

Molded fittings, butt fusion joined, conforming to ASTM D3261.


HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PW/WBG/425034 PIPE AND FITTINGS MARCH 2012 40 27 00.19 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00.19 HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS


Flanges All Van Stone type, cast ASTM A351/A351M, Type 316 stainless steel backing ring, IPP Deltaflex convoluted design or equal for bolting to ANSI B16.1, Class 125; ANSI B16.5, Class 150; and AWWA C207, Class E. Pressure performance of the backing ring equal to SDR rating of the pipe with safety factor of two. Stub ends same grade HDPE and pressure rating as pipe.

Bolting Stainless steel, ASTM A193/A193M Grade B8M studs and ASTM A194/A194M Grade 8M hex head nuts.

Washers shall be same material as bolts.

Gaskets Flat ring, 1/8-inch ethylene propylene rubber (EPR).

Manufacturer CP CHEM Performance Pipe, a Division of Chevron Phillips Chemical Company; Driscoplex 6800 PE 3408.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PROFILE WALL MARCH 2012 POLYETHYLENE (PWPE) ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 27 00.21 DATA SHEET - 1

SECTION 40 27 00.21 PROFILE WALL POLYETHYLENE (PWPE)

Item Description

Pipe AASHTO MP6 (1050- to 1200-mm diameter), as manufactured by ADS, or equal.

ASTM F894, PE3408 profile wall type pipe (Spirolite, or equal), class 63, unless otherwise specified.

Provide magnetic tracer tape.

Profile Type S and D.

Extruded ribs for gaining structural rigidity and strength.

Joints Bell and spigot, gasketed type. Gaskets per ASTM F477.

Flanges: Flange dimensions and bolt pattern as called out on Drawings. Flanged adapters butt-fused to pipe for dampers or valves or where called out on Drawings, AWWA C207. Stainless steel backup ring epoxy coated. Flange gasket to be 1/4-inch compressed Kevlar with neoprene binder flange gasket. Flanged adapter may be butt-fusion welded to solid wall pipe for attaching to profile wall pipe. Interior of pipe to remain smooth (no step down) at any transitions.

Fittings Manufacturer’s standard; same stiffness and class as adjacent pipe.

Where mitered elbows are provided, interior of fitting shall remain smooth. Trim any residual material as necessary. Provide double mitered as a minimum, unless otherwise noted.

Source Quality Control In accordance with specified AASHTO Specification.

Flexible Connections Neoprene with coated stainless steel clamps, 1/2-inch thick.

Remarks:

1. Connections to stainless steel or FRP ductwork shall be made with flanged connections. Flange dimensions and bolt pattern shall match.

2. Manufacture from materials that meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM D3350-04 for a minimum cell classification of PE 345434C.


PROFILE WALL PW/WBG/425034 POLYETHYLENE (PWPE) MARCH 2012 40 27 00.21 DATA SHEET - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 00.21 PROFILE WALL POLYETHYLENE (PWPE)

Item Description

3. Place bells facing upstream. Locate bell and spigot joints, pushed home, at each structural joint indicated on Drawings.

4. Moe miter, minimum, per 45 degrees of deflection.

5. For bell and spigot connections, provide a minimum of two bell and spigot joints pulled 1-5/8 inches out from the home position for each 40 feet of pipe length.

6. Where joining of profile wall pipe by extrusion welding, all joints shall be performed by factory trained technicians.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES MARCH 2012 40 27 01 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 01 PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 4. Section 40 05 15, Piping Support Systems. 5. Section 40 27 00, Process Piping—General. 6. Section 40 27 00.01, Cement-Mortar or Glass-Lined Ductile Iron Pipe

and Fittings. 7. Section 40 27 02, Process Valves and Operators. 8. Section 40 91 00, Instrumentation Components.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. b. B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through

NPS 24. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

a. C153/A21.53, Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. b. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior

of Steel Water Pipelines. c. C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior

of Steel Water Pipelines. d. C219, Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. e. Manual M11, Steel Pipe—A Guide for Design and Installation.

3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A153/A153M, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)

on Iron and Steel Hardware. b. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes.

4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances.

5. NSF International (NSF): NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects.


PROCESS PIPING SPECIALTIES PW/WBG/425034 40 27 01 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: Manufacturer’s data on materials, construction, end connections, ratings, overall lengths, and live lengths (as applicable).


1. Basket Strainer: a. Manufacturer’s written/printed installation instructions. b. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation as specified in

Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers’ Field Services. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01 78 23,

Operation, Maintenance, and Asset Data.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide required piping specialty items, whether shown or not shown on Drawings, as required by applicable codes and standard industry practice.

B. Rubber ring joints, mechanical joints, flexible couplings, and proprietary restrained ductile iron pipe joints are considered flexible joints; welded, screwed, and flanged pipe joints are not considered flexible.

2.02 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. Teflon Flexible Connector:

1. Use: Where required for nonmetallic piping connections to pumps or equipment.

2. Type: Expansion joint, two convolutions, unless otherwise shown, with metal reinforcing bands.

3. Flanges: Ductile iron, drilled 150 psi ASME B16.5 standard. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 140 psi, minimum, at 120 degrees F. 5. Thrust Restraint: Limit bolts to restrain force developed by specified

test pressure. 6. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Garlock; Style 214. b. Resistoflex; No. R6904. c. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.; Style 112. d. Proco Products, Inc.; Series 442.



B. Elastomer Flexible Connector:

1. Use: Where shown on Drawings specifically for ALP service, and where required for piping connections to pumps or equipment.

2. ALP Service Conditions: a. Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 degrees F. b. Normal Operating Temperature: 150 degrees F. c. Minimum Operating Temperature: 100 degrees F. d. Maximum Ambient Temperature: 110 degrees F. e. Minimum Ambient Temperature: 10 degrees F. f. Maximum Operating Pressure: 18 psi. g. Normal Operating Pressure: 15 psi.

3. Type: Expansion joint, fabricated spool, single filled arch. 4. Materials: Nitrile tube and wrap-applied neoprene cover. 5. End Connections: Flanged, drilled 125-pound ASME B16.1 standard,

with full elastomer face and steel retaining rings. 6. Washers: Over retaining rings to help provide leak-proof joint under test

pressure. 7. Thrust Restraint: Control rods to limit travel of elongation and

compression. 8. Bellows Arch Lining: EPDM. 9. Rated Temperature: 250 degrees F. 10. Rated Deflection and Pressure:

a. Lateral Deflection: 3/4-inch, minimum. b. Burst Pressure: Four times the working pressure. c. Compression deflection and minimum working pressure as

follows:

Size (inch)

Deflection (inch)

Pressure (psig)

2-1/2 to 12 1.06 150

14 1.65 130

16 to 20 1.65 110

11. Manufacturers and Products: a. Proco Products, Inc.; Series 230. b. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.; Style 1500.

C. Bronze Flexible Metal Hose Connector:

1. Use: Where required for piping connections to equipment. 2. Type: Close pitch, annular corrugated with single braided jacket. 3. Material: Bronze.



4. End Connections: Female copper solder joint. 5. Minimum Burst Pressure: 500 psig at 70 degrees F. 6. Length: Minimum manufacturer recommendation for vibration

isolation. 7. Manufacturers:

a. Senior Flexonics. b. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.

D. Stainless Steel Flexible Metal Hose Connector:

1. Use: Where required for piping connections to pumps or equipment. 2. Type: Close pitch, annular corrugated with double braided jacket. 3. Material: Type 304 stainless steel hose, 300 Series stainless steel braid. 4. End Connections: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300, slip-on flanges

as required for piping system. 5. Rated Working Pressure: 430 at 70 degrees F. 6. Length: 16-inch face to face. 7. Manufacturer and Product: Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.; SF22.

E. Concrete Closure Collar: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

2.03 COUPLINGS

A. General:

1. Coupling linings for use in potable water systems shall be in conformance with NSF 61.

2. Couplings shall be rated for working pressure not less than indicated in Piping Schedule for the service and not less than 150 psi.

3. Couplings shall be lined and coated with fusion-bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C213.

4. Unless thrust restraint is provided by other means, couplings shall be harnessed in accordance with requirements of AWWA Manual M11, and restrained with retainer bar or ring welded to pipe end, or as shown on Drawings.

5. Sleeve type couplings shall conform to AWWA C219 and shall be hydraulically expanded beyond minimum yield for accurate sizing and proofing of tensile strength.

B. Expansion Coupling:

1. Use: Only as required on a case-by-case basis, as an alternate to flanged-end elastomer flexible connector, for ALP service only.



Locations shall be approved by CH2M HILL prior to purchase and installation of couplings.

2. Service Conditions: a. Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 degrees F. b. Normal Operating Temperature: 150 degrees F. c. Minimum Operating Temperature: 100 degrees F. d. Maximum Ambient Temperature: 110 degrees F. e. Minimum Ambient Temperature: 10 degrees F. f. Maximum Operating Pressure: 18 psi. g. Normal Operating Pressure: 15 psi.

3. Movement: a. Normal Axial Expansion/Contraction: 1/2 inch. b. Maximum Allowable Axial Expansion/Contraction: 1 inch. c. Normal Lateral Deflection: 0 degrees. d. Maximum Allowable Lateral Deflection: 1 degree.

4. Materials: a. Body: Type 316L stainless steel. b. Type 2 Reinforced Closure Slip Pipe Cladding: Type 316L

stainless steel, factory welded. c. O-Ring Gaskets: Silicone, rated to 350 degrees F. d. Bolts and Nuts: Type 316 stainless steel.

5. Manufacturer and Product: Victaulic Co.; Depend-O-Lok, Model FxE.

C. Flexible Sleeve Type Coupling:

1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Steel Pipe:

1) Dresser Piping Specialties; Style 38. 2) Smith-Blair, Inc.; Style 411.

b. Ductile Iron Pipe: 1) Dresser Piping Specialties; Style 253. 2) Smith-Blair, Inc.; Style 411.

D. Flange Coupling Adapter (Restrained):

1. Pressure Rating: a. Minimum Working Pressure Rating: Not less than 150 psi. b. Safety Factor: Not less than two times working pressure and shall

be supported by manufacturer’s proof testing. 2. Thrust Restraint:

a. Provide hardened steel wedges that bear against and engage outer pipe surface, and allow articulation of pipe joint after assembly while wedges remain in their original setting position on pipe surface.



b. Products employing set screws that bear directly on pipe will not be acceptable.

3. Gasket material shall be EPDM, rated for 250 degrees F or greater, at the solids dryer and dryer condensate system piping. Gasket material SBR, rated for 180 degrees F or greater, is acceptable for all other services.

4. Manufacturer and Product: EBAA Iron Sales Co.; Mega-Flange.

E. Dismantling Joint:

1. Pressure Rating: a. Minimum working pressure rating shall not be less than rating of

the connecting flange. b. Proof testing shall conform to requirements of AWWA C219 for

bolted couplings. 2. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Dresser Piping Specialties; Style 131. b. Viking Johnson.

F. Exposed Metallic Piping Plain End Coupling:

1. Plain end pipe couplings shall be self-restrained against hydrostatic thrust forces equal to not less than two times the working pressure rating of the coupling. Couplings shall accommodate 4 degrees angular deflection at the time of installation and subsequent to pressurization.

2. Casing, bolts, and nuts shall be Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. The sealing sleeve shall be silicone.

3. Manufacturer and Product: Straub Couplings; Grip-L or Metal Grip.

G. Quick Connect Coupling:

1. Type: Twin cam arm actuated, male and female, locking, for general non-chemical services.

2. Materials: Stainless steel with Teflon-silicone gasket, unless otherwise indicated, or as recommended by the manufacturer for specific service.

3. End Connections: NPT threaded or flanged to match piping connections.

4. Plugs and Caps: Female dust cap for each male end; male dust plug for each female end.

5. Pressure Rating: 125 psi, minimum, at 70 degrees F. 6. Manufacturer and Product: OPW; Kamlock 633 or 733.



2.04 BELLOWS

A. Teflon Bellows:

1. Use: Where required for piping connections. 2. Type: Three convolutions, with metal reinforcing bands. 3. Flanges: Ductile iron, drilled 150 psi ASME B16.5 standard. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 100 psig, minimum, at 120 degrees F. 5. Thrust Restraint: Limit bolts to restrain force developed by specified

test pressure. 6. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.; Style 113, b. Proco Products, Inc.; Series 443.

B. Copper Pipe Expansion Compensator:

1. Material: Stainless steel bellows with female copper solder joint ends. 2. Working Pressure Rating: 175 psig, minimum. 3. Accessories: Anti-torque device to protect bellows. 4. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Senior Flexonics; Model HB. b. Hyspan; Model 8510. c. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.; Style EC-FFS.

C. Galvanized and Black Steel Pipe Expansion Compensator:

1. Material: Carbon steel with stainless steel bellows. 2. Working Pressure Rating: 175 psig, minimum. 3. Accessories: Anti-torque device to protect bellows. 4. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Senior Flexonics; Model H. b. Hyspan; Model 8503. c. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.; Style EC-MMT.

D. Flexible Metal Hose:

1. Type: Close pitch, annular corrugated with single braided jacket. 2. Material: Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 321. 3. End Connections:

a. 3 Inches and Larger: Shop fabricated flanged ends to match mating flanges.

b. 2-1/2 Inches and Smaller: Screwed ends with one union end. 4. Minimum Burst Pressure: 600 psig at 70 degrees F for 12 inches and

smaller. 5. Length: Provide hose live-length equal to lengths shown on Drawings.



6. Manufacturers: a. Senior Flexonics; Series 401M. b. Anamet Industrial, Inc.; BWC21-1.

2.05 SEAL WATER SETS

A. Provide pump seal water sets where pumps are specified with external flush and as shown on the Drawings.

B. Seal water sets shall be complete with isolation valves, throttling valves (needle valves), strainers, pressure regulating valves, pressure gauges, and sight flow indicators. The component arrangements shall be as shown in the seal water piping details or as recommended by pump manufacturer.

C. Seal Water Set Components:

1. Isolations Valve: Valve Type V306 as specified in Section 40 27 02, Process Valves and Operators.

2. Needle Valve: Valve Type V208 as specified in Section 40 27 02, Process Valves and Operators.

3. Solenoid Valve: Valve Type V940 as specified in Section 40 27 02, Process Valves and Operators.

4. Pressure Control Valve Type V711 as specified in Section 40 27 02, Process Valves and Operators.

5. Strainer: Water service as specified herein. 6. Low Pressure Switch: As specified in Section 40 91 00, Instrumentation

Components. 7. Pressure Gauge:

a. Construction: 3-1/2-inch case size, 0 to 60 psi range, steel case, glass crystal, brass movement, and 1/4-inch NPT lower connection.

b. Furnish with 1/4-inch stainless steel gauge cock. c. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Ashcroft; Type 1008. 2) Marsh; J80.

8. Sight Flow Indicators: a. Stainless steel, 3/8-inch, horizontal, ball action with tempered

glass. b. Rated 125 psi with NPT screwed ends. c. Operate with a minimum flow of 0.25 gpm. d. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Eugene Ernst Co.; Series E-57-4. 2) Jacoby Tarbox Co.



9. Seal Water Hose: a. Hose shall be 3/8-inch, stainless steel, braided. Rated minimum

working pressure of 200 psi. b. Manufacturers:

1) Senior Flexonics. 2) Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.


A. Double-Strap Iron:

1. Pressure Rating: Capable of withstanding 150 psi internal pressure without leakage or over stressing.

2. Run Diameter: Compatible with outside diameter of pipe on which saddle is installed.

3. Taps: Iron pipe threads. 4. Materials:

a. Body: Malleable or ductile iron. b. Straps: Galvanized steel. c. Hex Nuts and Washers: Steel. d. Seal: Rubber.

5. Manufacturers and Products: a. Smith-Blair; Series 313 or 366. b. Dresser; Style 91.

B. Single-Strap Iron:



3. Taps: Iron pipe threads. 4. Pipe and tap sizes as shown on Drawings. 5. Materials:

a. Body: Malleable or ductile iron. b. Straps: Galvanized steel. c. Hex Nuts and Washers: Steel. d. Seal: Rubber.

6. Manufacturers and Products: a. Smith-Blair; Series 311. b. Or approved equal.



C. Nylon-Coated Iron:



3. Materials: a. Body: Nylon-coated iron. b. Seal: Buna-N. c. Clamps and Nuts: Stainless steel.

4. Manufacturer: Smith-Blair; Style 315 or 317.

D. Saddle Tap: Provide saddle tap, tapped saddle, or tapped outlet as a standard ductile iron pipe fitting in accordance with Section 40 27 00, Process Piping—General, and Section 40 27 00.01, Cement-Mortar or Glass-Lined Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings.

2.07 PIPE SLEEVES

A. Steel Pipe Sleeve:

1. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Seep Ring:

a. Center steel flange for water stoppage on sleeves in exterior or water-bearing walls, 3/16-inch minimum thickness.

b. Outside Diameter: Unless otherwise shown, 3 inches greater than pipe sleeve outside diameter.

c. Continuously fillet weld on each side all around. 3. Factory Finish:

a. Galvanizing: 1) Hot-dip applied, meeting requirements of

ASTM A153/A153M. 2) Electroplated zinc or cadmium plating is unacceptable.

b. Shop Lining and Coating: Factory prepare, prime, and finish coat in accordance with Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

B. Molded Polyethylene Pipe Sleeve:

1. Molded HDPE with integral water stop ring not less than 3 inches larger than sleeve.

2. Provided with end caps for support during concrete placement. 3. Manufacturer and Product: Century-Line; Model CS sleeves as

manufactured by PSI-Thunderline/Link-Seal.



C. Insulated and Encased Pipe Sleeve:

1. Manufacturer and Product: Pipe Shields, Inc.; Models WFB, WFB-CS and -CW Series, as applicable.

D. Modular Mechanical Seal:

1. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening.

2. Fabrication: a. Assemble interconnected rubber links with ASTM A276,

Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts. b. Pressure plates shall be reinforced nylon polymer.

3. Size: According to manufacturer’s instructions for size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe and wall sleeve opening, and to withstand a hydrostatic head of 40 feet of water.

4. Manufacturer: Thunderline Corp., Link-Seal Division.

2.08 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS

A. Ductile Iron Wall Pipe:

1. Diameter and Ends: Same as connecting ductile iron pipe. 2. Thickness: Equal to or greater than remainder of pipe in line. 3. Fittings: In accordance with applicable Pipe Data Sheet. 4. Thrust Collars:

a. Where required at specific locations on Drawings. b. Rated for thrust load developed at 250 psi. c. Safety Factor: Two, minimum. d. Material and Construction: Ductile iron or cast iron, cast integral

with wall pipe wherever possible, or thrust rated, welded attachment to wall pipe.

5. Manufacturers: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.

B. Steel or Stainless Steel Wall Pipe:

1. Same material and thickness as connecting pipe, except 1/4-inch minimum thickness.

2. Lining: Same as connecting pipe. 3. Thrust Collar:

a. Where required at specific locations on Drawings.



b. Outside Diameter: Unless otherwise shown, 3 inches greater than outside diameter of wall pipe.

c. Continuously fillet welded on each side all around.

2.09 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

A. Strainer, Water Service, 2 Inches and Smaller:

1. Type: Bronze body, Y-pattern, 200 psi nonshock rated, with screwed gasketed bronze cap.

2. Screen: Heavy-gauge Type 304 stainless steel or monel, 20-mesh. 3. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Armstrong International; Inc.; Model F. b. Mueller Steam Specialty; Model 351M.

B. Strainer, Water Service, 2-1/2 Inches and Larger:

1. Type: Cast iron or ductile iron body, Y-pattern, 175 psi nonshock rated, with flanged gasketed iron cap.

2. Screen: Heavy-gauge Type 316 stainless steel, 0.045-inch perforations. 3. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Armstrong International, Inc.; Model A7FL 125. b. Mueller Steam Specialty; Model 751.

C. Strainer, Plastic Piping Systems, 4 Inches and Smaller:

1. Type: Y-pattern PVC body, 150 psi nonshock rated, with screwed PVC cap and Viton seals.

2. End Connections: Screwed or solvent weld, 2 inches and smaller. Class 150 ANSI flanged, 2-1/2 inches and larger.

3. Screen: Heavy-gauge PVC, 1/32-inch mesh, minimum 2 to 1 screen area to pipe size ratio.

4. Manufacturer: Hayward.

D. PVC Duplex Basket Strainer:

1. Furnish units meeting the performance and design requirements as outlined below: a. Double chamber design, body shall be PVC with threaded hand

removable cover. b. Strainer shall include 125-pound ANSI flanges. c. Provide a 1/16-inch perforated PVC basket. d. Strainers to be provided with PTFE O-ring seals. e. Strainers shall be fitted with threaded drain plug.



f. Basket strainer shall be pressure rated at 150 psi for water at 73 degrees F.

g. Inlet and Outlet Valves: Lever operated swing type valve disc with PTFE disc seals.

h. Permit one basket strainer to be removed for cleaning while other basket is in operation.

2. Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this Section shall be products of: a. Hayward Strainers, Inc. b. Spears. c. No substitutions allowed.

E. PVC Simplex Basket Strainer:

1. Furnish unit meeting the performance and design requirements as outlined below: a. Single chamber design, body shall be PVC with threaded hand

removable cover. b. Strainer shall include 125-pound ANSI flanges. c. Provide a 1/16-inch perforated PVC basket. d. Strainer to be provided with PTFE O-ring seals. e. Strainer shall be fitted with threaded drain plug. f. Strainer shall be pressure rated at 150 psi for water at

73 degrees F. g. Inlet and Outlet Valves: Lever operated swing type valve disc

with PTFE disc seals. 2. Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this Section shall be

products of: a. Hayward Strainers, Inc. b. Spears. c. No substitutions allowed.

F. Spray Nozzle, Type 1:

1. Locations and quantities as indicated on Drawings. 2. Flat spray pattern, 3.5 gpm capacity, spray angle 65 degrees at 40 psi. 3. Type 303 stainless steel, 1/2-inch NPT male connection. 4. Manufacturer and Product: Spraying Systems Co.; VeeJet,

Model H1/2U-SS6570.

G. Spray Nozzle, Type 2:

1. Locations and quantities as indicated on Drawings. 2. Flat spray pattern, 15 gpm capacity, spray angle 80 degrees at 40 psi. 3. Type 303 stainless steel, 1/2-inch NPT male connection.



4. Manufacturer and Product: Spraying Systems Co.; VeeJet, Model H1/2U-SS80150.

H. Quenching Spray Nozzle:

1. Location: Facility 78 Dewatering and Drying Building Loadout Room. 2. Quantity: 3. 3. Full cone spray pattern, 14.3 gpm capacity, spray angle 60 degrees at

60 psi. 4. Type 316 stainless steel, 3/4-inch, NPT male connection. 5. Manufacturer and Product: Spraying Systems Co.; FullJet,

Model 3/4HHMFP – 316SS 60 70.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Provide accessibility to piping specialties for control and maintenance.

3.02 PIPING FLEXIBILITY PROVISIONS

A. General:

1. Thrust restraint shall be provided as specified in Section 40 27 00, Process Piping—General.

2. Install flexible couplings to facilitate piping installation, in accordance with approved Shop Drawings.

B. Flexible Joints at Concrete Backfill or Encasement: Install within 18 inches or one-half pipe diameter, whichever is less, from the termination of any concrete backfill or concrete encasement.

C. Flexible Joints at Concrete Structures:

1. Install 18 inches or less from face of structures; joint may be flush with face.

2. Where shown, install a second flexible joint as follows: a. Pipe Diameter 18 Inches and Smaller: Within 18 inches of first

joint. b. Pipe Diameter Larger than 18 Inches: Within one pipe diameter of

first joint.



3.03 PIPING TRANSITION

A. Applications:

1. Provide complete closure assembly where pipes meet other pipes or structures.

2. Pressure Pipeline Closures: Plain end pieces with double flexible couplings, unless otherwise shown.

3. Restrained Joint Pipe Closures: Install with thrust tie-rod assemblies as shown or in accordance with NFPA 24.

4. Gravity Pipe Closures: As specified for pressure pipelines, or concrete closures.

5. Concrete Closures: Use to make connections between dissimilar pipe where standard rubber gasketed joints or flexible couplings are impractical, as approved.

6. Elastomer sleeves bonded to pipe ends are not acceptable.

B. Installations:

1. Flexible Transition Couplings: Install in accordance with coupling manufacturer’s instructions to connect dissimilar pipe and pipes with a small difference in outside diameter.

2. Concrete Closures: a. Locate away from structures so there are at least two flexible

joints between closure and pipe entering structure. b. Clean pipe surface before placing closure collars. c. Wet nonmetallic pipe thoroughly prior to pouring collars. d. Prevent concrete from entering pipe. e. Extend collar a minimum of 12 inches on each side of joint with

minimum thickness of 6 inches around outside diameter of pipe. f. Make entire collar in one placement. g. After concrete has reached initial set, cure by covering with well-

moistened earth.

3.04 PIPING EXPANSION

A. Piping Installations: Allow for thermal expansion due to differences between installation and operating temperatures.

B. Expansion Joints:

1. Grooved Joint and Flanged Piping Systems: Elastomer bellows expansion joint.

2. Nonmetallic Pipe: Teflon bellows expansion joint.



3. Screwed and Soldered Piping Systems: Copper or galvanized and black steel pipe expansion compensator, as applicable.

4. Water Service Above 120 Degrees F: Flexible metal hose. 5. Pipe Run Offset: Flexible metal hose.

C. Anchors and Anchor Walls: Install as specified in Section 40 05 15, Piping Support Systems, to withstand expansion joint thrust loads and to direct and control thermal expansion.


A. Ferrous Metal Piping (Except Stainless Steel): Double-strap iron.

B. Plastic Piping: Nylon-coated iron.

3.06 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. Install at pipe connections to equipment in order to prevent piping from being supported by equipment, for vibration isolation, and elsewhere as shown.

B. Product Applications Unless Shown Otherwise:

1. Nonmetallic Piping: Teflon flexible connector. 2. Copper Piping: Flexible metal hose connector. 3. Air Compressor: Flexible metal hose. 4. Blower Discharge: Supplied by blower manufacturer as part of blower

packaged equipment. 5. ALP Piping: Elastomer flexible connector where shown on Drawings. 6. All Other Piping, Indoor Exposure: Elastomer flexible connector. 7. All Other Piping, Outdoor Exposure: Flexible metal hose connector.

C. Limit Rods and Limit Bolts: Tighten snug prior to applying pressure to system.

D. Concrete Closure Collars: As specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete.

3.07 COUPLINGS

A. General:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. 2. Before coupling, clean pipe holdback area of oil, scale, rust, and dirt. 3. Do not remove pipe coating. If damaged, repair before joint is made.



4. Applications: a. ALP Piping: Expansion coupling where shown on Drawings. b. All Other Metallic Piping: Flexible coupling, transition coupling,

quick connect coupling, or flanged coupling adapter.

3.08 BELLOWS

A. General:

1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. 2. Before welding or joining, clean pipe holdback area of oil, scale, rust,

and dirt. 3. Do not remove pipe coating. If damaged, repair before joint is made. 4. Applications:

a. Nonmetallic Piping: Teflon bellows. b. ALP Piping: Metal bellows. c. All Other Metallic Piping: Expansion compensator or flexible

metal hose.

3.09 PIPE SLEEVES

A. Applications:

1. As specified in Section 40 27 00, Process Piping—General. 2. Above Grade in Nonsubmerged Areas: Epoxy coated or hot-dip

galvanized after fabrication, in accordance with the materials listed in the Area Classification table on the Drawings.

3. Below Grade or in Submerged or Damp Environments: Shop-lined and coated.

4. Alternatively, Molded Polyethylene Pipe Sleeve as specified may be applied.

B. Installations:

1. Support noninsulating type securely in formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel and tie-wires.

2. Caulk joint with specified sealant in nonsubmerged applications and seal below grade and submerged applications with wall penetration seal.

3.10 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF PENETRATIONS

A. Applications:

1. Watertight and Below Ground Penetrations: a. Wall pipes with thrust collar seep rings. b. Provide taps for stud bolts in flanges to be set flush with wall face.



2. Nonwatertight Penetrations: Pipe sleeves with seep ring. 3. Existing Walls: Rotary drilled holes. 4. Fire-Rated or Smoke-Rated Walls, Floors, or Ceilings: Insulated and

encased pipe sleeves.

B. Wall Pipe Installations:

1. Isolate embedded metallic piping from concrete reinforcement using coated pipe penetrations as specified in Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

2. Support wall pipes securely by formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing steel and tie-wires.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS JANUARY 2014 40 27 02 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 27 02 PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Gas Association (AGA): 3-88, Orifice Metering of Natural Gas.

2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Z21.15, Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves.

3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25,

125, and 250). b. B16.44, Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in

Aboveground Piping Systems up to 5 PSI. 4. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE): 1011, Performance

Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers. 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

a. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

b. C500, Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. c. C504, Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. d. C507, Ball Valves, 6 in. Through 48 in. (150 mm Through

1200 mm). e. C508, Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2-in. through

24-in. (50 mm Through 600 mm) NPS. f. C509, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. g. C510, Double Check Valve, Backflow Prevention Assembly. h. C511, Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention

Assembly. i. C540, Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Slide Gates. j. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. k. C606, Grooved and Shouldered Joints. l. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings.


PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS PW/WBG/425034 40 27 02 - 2 JANUARY 2014 ©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL

6. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. b. A351/A351M, Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for

Pressure-Containing Parts. c. A564/A564M, Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-

Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. d. B61, Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. e. B62, Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce

Metal Castings. f. B98/B98M, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod,

Bar, and Shapes. g. B127, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy

(UNS N04400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip. h. B139, Standard Specification for Phosphor Bronze Rod, Bar and

Shapes. i. B164, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar,

and Wire. j. B194, Standard Specification for Copper-Beryllium Alloy Plate,

Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar. k. B584, Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for

General Applications. l. D429, Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Adhesion to

Rigid Substrates. m. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.

7. Canadian Gas Association, Inc. (CGA): 9.1, Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves.

8. FM Global (FM). 9. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 10. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

(IAPMO). 11. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS):

a. SP-80, Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. b. SP-81, Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves. c. SP-85, Gray Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded

Ends. d. SP-88, Diaphragm Valves. e. SP-110, Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint,

Grooved and Flared Ends 12. NSF International (NSF): 61, Drinking Water System Components—

Health Effects. 13. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 14. USC Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research.



1.03 SUBMITTALS


1. Shop Drawings: a. Product data sheets for each make and model. Indicate valve Type

Number, applicable Tag Number, and facility name/number or service where used.

b. Complete catalog information, descriptive literature, specifications, and identification of materials of construction.

c. Power and control wiring diagrams, including terminals and numbers.

d. For each power actuator provided, Manufacturer’s standard data sheet, with application specific features and options clearly identified.

e. Sizing calculations for open-close/throttle and modulating valves. f. Anchorage and bracing drawings and catalog information, as

required in Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for valves requiring stem extensions, stem guide brackets, and valve operator pedestals.


1. Certification for compliance to NSF 61 for valves used for drinking water service.

2. Tests and inspection data. 3. Anchorage and bracing calculations as required in Section 01 88 15,

Anchorage and Bracing, for valves requiring stem extensions, stem guide brackets, and valve operator pedestals.

4. Operation and Maintenance Data as specified in Section 01 78 23, Operation, Maintenance, and Asset Data.

5. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation, in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers’ Field Services.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Valves to include operator, actuator, handwheel, chain wheel, extension stem, floor stand, operating nut, chain, wrench, and accessories to allow a complete operation from the intended operating level.

B. Valve to be suitable for intended service. Renewable parts not to be of a lower quality than specified.



C. Valve same size as adjoining pipe, unless otherwise called out on Drawings or in Supplements.

D. Valve ends to suit adjacent piping.

E. Resilient seated valves shall have no leakage (drip-tight) in either direction at valve rated design pressure. All other valves shall have no leakage (drip-tight) in either direction at valve rated design pressure, unless otherwise allowed for in this Section or in stated valve standard.

F. Size operators and actuators to operate valve for the full range of pressures and velocities.

G. Valve to open by turning counterclockwise, unless otherwise specified.

H. Factory mount operator, actuator, and accessories.

2.02 SCHEDULE

A. Additional requirements relative to this Section are shown on schedules located at the end of this Section.

2.03 MATERIALS

A. Bronze and brass valve components and accessories that have surfaces in contact with water to be alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum.

1. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations: B61, B62, B98/B98M (Alloy UNS No. C65100, C65500, or C66100), B139 (Alloy UNS No. C51000), B584 (Alloy UNS No. C90300 or C94700), B164, B194, and B127.

2. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze.

B. Valve materials in contact with or intended for drinking water service to meet the following requirements:

1. Comply with requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act and other applicable federal, state, and local requirements.

2. Coatings materials to be formulated from materials deemed acceptable to NSF61.

3. Furnish certification that product is certified as suitable for contact with drinking water by an accredited certification organization in accordance with NSF 61. Provide certification for each valve type used for drinking water service.



2.04 FACTORY FINISHING

A. Epoxy Lining and Coating:

1. Use where specified for individual valves described herein. 2. In accordance with AWWA C550 unless otherwise specified. 3. Either two-part liquid material or heat-activated (fusion) material except

only heat-activated material if specified as “fusion” or “fusion bonded” epoxy.

4. Minimum 7-mil dry film thickness except where limited by valve operating tolerances.

B. Exposed Valves:

1. In accordance with Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating. 2. Safety isolation valves and lockout valves with handles, handwheels, or

chain wheels “safety yellow.”

2.05 VALVES

A. Gate Valves:

1. General: a. AWWA gate valves to be in full compliance with stated AWWA

standard and the following requirements: 1) Provide 2-inch operating nut and handwheel for AWWA

gate valves 12 inches and smaller. 2) Provide totally enclosed spur or bevel gear operator with

indicator for AWWA gate valves 14 inches and larger. 3) Provide Affidavit of Compliance per the applicable AWWA

standard for AWWA gate valves. 4) Mark AWWA gate valves with manufacturer’s name or

mark, year of valve casting, valve size, and working water pressure.

5) Repaired AWWA gate valves shall not be submitted or supplied.

6) AWWA C509 and AWWA C515 valves may be substituted for each other.

2. Type V130 Resilient Seated Gate Valve, Threaded Ends, Size 3 Inches and Smaller: a. Cast iron body, resilient seat, bronze stem and stem nut, minimum

design working water pressure 250 psig, full port, fusion epoxy coated inside and outside per AWWA C550, NSF 61 certified.

b. Manufacturer and Product: Clow Valve; Model 2639-Figure 6103, or equal.



3. Type V134 Resilient Seated Ductile Iron Gate Valve, Flanged Ends, Size 4 Inches to 36 Inches: a. Ductile iron body, resilient seat, bronze stem and stem nut,

ANSI Class 125 flanged joint ends, nonrising stem, in accordance with AWWA C515, minimum design working water pressure 200 psig, full port, fusion epoxy coated inside and outside per AWWA C550, NSF 61 certified.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) M&H Valve; Style 7000, AWWA C515. 2) American Flow Control; Series 2500.

4. Type V135 Resilient Seated Ductile Iron Gate Valve, Mechanical Joint Ends, Size 4 Inches to 36 Inches, Buried Service: a. Ductile iron body, resilient seat, bronze stem and stem nut,

mechanical joint ends, nonrising stem, in accordance with AWWA C515, minimum design working water pressure 200 psig, full port, fusion epoxy coated inside and outside per AWWA C550, NSF 61 certified.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) M&H Valve; Style 7000, AWWA C515. 2) American Flow Control; Series 2500.

5. Type V150 Knife Gate Valve, Size 4 Inches to 24 Inches: a. Bonnetless wafer body type, outside stem and yoke, rated for

150 psi cold water, ASME 16.1 flanged ends, self-cleaning, nonclogging, round port, resilient neoprene seat, drip-tight shutoff.

b. Type 316 stainless steel wetted metal parts and stem, bronze yoke sleeve, sharp knife edge with gate finish ground both sides.

c. Packing system leak-tight seal around the gate, valve superstructure and yoke designed for full peripheral access to gland bolts when valve is equipped with power actuator.

d. Complies with MSS SP-81. e. Manufacturers and Products:

1) DeZurik; Series KGC. 2) Lined Valve Company.

B. Globe Valves:

1. Type V200 Globe Valve 3 Inches and Smaller: a. All-bronze, union bonnet, packed gland, inside screw, rising stem,

TFE disc, Class 150 rated 150 psi SWP/300 psi CWP, complies with MSS SP-80 Type 2.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure B-22T, NPT threaded end. 2) Crane Co.; Figure 7TF, NPT threaded end.



3) Milwaukee; Model 1590T, soldered ends. 4) NIBCO; Figure S-235-Y, soldered ends.

2. Type V202 Globe Valve 3 Inches and Smaller: a. All-bronze, union bonnet, packed gland, inside screw, rising stem,

replaceable stainless steel tapered plug type disc and seat ring, Class 200 rated 200 psi SWP and 400 psi CWP, complies with MSS SP-80 Type 3.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Stockham; Figure B-62, NPT threaded end. 2) Crane Co.; Figure 212P, NPT threaded end.

3. Type V208 Needle Disc Type Globe Valve 1/8-Inch to 3/4-Inch: a. All-bronze, threaded bonnet, packed gland, rising stem, bronze

body and stem, Class 200 rated 200 psi SWP/400 psi CWP. b. Complies with MSS SP-80. c. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Crane; Figure No. 88. 2) Stockham; B-64.

4. Type V230 PVC Globe Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Use for flow throttling. b. PVC for services subject to indoor exposure. c. Rated 150 psi at 70 degrees F, with ASTM D1784, Type I,

Grade 1, PVC body, stem, gland and bonnet; Viton seals including gasket and gland packing; polypropylene disc, plug, and hand wheel; rising stem with union bonnet; solvent-weld socket ends; no metal contact with fluid media.

d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; PVC Globe Valve. 2) Spears; PVC Globe Valve.

5. Type V231 PVC Globe Valve 2 1/2 Inches to 4 Inches: a. Use for flow throttling. b. PVC for services subject to indoor exposure. c. Rated 110 psi at 70 degrees F, with ASTM D1784, Type I,

Grade 1, PVC body, stem, gland and bonnet; Viton seals including gasket and gland packing; polypropylene disc, plug, and hand wheel; outside stem and yoke; flanged ends; no metal contact with fluid media.

d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; PVC Globe Valve. 2) Spears; PVC Globe Valve.

6. Type V235 CPVC Globe Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Use for flow throttling. b. CPVC for services subject to outdoor exposure or hot water

temperatures above 140 degrees F. c. Rated 150 psi at 70 degrees F, with ASTM D1784, Type I,

Grade 1, CPVC body, stem, gland and bonnet; Viton seals



including gasket and gland packing; polypropylene disc, plug, and hand wheel; rising stem with union bonnet; solvent-weld socket ends; no metal contact with fluid media.

d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; CPVC Globe Valve. 2) Spears; CPVC Globe Valve.

7. Type V236 CPVC Globe Valve 2-1/2 Inches to 4 Inches: a. Use for flow throttling. b. CPVC for services subject to outdoor exposure or hot water

temperatures above 140 degrees F. c. Rated 110 psi at 70 degrees F, with ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade;

CPVC body, stem, gland and bonnet; Viton seals including gasket and gland packing; polypropylene disc, plug, and hand wheel; outside stem and yoke; flanged ends; no metal contact with fluid media.

d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; CPVC Globe Valve. 2) Spears; CPVC Globe Valve.

C. Ball Valves:

1. Type V300 Ball Valve 3 Inches and Smaller for General Water and Air Service: a. Two-piece, standard port, NPT threaded ends, bronze body and

end piece, hard chrome-plated solid bronze or brass ball, RTFE seats and packing, blowout-proof stem, adjustable packing gland, zinc-coated steel hand lever operator with vinyl grip, rated 600-pound WOG, 150-pound SWP, complies with MSS SP-110.

b. Install as safety isolation valves on all compressed air lines. c. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Threaded: a) Conbraco Apollo; 70-100. b) Nibco; T-580-70.

2) Soldered: a) Conbraco Apollo; 70-200. b) Nibco; S-580-70.

2. Type V306 Stainless Steel Ball Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Two-piece, full port, ASTM A276 GR 316 or

ASTM A351/A351M GR CF8M stainless steel body and end piece, NPT threaded ends, ASTM A276 Type 316 stainless steel ball, reinforced PTFE seats, seals, and packing, adjustable packing gland, blowout proof stainless steel stem, stainless steel lever operator with vinyl grip, rated 1,000 psig CWP, complies with MSS SP-110.



b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Conbraco Apollo; 76F-100 Series. 2) Nibco; T-585-S6-R-66-LL.

3. Type V311 Stainless Steel Ball Valve 2 1/2 Inches and Larger: a. Two-piece, full port, ASTM A276 GR 316 or

ASTM A351/A351M GR CF8M stainless steel body and end piece, ANSI Class 150 flanged ends, ASTM A276 Type 316 stainless steel ball, reinforced PTFE seats, seals, and packing, adjustable packing gland, blowout proof stainless steel stem, drilled and tapped purge ports with plugs, stainless steel lever operator with vinyl grip, complies with MSS SP-72.

b. Manufacturers and Products: Conbraco Apollo; 87A-200 Series. 4. Type V320 Vee-Ball Valve 1-Inch to 16 Inches:

a. ANSI Class 150-pound flanged ends, carbon steel body, heat treated nickel- or hard chromium-plated Type 317 stainless steel ball, splined-type 17 to 4 pH stainless steel shafts, reinforced PTFE flow-ring seal, reinforced PTFE with stainless steel or Hastalloy sleeve bearings, and PTFE V-ring packing. Valve to have 300:1 rangeability and equal percentage characteristic.

b. Manufacturer and Product: DeZurik; VPB V-Port Ball Valve. 5. Type V330 PVC Ball Valve 2 Inches and Smaller:

a. PVC for services subject to indoor exposure. b. Rated 150 psi at 73 degrees F, with ASTM D1784, Type I,

Grade 1, PVC body, ball, and stem, end entry; double union design; solvent-weld socket ends; elastomer seat; Viton or Teflon O-ring stem seals, to block flow in both directions.

c. Provide pressure relief hole drilled on low pressure side of ball for all chemical services, including but not limited to sodium hypochlorite service.

d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; Type 21. 2) Spears; True Union.

6. Type V331 PVC Ball Valve 3 Inches and 4 Inches: a. PVC for services subject to indoor exposure. b. Rated 150 psi at 73 degrees F, with ASTM D1784 Type I,

Grade 1, PVC full port body, Teflon seat, Viton O-ring stem, face and carrier seals, end entry design with dual union, solvent-weld socket ends, or single union ball valve with flanged ends drilled to ASME B16.1.





7. Type V335 CPVC Ball Valve 4 Inches and Smaller: a. CPVC for services subject to outdoor exposure or hot water

temperatures above 140 degrees F. b. Rated 150 psi at 100 degrees F, 80 psi at 140 degrees, with

ASTM D1784, Type IV, Grade 1, CPVC body, ball, and stem, end entry; double union design, with solvent-weld socket ends or single union ball with flanged ends drilled to ASME B16.1; replaceable Teflon seat; Viton or Teflon O-ring stem seals, to block flow in both directions.



D. Plug Valves:

1. Type V400 Eccentric Plug Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Nonlubricated type rated 175 psig CWP, drip-tight shutoff with

pressure from either direction, cast-iron body, threaded ends, lever operator, cast-iron plug with round or rectangular port, plug coated with Buna-N, stem bearing lubricated stainless steel or bronze, stem seal multiple V-rings, or U-cups with O-rings of nitrile rubber.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Ballcentric. 2) DeZurik; Style PEC. 3) Milliken; Millcentric Series 603.

2. Type V405 Eccentric Plug Valve2-1/2 Inches to 12 Inches: a. Nonlubricated type rated 175 psig CWP, drip-tight shutoff with

pressure from either direction, cast-iron body, exposed service flanged ends per ASME B16.1 for sizes 2-1/2 through 12 inches, and buried service mechanical joint ends for sizes 3 through 12 inches, unless otherwise shown.

b. Plug cast iron with round or rectangular port of no less than 80 percent of connecting pipe area and coated with Buna-N, seats welded nickel, stem bearings lubricated stainless steel or bronze, stem seal multiple V-rings, or U-cups with O-rings of nitrile rubber, grit seals on both upper and lower bearings.

c. For buried service, provide external epoxy coating. d. Operators:

1) 3-Inch to 4-Inch Valves: Wrench lever manual. 2) 6-Inch to 12-Inch Valves: Totally enclosed, geared, manual

operator with handwheel, 2-inch nut, or chain wheel. Size



operator for 1.5 times the maximum operating shutoff pressure differential for direct and reverse pressure, whichever is higher. For buried service, provide completely sealed operator filled with heavy lubricant and 2-inch nut.

e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Ballcentric. 2) DeZurik; Style PEC. 3) Milliken; Millcentric Series 600. 4) Victaulic; Series 365.

3. Type V420 Nonlubricated Plug Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Ductile iron or carbon steel body, Type 316 stainless steel plug

with straight-way rectangular ports, Teflon sleeves, screwed ends, wrench operator.

b. Class: 300. c. Rating: 720 psi WOG. d. Manufacturers and Products;

1) Duriron Co.; Figure No. G432. 2) Tufline; Figure 0366.

4. Type V462 Gauge Cock 1/8-Inch to 1/4-Inch: a. 1/4-inch bronze body, hexagon end pattern, tee head, male ends,

rated 125-pound SWP. b. Manufacturer and Product: United Brass Works; Figure 973.

E. Butterfly Valves:

1. General: a. In full compliance with AWWA C504 and following

requirements: 1) Suitable for throttling operations and infrequent operation

after periods of inactivity. 2) Elastomer seats which are bonded or vulcanized to the body

shall have adhesive integrity of bond between seat and body assured by testing, with minimum 75-pound pull in accordance with ASTM D429, Method B.

3) Bubble-tight with rated pressure applied from either side. Test valves with pressure applied in both directions.

4) No travel stops for disc on interior of body. 5) Self-adjusting V-type or O-ring shaft seals. 6) Isolate metal-to-metal thrust bearing surfaces from

flowstream. 7) Provide traveling nut or worm gear actuator with

handwheel. Valve actuators to meet the requirements of AWWA C504.

8) Buried service operators shall withstand 450-foot-pounds of input torque at fully open and fully closed positions.



9) Provide linings and coatings per AWWA, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein.

10) Valves to be in full compliance with NSF 61. Provide NSF 61 certificate for each valve.

b. Non-AWWA butterfly valves to meet the following actuator requirements: For above ground installations, provide handle and notch plate for valves 6 inches and smaller and heavy-duty, totally enclosed gearbox type operators with handwheel, position indicator and travel stops for valves 8 inches and larger, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or specified herein.

2. Type V500 Butterfly Valve Water Works Service 3 Inches to 72 Inches: a. AWWA C504, Class 150B. b. Short body type, flanged ends. c. Cast-iron body, cast or ductile iron disc, Type 304 stainless steel

shafts, Buna-N rubber seat bonded or molded in body only, and stainless steel seating surface.

d. Provide epoxy lining and coating in compliance with AWWA C550.

e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Model 2FII or Triton XR-70. 2) DeZurik; AWWA Valve.

3. Type V502 Wafer Butterfly Valve Water Works Service 3 Inches to 20 Inches: a. AWWA C504, Class 150B. b. Wafer body type, flanged ends. c. Cast-iron body, cast or ductile iron disc, Type 304 stainless steel



e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Model MKII. 2) DeZurik; AWWA Wafer Valve.

4. Type V504 Butterfly Valve General Service 4 Inches to 48 Inches: a. AWWA C504, Class 150B. b. Mechanical joint end type. c. Cast-iron body, cast or ductile iron disc, Type 304 stainless steel



e. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Groundhog. 2) DeZurik; Buried AWWA Valve.



5. Type V508 Butterfly Valve Submerged Service 4 Inches to 48 Inches: a. AWWA C504, Class 150B. b. Flanged joint end type in accordance with ANSI B16.1. c. Cast iron ASTM A126, Class B valve body. d. Cast iron ASTM A125, Class B, or ASTM A48, Class 40, valve

disc. e. Type 316 stainless steel seating edge. f. Buna-N rubber seat bonded or molded in body only. g. Type 304 stainless steel shaft per ASTM A276. h. Self adjusting split shaft seals designed to be replaced without

removal of the valve shaft. i. Self lubricating, corrosion resistant sleeve type bearings. j. Fully grease packed valve actuator, constructed for zero leakage

under 25 feet of water submergence, and equipped with mechanical stops rated for 450 foot-pounds input torque in the OPEN and CLOSED positions.

k. Extension stem including extension shafting, wall brackets, floor stand, and handwheel operator mounted at location where shown on Drawings.

l. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Pratt; Groundhog. 2) DeZurik; AWWA Valve.

6. Type V510 Lug Style Butterfly Valve, Resilient Seated, 2 Inches to 20 Inches for Low Pressure Process Air Service: a. Lug style cast-iron body, aluminum bronze discs, Type 316

stainless steel one-piece stem, self-lubricating sleeve type bushings, Viton (FKM) seat suitable for operating temperatures up to 300 degrees F, 150 psi rated working pressure, bubble-tight at 50 psi differential pressure, valve body to fit between ANSI Class 125/150 flanges.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Dezurik; BRS Resilient Seated Butterfly Valve 2) Pratt; Industrial Butterfly Valve Series 100/200.

7. Type V514 High Performance Butterfly Valve 2 Inches to 36 Inches: a. ANSI Class 150 lug wafer style, high performance type, carbon

steel body, Type 316 stainless steel single or double offset disc, Type 316 stainless steel shaft and taper pins, Viton (FKM) seat suitable for operating temperatures up to 300 degrees F, 150 psi rated working pressure, PTFE stem packing, stainless steel with RTFE thrust washer.

b. Equipped with pneumatic actuator as shown on Drawings. c. De-clutch lever for manual override of pneumatically actuated

valve. d. Manufacturers and Products:

1) DeZurik; BHP Series.



2) Pratt; High Performance Butterfly Valve Model 402. 8. Type V520 Solid PVC Butterfly Valve 1-1/2 Inches to 8 Inches:

a. PVC for services subject to indoor exposure. b. Wafer body type, pressure rated 150 psi at 70 degrees F CWP,

solid ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1, PVC body and contoured PVC or polypropylene valve disc, stainless steel valve stem, Viton seat, lever operator.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; Type 56. 2) Spears.

9. Type V521 Solid CPVC Butterfly Valve 1-1/2 Inches to 8 Inches: a. CPVC for services subject to outdoor exposure or hot water

temperatures above 140 degrees F. b. Wafer body type, pressure rated 150 psi at 70 degrees F CWP,

solid ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1, CPVC body and contoured CPVC or polypropylene valve disc, stainless steel valve stem, Viton seat, lever operator.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America; Type 56. 2) Spears.

F. Check and Flap Valves:

1. Type V608 Swing Check Valve 2 Inches to 24 Inches: a. AWWA C508, 125-pound flanged ends, cast-iron body, bronze

body seat, bronze mounted cast-iron clapper with bronze seat, stainless steel hinge shaft.

b. Valves, 2 inches through 12 inches rated 175-pound WWP and 14 inches through 24 inches rated 150-pound WWP. Valves to be fitted with adjustable outside lever and weight. Increasing-pattern body valve may be used where increased outlet piping size is shown.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) M&H Valve; Style 59, 159, or 259. 2) Mueller Co.; No. A-2600 Series.

2. Type V612 Swing Check Valve 2 Inches to 12 Inches: a. Wafer style, spring loaded, ASTM A536 ductile iron body,

ASTM B584 bronze discs, Buna-N resilient seats, Type 316 stainless steel spring, Type 316 stainless steel hinge and stop pins.

b. Valves 2 inches through 12 inches, ANSI Class 125, rated 200 psi nonshock working pressure.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Valmatic; Dual Disc. 2) APCO; Series 9000.



3. Type V630 PVC Ball Check Valve 4 Inches and Smaller: a. PVC for services subject to indoor exposure. b. ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1, PVC body, dual union socket

weld ends, rated 150 psi at 73 degrees F, Viton seat and seal. c. Manufacturers and Products:

1) ASAHI/America. 2) Spears; True Union.

4. Type V631 CPVC Ball Check Valve 4 Inches and Smaller: a. CPVC for services subject to outdoor exposure or hot water

temperatures above 140 degrees F. b. ASTM D1784 Cell Class 23477B CPVC body, single or dual

union socket weld ends, rated 150 psi at 73 degrees F, 110 psi at 140 degrees F, Viton seat and seal.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) ASAHI/America. 2) Spears; True Union.

5. Type V642 Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly 3/4-Inch to 10 Inches: a. Two resilient seated check valves with an independent relief valve

between the valves, two nonrising stem resilient-seated isolation valves, test cocks, in accordance with AWWA C511, rated 175 psi maximum working pressure, meets requirements of USC Foundation For Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) FEBCO; Model 860. 2) Danfoss Flomatic; Model RPZE/RPZ. 3) Watts; Series 009/909.

6. Type V691 Rubber Flap Gate Valve 4 Inches to 12 Inches: a. Gate body molded of fiberglass reinforced polyester containing

ultraviolet absorbers and suitable for wastewater service. b. Rubber flap shall be one piece hinge seal assembly made of

45-60 durometer Shore A molded neoprene rubber, with total encapsulated steel reinforcing plate vulcanized into the flap, and 1/8-inch wide raised seating surface.

c. Molded neoprene hinge and seal, with neoprene lip seal integral to the flap.

d. Class 125 bolt pattern flange for mounting to flat face pipe flange, with Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts.

e. Rubber flap shall be held in place with FRP clamping bar and Type 316 stainless steel fasteners.

f. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Plasti-Fab, Inc.; Circular Titeseal. 2) Or approved equal.



G. Self-Regulated Automatic Valves:

1. Type V710 Pressure-Reducing Valve 2-1/2 Inches and Smaller: a. Direct diaphragm operated, spring controlled, bronze body, NPT

threaded ends, 200-psig rated minimum. b. Size/Rating: 1/2-inch, maximum of 2 gpm, with inlet pressure of

75 psig. Outlet pressure set per pump manufacturer or as shown in the Valve Schedule.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Fisher; 75A Series. 2) Watts; Series 223.

2. Type V711 Pressure-Reducing Valve 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Direct diaphragm operated, spring controlled, cast-iron body,

spring case, composition seat and diaphragm, stainless steel valves stem, NPT threaded ends, 250-psig rated minimum.

b. Size/Rating: As shown in the Valve Schedule. c. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Fisher; 95 Series. 2) Watts; Series 223.

3. Type V712 Pressure-Reducing Valve 1-1/2 Inches to 2 Inches: a. Direct diaphragm, spring controlled, cast-iron body, aluminum

diaphragm and spring case, nitrile disc/diaphragm/O-rings, internal relief, NTP threaded ends, 125 psig rated.

b. Size/Rating: As shown in the Valve Schedule. c. Manufacturer and Product: Fisher; S200 Series.

4. Type V722 PVC Pressure Regulating Valve, 1/2-Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: a. Diaphragm operated assembly, spring controlled, in-line pattern,

NPT threaded inlet and outlet, 150 psi design pressure. b. PVC body, Viton seals and diaphragm, coated stainless steel

spring, stainless steel adjusting bolt, locknut, and fasteners. c. Designed to regulate downstream pressure closing when pressure

reaches set point, set pressure adjustable from 5 to 50 psi. d. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Plast-O-Matic, Series PR. 2) Hayward; Pressure Regulator.

5. Type V725 Automatic Degassing Valve, 1/2-Inch to 3/4-Inch: a. PVC or CPVC construction with Viton seals, NPT threaded inlet

and outlet, float designed to automatically vent gases, 150 psi design pressure.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Plast-O-Matic; Series ARV. 2) Primary Fluid Systems, Inc.; Accu-Vent.

6. Type V752 Sewage Air Release Valve 2 Inches to 4 Inches: a. Suitable for sewage service; automatically exhausts entrained air

that accumulates in a system.



b. Rated working pressure of 150 psi, operating pressure as indicated on the Self-Regulated Valve Schedule, built and tested to AWWA C512.

c. Materials: Cast-iron or ductile iron body and cover, NPT threaded inlet (size as scheduled) and 1-inch NPT threaded outlet, concave or skirted stainless steel float and trim, Buna-N resilient seat.

d. Sewage air release valve fitted with blowoff valve, flushing valve with quick disconnect couplings and a minimum 5 feet of hose with quick disconnect couplings to permit backflushing after installation without dismantling valve.

e. Air valve shall be fitted, with inlet isolation valve, Type V306 full port stainless steel ball valve, or equivalent. Inlet valve size shall be same size as air valve.

f. Manufacturers and Products: 1) APCO; Series 400 SARV or 450 SARV. 2) Val-Matic; Series 48 or 49.

H. Miscellaneous Valves:

1. Type V910 Telescoping Valve: a. Size as indicated on Drawings. b. Rack and pinion type with offset floor stand and cast-iron offset

floor stem incorporating the rack guides, pinion, and handwheel supports. Rack and pinion and connecting rods Type 304 stainless steel, slip pipe brass with flat weir-crest skimming funnel, cast-iron pipe companion flange, O-ring seal and gasket for connection to discharge pipe.

c. Continuously adjustable from high point to low point; see Drawings.

d. Anchor Bolts: Type 316 stainless steel. e. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Whipps, Inc.; Series 310. 2) Waterman; TS-2.

2. Type V915 Mud Valve 4 Inches to 24 Inches: a. Cast-iron body frame and yoke, bronze body and gate rings,

flange style frame, nonrising type stem, bronze stem and stem nut, 2 inches square operating nut, cast-iron floor box, Type 304 stainless steel extension stem, stem guides spaced for l/r of 200 maximum.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) M&H Valve; Style 140-02. 2) Clow Valve; F-3075.

3. Type V925 Sampling Valve: a. Type 316 stainless steel wetted parts, hand operated iron crank,

piston to extend to inner surface of vessel or pipe, sealed by two



compressible replaceable Teflon rings, one above discharge port and other below discharge port, 3/4-inch NPT inlet and 3/4-inch NPT outlet.

b. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Strahman Valves, Inc.; Piston Type Sampling Valve. 2) Fetterolf Corporation; Rod-Seal Sampling Valve.

4. Type V940 Solenoid Valve 1/4-Inch to 2 Inches: a. Two-way internal pilot operated diaphragm type, brass body,

resilient seat suitable for air or water, solenoid coil molded epoxy, NEMA insulation Class F, 120V ac, 60-Hz, unless otherwise indicated. Solenoid enclosure NEMA 250, Type 4 unless otherwise indicated. Size and normal position (CLOSED when de-energized) or as indicated.

b. Minimum operating pressure differential no greater than 5 psig, maximum operating pressure differential not less than 125 psig.

c. Manufacturers: 1) ASCO. 2) Skinner.

5. Type V941 Solenoid Valve 1/4-Inch to 2 Inches: a. Two-way internal pilot operated diaphragm type, stainless steel

body, resilient seat suitable for air or water, solenoid coil molded epoxy, NEMA insulation Class F, 120V ac, 60-Hz, unless otherwise indicated. Solenoid enclosure NEMA 250, Type 4 unless otherwise indicated. Size and normal position (CLOSED when de-energized) or as indicated.

b. Minimum operating pressure differential no greater than 5 psig, maximum operating pressure differential not less than 125 psig.

c. Manufacturers: 1) ASCO. 2) Skinner.

2.06 OPERATORS AND ACTUATORS

A. Manual Operators:

1. General: a. For AWWA valves, operator force not to exceed requirements of

the applicable valve standard. Provide gear reduction operator when force exceeds requirements.

b. For non-AWWA valves, operator force not to exceed applicable industry standard or 80 pounds, whichever is less, under any operating condition, including initial breakaway. Provide gear reduction operator when force exceeds requirements.

c. Operator self-locking type or equipped with self-locking device. d. Position indicator on quarter-turn valves.



e. Worm and gear operators one-piece design, worm-gears of gear bronze material. Worm of hardened alloy steel with thread ground and polished. Traveling nut type operator’s threaded steel reach rod with internally threaded bronze or ductile iron nut.

2. Exposed Operator: a. Galvanized and painted handwheel. b. Cranks on gear type operator. c. Chain wheel operator with tieback, extension stem, floor stand,

and other accessories to permit operation from normal operation level.

d. Valve handles to take a padlock, and wheels a chain and padlock. 3. Buried Operator:

a. Buried service operators on valves larger than 2-1/2 inches shall have a 2-inch AWWA operating nut. Buried operators on valves 2 inches and smaller shall have cross handle for operation by forked key. Enclose moving parts of valve and operator in housing to prevent contact with the soil.

b. Buried service operators to be grease packed and gasketed to withstand a submersion in water to 20 feet minimum.

c. Buried valves shall have extension stems, bonnets, and valve boxes.

B. Electric Motor Actuators, 480 Volt:

1. General: a. Comply with latest version of AWWA C542. b. Size to 1-1/2 times required operating torque. Motor stall torque

not to exceed torque capacity of valve. c. Controls integral with the actuator (unless shown or noted

otherwise) and fully equipped as specified in AWWA C542. d. Where shown or noted, provide nonintegral control station located

remotely from actuators to facilitate access. Nonintegral control station shall be suitable for wall or stanchion mounting and shall be identical in all respects to integral controls.

e. Stem protection for rising stem valves. f. Enclosure: Provide the required NEMA Enclosure Type specific

to each area as listed in the Area Classification Table on the Drawings, NEMA 250 Type 4 as a minimum.

g. Provide control features, control location (integral or remote), switches, limit switches, contacts, etc., as indicated on the Process and Instrumentation Diagrams (P&IDs) and as further indicated herein and in the supplements to this Section. At a minimum, enclosure housing shall be O-ring sealed watertight to NEMA 6/ IP68 (submersible to 21 feet for 72 hours). Actuator shall have an inner watertight and dustproof O-ring seal between the separately



sealed terminal compartment and the internal electrical elements of the actuator fully protecting motor and all other internal electrical elements of the actuator from moisture and dust when terminal cover is removed for site cabling. Breathers and vents shall not to be used. Enclosure shall be suitable for temporary site storage without the need for electrical supply connection. Required features shall conform to the following: 1) Position Indication: Digital display, 0 to 100 percent

OPENED, in 1-degree increments. Red, green, and yellow lights corresponding to OPEN, CLOSED, and intermediate positions shall be included. Maintain digital display even with power isolated. Display shall be able to be rotated in 90-degree increments to provide easy viewing regardless of operator orientation.

2) OPEN/CLOSED POSITION: Integral or remote OPENED and CLOSED indication lights.

3) Durable terminal identification card attached to inside of terminal box showing plan of terminal and indicating: a) Serial Number. b) External voltage. c) Wiring diagram number. d) Terminal layout. e) Space for installing Subcontractor cable identification.

h. Control stations shall be integral to the valve, except for the remotely located valves listed in the 480V Power Operated Valve Schedule. For those valves which are difficult to access, the control station shall be stanchion mounted and remotely located where shown on the Drawings. The remotely-located control station shall be similar in all respects to an integral control station.

2. Actuator Operation—General: a. Suitable for full 90-degree rotation of quarter-turn valves or for

use on multiturn valves, as applicable. b. Manual override handwheel. c. Valve position indication. d. Operate from FULL CLOSED to FULL OPEN positions or the

reverse in the number of seconds given in the Electric Motor Actuator Schedule.

e. Electronic Control Module: 1) Integrated control circuit with intrinsically safe infra-red

interface and infra-red setting tool or configurable from the operator controls.

2) Configure valve parameters and setup limit switches and torque settings.

3) All configurable settings stored in EEPROM. 4) Over-torque detection and protection.



5) Jammed-valve detection and protection. 6) Motor over-temperature detection and protection. 7) Incorrect phase rotation detection and protection. 8) Lost phase detection and protection. 9) Instantaneous reversal detection and protection. 10) Automatic self test and diagnostics. 11) On-board data logger for torque and position profiles and

statistics, time and date stamped. 3. OPEN-CLOSE (O/C)/Throttling (T) Service:

a. Size motors for one complete OPEN-CLOSE-OPEN cycle no less than once every 10 minutes.

b. Actuator suitable for throttling operation of valve at intermediate positions.

c. LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE Selector Switch; padlockable in each position; OFF disables all other switches and prevents the actuator from running: 1) Integral OPEN-STOP-CLOSE momentary pushbuttons or

selector switch with seal-in circuits to control valve in LOCAL position.

2) Remote OPEN and CLOSE dry contact inputs in REMOTE position. Integral seal-in circuits for remote OPEN and CLOSE commands.

3) Auxiliary contact that closes in REMOTE position. d. OPEN and CLOSED indicating lights, and limit switches for

external connection. e. Integral reversing motor starter with built-in overload protection. f. Valve shall remain in last position on loss of operator power.

4. Modulating (M) Service: a. Size motors for continuous duty. b. Feedback potentiometer, or equivalent, and integral electronic

positioner/comparator circuit to maintain valve position. c. LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE Selector Switch; padlockable in each

position; OFF disables all other switches and prevents the actuator from running: 1) Integral OPEN-STOP-CLOSE momentary pushbuttons or

selector switch with seal-in circuits to control valve in LOCAL position.

2) 4 to 20 mA dc input signal to control valve in REMOTE position.

3) Auxiliary contact that closes in REMOTE position. d. Valve shall close upon loss of signal, unless otherwise indicated. e. OPEN and CLOSED indicating lights. f. Ac motor with solid state reversing starter or dc motor with solid

state reversing controller, and built-in overload protection. Controller capable of 1,200 starts per hour.



g. Duty cycle limit timer and adjustable band width, or equivalent, to prevent actuator hunting.

h. If noted in the Valve Schedule, provide valve position output converter that generates an isolated 4 to 20 mA dc signal in proportion to valve position, and is capable of driving into loads of up to 500 ohms at 24V dc.

5. Actuator Power Supply: a. 480 volts, three-phase, unless otherwise indicated. b. Control power transformer, 120-volt secondary. c. Externally operable, pad-lockable power disconnect switch.

6. Enclosure: Provide the required NEMA Enclosure Type specific to each area as listed in the Area Classification Table on the Drawings, NEMA 250 Type 4 as a minimum.

7. Diagnostics: Actuators shall include a diagnostic data logger module, which will store and enable download of historical actuator data logger information to permit analysis of changes in actuator or valve performance. It shall be possible for customer to setup, calibrate and access actuator data via non-intrusive infrared means using any of three methods: Setting Tool, Laptop PC or hand-held Windows CE-based ‘Personal Digital Assistant (PDA)’ capable of duplex IrDA communications. Appropriate diagnostic software shall be provided by the actuator manufacturer to allow configuration and diagnostic information to be reviewed, analyzed and reconfigured. For models with hand-held setting tools available, one hand-held setting tool shall be provided for every 10 actuators shipped. Provision shall be made to display valve torque demand as a percent of rated actuator torque and position simultaneously, so as to facilitate valve troubleshooting and diagnostics. The data logger shall also enable the retrieval of all configurable actuator date and time-stamped events, including the ability to search for occurrences of any particular event. Valve torque profiles shall be available in one positional increments. The diagnostics shall also enable retrieval of at least three types of alarms—actuator alarms, valve alarms, and control system alarms.

8. Torque and Limit Sensing shall be adjustable as follows: a. Position Setting Range: 2.5 to 100,000 turns, with resolution to

7.5 degrees of actuator output. Position sensing shall be via a solid-state position encoder that eliminates the use of counting gear trains or potentiometers.

b. Torque Setting: 40 to 100 percent rated torque. c. Torque sensing must be affected directly electrically or

electronically and shall be governed by a solid-state torque sensor that directly measures the output torque of the actuator to protect the valve and actuator from damage from possible obstructions. Extrapolating torque from mechanically measured motor speed is not acceptable due to response time. Torque measurement shall be



independent of variations in frequency, voltage or temperature. Torque shall be adjustable in 1 percent increments. The actuator shall store actual operational torque curves for retrieval by plant maintenance staff.

d. Housed in actuator control enclosure. e. Adjustable with the infra-red setting tool or from operator

mounted controls without opening the actuator’s enclosure. 9. Manufacturer and Product: Rotork; IQ or IQT.

C. Electric Operators, 120-Volt:

1. General: a. Unit shall be low profile to reduce the amount of required space.

Unit shall weight 15 pounds or less. b. Size to 1-1/2 times required operating torque. Motor stall torque

not to exceed torque capacity of the valve. c. Provide controls integral with the actuator unless otherwise

specified in the Power Operated Valve Schedule. d. Provide operator mounting bracket to mount operator to valve

providing minimal torque to piping system when operating. e. Enclosure: Provide the required NEMA Enclosure Type specific

to each area as listed in the Area Classification Table on the Drawings, NEMA 250 Type 4 as a minimum.

2. Operator Operation – General: a. Suitable for full 90-degree rotation of quarter-turn valves. b. Manually override handwheel. c. Mechanical valve position indication. d. Operate from fully CLOSED to fully OPENED positions or the

reverse in a maximum of 30 seconds unless otherwise shown in the Power Operated Valve Schedule.

3. Electronic Control: a. Torque limiting switches two single pole—double throw

mechanical switches. Switches operate at any point in valve travel.

b. Jammed-valve detection and protection. c. Motor over-temperature detection and protection. d. Travel limit switches, single pole double throw.

4. Open-Close Service: a. The duty cycle for intermittent ON-OFF operation shall be

25 percent. b. Operator is power to OPEN and Power to CLOSE. c. Local Indication and Control:

1) Integral mechanical valve POSITION indication, 0 to 100 percent OPENED.

2) Integral OPENED and CLOSED indication lights.



3) Integral LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE (L-O-R). 4) Integral OPEN switch which causes the valve to stroke full

OPENED, even if the OPEN switch is released, while the L-O-R switch is in LOCAL.

5) Integral CLOSE switch which causes the valve to stroke full CLOSED, even if the CLOSED switch is released, while the L-O-R switch is in LOCAL.

d. Remote Indication and Control: 1) Relay contact that closes when the valve is capable of being

controlled remotely (L-O-R switch in REMOTE, etc.) for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

2) Limit switch that closes when the valve is fully OPENED for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

3) Limit switch that closes when the valve is fully CLOSED for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

4) Receive a contact closure OPEN command signal from the Plant Control System to cause the valve to stroke to its full open position when L-O-R switch is in REMOTE.

5) Receive a contact closure CLOSE command signal from the Plant Control System to cause the valve to stroke to its full closed position when L-O-R switch is in REMOTE.

5. Modulating Service: a. Operator rated for continuous duty with servo shall be rated for

100 percent modulating operation. b. Operator shall modulate based on an externally applied

4 to 20 mA dc signal. c. Operator shall be equipped with an electronic servo module for

valve modulation. 1) Module shall provide serial communications with provided

cable for setup of valve operation. 2) Valve fail position is programmable as specified in the

Power Operated Valve Schedule. d. Local Indication and Control:

1) Integral mechanical valve POSITION indication, 0 to 100 percent OPENED.

2) Integral OPENED and CLOSED indication lights. 3) Integral LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE (L-O-R). 4) Integral OPEN momentary switch which causes the valve to

stroke towards OPENED, as long as the OPEN switch is held, while the L-O-R switch is in LOCAL.

5) Integral CLOSE momentary switch which causes the valve to stroke towards CLOSED, as long as the CLOSED switch is held, while the L-O-R switch is in LOCAL.

6) Position valve proportionally 0 to 100 percent OPEN with external 4 to 20 mA dc signal while in REMOTE.



e. Remote Indication and Control: 1) Relay contact that closes when the valve is capable of being

controlled remotely (L-O-R switch in REMOTE, etc.) for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

2) Limit switch that closes when the valve is fully OPENED for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

3) Limit switch that closes when the valve is fully CLOSED for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

4) If noted in the Valve Schedule, provide current position transmitter, 4 to 20 mA dc signal in proportion to 0 to 100 percent OPENED, with 0.5 percent accuracy and 0.5 percent repeatability, capable of driving a 750-ohm load, for connection to and monitoring by Plant Control System.

6. Actuator Power Supply: a. 120V ac, single-phase unless otherwise indicated. b. Externally operable power disconnect switch.

7. Manufacturer and Product: Rotork; RCEL Series.

2.07 ACCESSORIES

A. Tagging: All valves 4 inches and larger, actuated, or self-contained shall be provided with 1-1/2-inch diameter stainless steel tag.

B. Each tag shall bear the asset management tag number shown on the Drawings. The tags shall be attached to the operator with soldered split key rings so that ring and tag cannot be removed. The numbers and letters shall be of block type, with 1/4-inch high numbers and letters stamped thereon.

1. For valves requiring a tag, but that have not been assigned an asset management tag number, CH2M HILL’s Engineer will provide appropriate tag number.

C. Limit Switch:

1. Factory installed NEMA 4X limit switch by actuator manufacturer. 2. SPST, rated at 5 amps, 120V ac.

D. T-Handled Operating Wrench:

1. One each galvanized operating wrenches, 4 feet long. 2. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Mueller; No. A-24610. b. Clow No.; F-2520.

3. One each galvanized operating keys for cross handled valves.



E. Extension Bonnet for Valve Operator: Complete with enclosed stem, extension, support brackets, and accessories for valve and operator.

1. Manufacturers: a. Pratt. b. DeZurik.

F. Valve Operator Pedestal:

1. Nonrising, heavy pattern, indicating type. 2. Complete with solid extension stem, coupling, handwheel, stem guide

brackets, and yoke attachment. Stem length as required to connect valve operating nut and floor stand.

3. Stem Guide Bracket: a. Quantity as required by support and anchorage calculations. b. Space such that stem L/R ratio does not exceed 200.

4. Anchor Bolts: Type 304 stainless steel. 5. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Clow; Figure F-5515. b. Mueller, Figure A-26426.

G. Floor Box:

1. Plain type, for support of nonrising type stem. 2. Complete with solid extension stem, operating nut, and stem guide

brackets. Stem length as required to extend valve operating nut to within 3 inches of finish floor.

3. Stem Guide: Space such that stem L/R ratio does not exceed 200. 4. Anchor Bolts: Type 304 stainless steel. 5. Manufacturer and Product: Neenah Foundry; R 7506.

H. Chain Wheel and Guide:

1. Handwheel direct-mount type. 2. Complete with chain. 3. Galvanized or cadmium-plated. 4. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Clow Corp.; Figure F-5680. b. Walworth Co.; Figure 804. c. DeZurik Corp.; Series W or LWG.

I. Cast-Iron Valve Box: Designed for traffic loads, sliding type, with minimum of 5-1/4-inch ID shaft.

1. Box: Cast iron with minimum depth of 9 inches.



2. Lid: Cast iron, minimum depth 3 inches, nonlocking type, marked WATER, SEWER, GAS.

3. Extensions: Cast iron. 4. Two-piece box and lid for valves 4 inches through 12 inches, three-

piece box and lid for valves larger than 12 inches with base sized for valve.

5. Valve extension stem for valves with operating nuts 3 feet or greater below finish grade.

6. Manufacturers and Products: a. East Jordan Iron Works; Cast-Iron Valve Boxes. b. Bingham & Taylor; Cast-Iron Valve Boxes.

J. Concrete Valve Box: Designed for traffic loads, sliding type, with minimum of 10-inch ID shaft.

1. Box: High-density, reinforced concrete, minimum depth 12 inches, cast-iron ring seat.

2. Lid: Cast iron, minimum depth 3 inches, marked WATER, SEWER, GAS.

3. Extensions: Concrete. 4. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Christy Concrete Products; G Series. b. BES Concrete Products; G Series.

K. Indicator Post Assembly:

1. Cast or ductile iron post head, bell, and wrench with cast or ductile iron or steel barrel.

2. Plexiglas or equal protected window to indicate OPEN and CLOSED position.

3. Padlockable eye bolt for wrench. 4. Adjustable bury depth. Bury depth as required for valve installation. 5. UL Listed and FM Approved. 6. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Clow; Style 2945. b. Mueller; A-20806.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Flange Ends:

1. Flanged valve bolt holes shall straddle vertical centerline of pipe. 2. Clean flanged faces, insert gasket and bolts, and tighten nuts

progressively and uniformly.



B. Screwed Ends:

1. Clean threads by wire brushing or swabbing. 2. Apply joint compound.

C. PVC, CPVC, PP Valves: Install using solvents approved for valve service conditions.

D. Valve Installation and Orientation:

1. General: a. Install valves so handles operate from fully open to fully closed

without encountering obstructions. b. Install valves in location for easy access for routine operation and

maintenance. c. Install valves per manufacturer’s recommendations.

2. Gate, Globe, and Ball Valves: a. Install operating stem vertical when valve is installed in horizontal

runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above finished floor, unless otherwise shown.

b. Install operating stem horizontal in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations greater than 4 feet 6 inches above finish floor, unless otherwise shown.

3. Eccentric Plug Valves: a. Unless otherwise restricted or shown on Drawings, install valve as

follows: 1) Liquids with suspended solids service with horizontal flow:

Install valve with stem in horizontal position with plug up when valve is open. Install valve with seat end upstream (flow to produce unseating pressure).

2) Liquids with suspended solids service with vertical flow: Install valve with seat in highest portion of valve (seat up).

3) Clean Liquids and Gas Service: Install valve with seat end downstream of higher pressure when valve is closed (higher pressure forces plug into seat).

4. Butterfly Valves: a. Unless otherwise restricted or shown on Drawings, install valve a

minimum of 8 diameters downstream of a horizontal elbow or branch tee with shaft in horizontal position.

b. For vertical elbow or branch tee immediately upstream of valve, install valve with shaft in vertical position.

c. For horizontal elbow or branch tee immediately upstream of valve, install valve with shaft in horizontal position.

d. When installed immediately downstream of a swing check, install valve with shaft perpendicular to swing check shaft.



e. For free inlet or discharge into basins and tanks, install valve with shaft in vertical position.

5. Check Valves: a. Install valve in horizontal or vertical flow (up) flow piping only

for liquid services. b. Install valve in vertical flow (up) piping only for gas services. c. Install swing check valve with shaft in horizontal position.

E. Install a line size ball valve and union upstream of each solenoid valve, in-line flow switch, or other in-line electrical device, excluding magnetic flowmeters, for isolation during maintenance.

F. Install V300 safety isolation valves on all compressed air lines.

G. Locate valve to provide accessibility for control and maintenance. Install access doors in finished walls and plaster ceilings for valve access.

H. Extension Stem for Operator: Where the depth of the valve operating nut is 3 feet or greater below finish grade, furnish an operating extension stem with 2-inch operating nut to bring operating nut to a point within 6 inches of finish grade.

I. Torque Tube: Where operator for quarter-turn valve is located on floor stand, furnish extension stem torque tube of a type properly sized for maximum torque capacity of valve.

J. Floor Box and Stem: Steel extension stem length shall locate operating nut in floor box.

K. Chain Wheel and Guide: Install chain wheel and guide assemblies or chain lever assemblies on manually operated valves over 6 feet 9 inches above finish floor. Install chain to within 3 feet 0-inch of finish floor. Where chains hang in normally traveled areas, use appropriate “L” type tie-back anchors. Install chains to within operator horizontal reach of 2 feet 6 inches maximum, measured from normal operator standing location or station.

3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTION

A. Valve may be either tested while testing pipelines, or as a separate step.

B. Test that valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions. Test that two-way valves open and close smoothly under operating pressure conditions from both directions.

C. Inspect air and vacuum valves as pipe is being filled to verify venting and seating is fully functional.



D. Count and record number of turns to open and close valve; account for any discrepancies with manufacturer’s data.

E. Set, verify, and record set pressures for relief and regulating valves.

F. Automatic valves to be tested in conjunction with control system testing. Set opening and closing speeds, limit switches, as required or recommended by CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

G. Test hydrostatic relief valve seating; record leakage. Adjust and retest to maximum leakage of 0.1 gpm per foot of seat periphery.

3.03 SUPPLEMENTS

A. The supplements listed below, following “End of Section,” are part of this Specification.

1. Manual Valve Schedule. 2. 480V Power Operated Valve Schedule. 3. 120V Power Operated Valve Schedule. 4. Self-Regulated Valve Schedule.

END OF SECTION

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS ‐DBO

P&ID TAG NUMBER FACILITY / AREA SIZE (INCHES) FLOWSTREAM VALVE TYPE

09‐I‐0101 BV10_19201 HEADWORKS 1/2 FA/SL V306

09‐I‐0101 BV10_19202 HEADWORKS 1/2 FA/SL V306

09‐I‐0101 BV10_19401 HEADWORKS 1‐1/2 W3 V306

09‐I‐0101 GV10_19301 HEADWORKS 24 RS V150

09‐I‐0101 GV10_19302 HEADWORKS 24 RS V150

09‐I‐0101 PV10_19303 HEADWORKS 2 RS/DR V400

09‐I‐0101 PV10_19304 HEADWORKS 2 RS/DR V400

09‐I‐0102 BV10_29401 HEADWORKS 3/4 W3 V330

09‐I‐0102 BV10_29402 HEADWORKS 3/4 W3 V330

09‐I‐0104 BV10_39101 HEADWORKS 3/4 W3 V306

09‐I‐0104 BV10_39102 HEADWORKS 3/4 W3 V330

09‐I‐0104 BV10_39103 HEADWORKS 2 PD V330

09‐I‐0104 PV10_39201 HEADWORKS 4 GT V405

09‐I‐0105 BFV40_19301 STABILIZATION BASINS 12 ALP V510

09‐I‐0105 BFV40_19302 STABILIZATION BASINS 12 ALP V510

09‐I‐0105 BV40_19001 STABILIZATION BASINS 2 W3 V306




09‐I‐0105 PV40_19101 STABILIZATION BASINS 12 RAS V405


09‐I‐0105 PV40_19201 STABILIZATION BASINS 4 BD V405

09‐I‐0105 PV40_19202 STABILIZATION BASINS 4 BD V405




09‐I‐0105 PV40_19505 STABILIZATION BASINS 8 SPD V405

09‐I‐0105 TV40_19503 STABILIZATION BASIN 1 20 RAS V910

09‐I‐0105 TV40_19504 STABILIZATION BASIN 2 20 RAS V910

09‐I‐0105 BFV40_19303 STABILIZATION BASIN 1 2 ALP V510

09‐I‐0105 BFV40_19304 STABILIZATION BASIN 2 2 ALP V510

09‐I‐0107 BFV40_29003 AERATION BASIN 3 24 ML V508

09‐I‐0107 BV40_29401 AERATION BASIN EFFLUENT SPRAY 1 W3 V306

09‐I‐0107 BV40_29501 AERATION BASIN EFFLUENT 2 PO V330




09‐I‐0107 MV40_29301 AERATION BASIN 3 8 BD V915

09‐I‐0108 BFV40_39101 AERATION BASINS 16 ALP V510
















09‐I‐0108 BFV40_39701 AERATION BASINS 2.5 ALP V510



09‐I‐0110 BFV40_59104 BLOWERS 10 ALP V510



09‐I‐0110 CV40_59004 BLOWERS 10 ALP V612

09‐I‐0110 CV40_59005 BLOWERS 10 ALP V612

09‐I‐0110 CV40_59006 BLOWERS 10 ALP V612

09‐I‐0110 BV40_59301 BLOWERS 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0110 BV40_59302 BLOWERS 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

MANUAL VALVE SCHEDULE

PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014

©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL

PROCESS VALVES AND OPERATORS

40 27 02 SUPPLEMENT ‐ 1




09‐I‐0112 PV50_09001 SECONDARY CLARIFIER 3 10 RAS/WAS V405

09‐I‐0112 PV50_09002 SECONDARY CLARIFIER 3 6 BD V405

09‐I‐0113 BV50_19501 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306








09‐I‐0113 CV50_19204 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 8 RAS V608

09‐I‐0113 PV40_49001 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 3 WAS V405




09‐I‐0113 PV50_19103 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 6 RAS V405








09‐I‐0113 PV50_19701 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 2 PD V400

09‐I‐0113 PV50_19702 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 2 PD V400

09‐I‐0113 BV50_19703 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 2 RAS/V V306

09‐I‐0113 STANDARD DETAIL 4442‐664 RAS PUMP SEAL WATER 1/2 W2 V306








09‐I‐0114 CV50_29001 SECONDARY SCUM PIT 4 SSM V608

09‐I‐0114 PV50_29002 SECONDARY SCUM PIT 4 SSM V405

09‐I‐0114 PV50_29003 SECONDARY SCUM PIT 4 SSM V405

09‐I‐0114 BV50_29101 SECONDARY SCUM PIT 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0115 BV53_19201 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306



09‐I‐0115 CV53_19001 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE 10 SE/SPD V608



09‐I‐0115 PV53_19101 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE 10 SE/SPD V405



09‐I‐0115 BFV53_19301 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE 30 SE V500

09‐I‐0115 BFV53_19302 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE 30 SE/FE V500

09‐I‐0116 BFV55_19001 SE COOLING TOWERS 10 SE (RCY) V500






09‐I‐0116 BV55_19601 SE COOLING TOWERS 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0116 BV55_19602 SE COOLING TOWERS 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0116 BV55_19701 SE COOLING TOWERS 2 SE/DR V330




09‐I‐0116 PV55_19101 SE COOLING TOWERS 8 SE (RCY) V405

09‐I‐0116 PV55_19102 SE COOLING TOWERS 8 SE (RCY) V405

09‐I‐0117 BFV60_19001 DISK FILTERS 24 SE V500

09‐I‐0117 BFV60_19002 DISK FILTERS 24 SE V500

09‐I‐0118 BFV70_29001 UV CHANNEL 2 INFLUENT 24 SE/FE V504

09‐I‐0118 BFV70_29002 UV CHANNEL 2 EFFLUENT 24 PLE V504

09‐I‐0118 GV90_19001 W1 CITY WATER METER VAULT 4 W1 V135


PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014








09‐I‐0118 BV90_19101 W3 REUSE WATER PUMP STATION 2 W1 V306

09‐I‐0118 CV70_29101 UV CHANNEL 2 EFFLUENT 1‐1/2 PLE/SL V608

09‐I‐0118 GLB70_29102 UV CHANNEL 2 EFFLUENT 1‐1/2 PLE/SL V202

09‐I‐0120 BV91_19101 ODOR CONTROL FANS 2 W3 V306


09‐I‐0120 BV91_19103 ODOR CONTROL FANS 1 W3/DR V306

09‐I‐0120 BV91_19105 ODOR CONTROL FANS 1‐1/2 W3 V306


09‐I‐0120 BV91_19107 ODOR CONTROL FANS 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306



09‐I‐0120 BV91_19301 ODOR CONTROL FANS 1/2 FA/SL V306






09‐I‐0120 BV91_19601 ODOR CONTROL FANS 1 CHD V330





09‐I‐0121 BV91_29101 ODOR CONTROL BIOFILTERS 1 W3 V306

09‐I‐0121 BV91_29102 ODOR CONTROL BIOFILTERS 1 W3 V306

09‐I‐0121 BV91_29201 ODOR CONTROL BIOFILTERS 1 PD V330

09‐I‐0121 BV91_29202 ODOR CONTROL BIOFILTERS 1 PD V330

09‐I‐0121 BV91_29301 ODOR CONTROL BIOFILTERS 1/2 FA/SL V306


09‐I‐0121 BV91_29401 ODOR CONTROL BIOFILTERS 1 CHD V330






09‐I‐0122 BV91_39201 AERATION BASIN FANS 1 CHD V330




09‐I‐0122 BV91_39401 AERATION BASIN FANS 1/2 FA/SL V306

09‐I‐0122 BV91_39402 AERATION BASIN FANS 1/2 FA/SL V306

09‐I‐0123 BV96_19001 PLANT DRAIN PUMP STATION 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0123 BV96_19002 PLANT DRAIN PUMP STATION 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0123 CV96_19101 PLANT DRAIN PUMP STATION 6 SPD V608




09‐I‐0123 PV96_19201 PLANT DRAIN PUMP STATION 6 SPD V405



09‐I‐0123 FLP96_19901 PLANT DRAIN PUMP STATION 4 CHD V691

09‐I‐0125 CV82_19001 GBT FEED PUMPS 6 WAS V608

09‐I‐0125 CV82_19002 GBT FEED PUMPS 6 WAS V608

09‐I‐0125 PV82_19101 GBT FEED PUMPS 6 WAS V405

09‐I‐0125 PV82_19102 GBT FEED PUMPS 6 WAS V405

09‐I‐0125 PV82_19401 WAS STORAGE TANKS 10 WAS V405

09‐I‐0126 BV81_09501 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 2 PO V330


09‐I‐0128 BFP82_29100 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS 1 W1 V642

09‐I‐0128 BV91_19001 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS 1/2 FA/SL V306

09‐I‐0128 BV91_19002 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS 1/2 FA/SL V306

09‐I‐0128 PV82_29001 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS 2‐1/2 TWAS V405



09‐I‐0128 PV82_29501 TWAS STORAGE TANKS 6 TWAS/WAS V405

09‐I‐0128 PV82_29502 TWAS STORAGE TANKS 6 TWAS/WAS V405

09‐I‐0128 STANDARD DETAIL 4442‐664 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMP SEAL WATER 1/2 W2 V306



PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014








09‐I‐0130 PV78_29001 BIOSOLIDS DRYER 2 NG V420

09‐I‐0130 PV78_29002 BIOSOLIDS DRYER 4 W3 V405

09‐I‐0131 BV78_19001 BIOSOLIDS DRYER 1‐1/2 W2 V306

09‐I‐0132 BV78_49001 DRYER CONDENSATE SUMP 1‐1/2 W3 V306

09‐I‐0132 BV78_49101 DRYER CONDENSATE SUMP 1/2 PRESSURE GAUGE V306

09‐I‐0132 PV78_49103 DRYER CONDENSATE SUMP 6 DC V405

10‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐100 HEADWORKS BLDG 1 NG V420

10‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2255‐101 HEADWORKS HVAC 1 NG V420

10‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐103, HV‐1 HEADWORKS, HOSE VALVE STN 1 1‐1/2 W3 V306




40‐P‐2101 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐104, HV‐1 AERATION BASINS, HOSE VALVE STN 1 1‐1/2 W3 V306


40‐P‐2101 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐104, HV‐1 AERATION BASINS, HOSE VALVE STN 1 1 W3 V330

40‐P‐2101 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐101, YH‐1 AERATION BASINS, POST HYDRANT 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1







40‐P‐2102 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐101, YH‐1 AERATION BASINS, POST HYDRANT 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1

40‐P‐2103 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐104, HV‐1 STABILIZATION BASINS, HOSE VALVE STN 1‐1/2 W3 V306

40‐P‐2103 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐104, HV‐1 STABILIZATION BASINS, HOSE VALVE STN 1‐1/2 W3 V330

40‐P‐2103 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐104, HV‐1 STABILIZATION BASINS, HOSE VALVE STN 1 W3 V330

40‐P‐2103 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐107, HV/DR STABILIZATION BASINS 3 W3 V331

40‐P‐2103 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐107, HV/DR STABILIZATION BASINS 1 W3 V330

40‐P‐2103 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐102, YH‐1 STABILIZATION BASINS, WALL HYDRANT 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1

50‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐101, YH‐1 SE CLARIFIER NO.3, POST HYDRANT 1 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1




55‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐101, YH‐1 SE COOLING TOWERS, POST HYDRANT 1 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1

55‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐101, YH‐1 SE COOLING TOWERS, POST HYDRANT 2 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1

60‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐101, YH‐1 DISK FILTERS, POST HYDRANT 1‐1/2 W3 YH‐1

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐100 DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 2 NG V420

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2255‐101 DRYING & DEWATERING HVAC 1 NG V420

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐101 DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 2 W1 V642



78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐101 DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 3/4 W1 V235

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐101 DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 3/4 W2 V235

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2230‐189 D&D BLDG WATER HEATER 3/4 W1 V300

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2230‐189 D&D BLDG WATER HEATER 3/4 W1 V300

78‐P‐2000 STANDARD DETAIL 2210‐103, HV‐1 D&D BLDG, HOSE VALVE STN 1 1‐1/2 W3 V306






78‐P‐2000 SPEC SECTION 21 13 00 DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 8 FPW RISER

PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014







07‐Y‐2001 YARD PIPING ISOLATION VALVE FIRE HYDRANT 8 FPW V135

07‐Y‐2001 YARD PIPING ISOLATION VALVE HEADWORKS 6 W3 V405

07‐Y‐2001 YARD PIPING ISOLATION VALVE DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 6 W3 V405

07‐Y‐2001 YARD PIPING ISOLATION VALVE DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG 2 W1 V405

NOTES:

1. PACKAGED VALVES NOT LISTED ABOVE.

PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014





P&ID TAG NUMBER FACILITY / AREASIZE

(INCHES)

FLOW

STREAM

VALVE

TYPE

NORMAL

OPERATING

FLOW (GPM

OR SCFM)

NORMAL

OPERATING

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

MAXIMUM

OPERATING

FLOW (GPM

OR SCFM)

MAXIMUM

OPERATING

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VALVE CATEGORYFAIL

POSITION

ACTUATOR

TYPE

POWER

SUPPLY

VOLTAGE

09‐I‐0102 FV10_20101 HEADWORKS 16 SCR V150 100 GPM ATMOSPHERE 200 GPM ATMOSPHERE OPEN/CLOSE OPEN MOTOR 480V

09‐I‐0102 FV10_20102 HEADWORKS 16 SCR V150 100 GPM ATMOSPHERE 200 GPM ATMOSPHERE OPEN/CLOSE OPEN MOTOR 480V

09‐I‐0105 FCV40_12001 STABILIZATION BASIN 1 8 ALP V514 550 SCFM 6.8 2000 SCFM 8 MODULATING OPEN MOTOR 480V

09‐I‐0105 FCV40_12002 STABILIZATION BASIN 2 8 ALP V514 550 SCFM 6.8 2000 SCFM 8 MODULATING OPEN MOTOR 480V

09‐I‐0108 FCV40_30001 AERATION BASIN 1 6 ALP V514 400 SCFM 6.8 1100 SCFM 8 MODULATING OPEN MOTOR 480V






09‐I‐0113 FCV40_41000 SECONDARY PROCESS FACILITY 3 WAS V320 50 GPM 8.5 200 GPM 8.5 MODULATING OPEN MOTOR 480V

NOTES:


480V POWER OPERATED VALVE SCHEDULE

PW/WBG/425035

JANUARY 2014




WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS ‐ DBO


(INCHES)

FLOW

STREAM

VALVE

TYPE

NORMAL

OPERATING

FLOW (GPM

OR SCFM)

NORMAL

OPERATING

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

MAXIMUM

OPERATING

FLOW

MAXIMUM

OPERATING

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VALVE

CATEGORY

FAIL

POSITION

ACTUATOR

TYPE

POWER

SUPPLY

VOLTAGE

09‐I‐0101 FV10_13500 HEADWORKS 1‐1/2 W3 V940 100 GPM 75 200 GPM 100 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V

09‐I‐0102 FV10_20301 HEADWORKS 3/4 W3 V940 10 GPM 75 25 GPM 100 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V



09‐I‐0113 FV50_03001 RAS PUMPS, SEAL WATER DETAIL 4442‐664 1/2 W2 V940 5 GPM 8.5 10 GPM 18.5 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V




09‐I‐0121 FV91_21501 BIOFILTERS 1/4 FA/SL V941 1 GPM 5 5 GPM 10 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V

09‐I‐0121 FV91_21502 BIOFILTERS 1/4 FA/SL V941 1 GPM 5 5 GPM 10 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V

09‐I‐0128 FV82_20001 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS, SEAL WATER DETAIL 4442‐664 1/2 W2 V940 5 GPM 50 10 GPM 60 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V

09‐I‐0128 FV82_20002 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS, SEAL WATER DETAIL 4442‐664 1/2 W2 V940 5 GPM 50 10 GPM 60 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED SOLENOID 120V

09‐I‐0131 FV78_12000 DRYER LOADOUT 1‐1/2 W2 V306 100 GPM 50 200 GPM 75 OPEN/CLOSE CLOSED MOTOR 120V

NOTES:


120V POWER OPERATED VALVE SCHEDULE

PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014




WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS ‐ DBO


(INCHES)

FLOW

STREAMVALVE TYPE

INLET

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

OUTLET

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

MAXIMUM

OPERATING

PRESSURE (PSIG)

MAXIMUM

OPERATING FLOW

09‐I‐0113 PCV50_03001 RAS PUMPS, SEAL WATER DETAIL 4442‐664 1/2 W2 V711 90 8.5 18.5 10 GPM




09‐I‐0115 ARV53_10500 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE 2 PD V752 15 0 25 4400 GPM

09‐I‐0120 PCV91_12501 ODOR CONTROL 1‐1/2 W3 V711 75 50 100 100 GPM

09‐I‐0123 ARV96_12001 PLANT DRAIN PUMP STATION 2 PD V752 15 0 25 800 GPM

09‐I‐0125 ARV82_10501 GBT FEED PUMPS 2 PD V752 10 0 25 375 GPM




09‐I‐0128 PCV82_20001 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS, SEAL WATER DETAIL 4442‐664 1/2 W2 V711 75 50 60 10 GPM

09‐I‐0128 PCV82_20002 CENTRIFUGE FEED PUMPS, SEAL WATER DETAIL 4442‐664 1/2 W2 V711 75 50 60 10 GPM

10‐P‐2000 PCV10_48101 HEADWORKS BUILDING, STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐100 1 NG V712 5 1/2 1 500 CFH

10‐P‐2000 PCV10_48102 HEADWORKS HVAC, STANDARD DETAIL 2255‐101 1 NG V712 1/2 1/4 1/2 200 CFH

78‐P‐2000 PCV78_58101 DRYING & DEWATERING BUILDING, STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐100 2 NG V712 5 2 3 8200 CFH

78‐P‐2000 PCV78_58102 DRYING & DEWATERING BLDG HVAC, STANDARD DETAIL 2255‐101 1 NG V712 2 1/4 2 400 CFH

78‐P‐2000 PCV78_58201 DRYING & DEWATERING BUILDING, STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐101 1 W1 V710 90 60 75 20 GPM

78‐P‐2000 PCV78_58202 DRYING & DEWATERING BUILDING, STANDARD DETAIL 2211‐101 2 W2 V710 90 60 75 85 GPM

NOTES:


SELF‐REGULATED VALVE SCHEDULE

PW/WBG/425034

JANUARY 2014





PW/WBG/425034 MECHANICAL INSULATION MARCH 2012 40 42 13 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 42 13 MECHANICAL INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 23 31 13, Metal Ducts and Accessories. 3. Section 23 37 00, Air Outlets and Inlets. 4. Section 40 05 15, Piping Support Systems.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc. (ASHRAE): 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings.

2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. B209, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy

Sheet and Plate. b. C165 Standard Test Method for Measuring Compressive

Properties of Thermal Insulation. c. C177, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux

Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus.

d. C518, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.

e. C534, Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form.

f. C547, Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. g. C552, Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. h. C553, Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal

Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. i. C585, Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid

Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System).

j. C1071, Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material).


MECHANICAL INSULATION PW/WBG/425034 40 42 13 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

k. C1136, Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation.

l. E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

m. E96, Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

3. International Code Council (ICC) International Energy Conservation Code (IECC).

4. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS): SP-69, Pipe Hangers and Supports.

5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and

Ventilating Systems. b. 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics

of Building Materials. c. 259, Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building

Materials. 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: Manufacturer’s product description, list of materials and thickness for each service or equipment scheduled, locations of installation, and manufacturer’s installation instructions.


1. Maintenance information. 2. Proof of compliance that fire rated products have been tested in

accordance with NFPA requirements.


A. Materials furnished under this Specification shall be standard, cataloged products, new and commercially available, suitable for service requiring high performance and reliability with low maintenance, and free from all defects.

B. Provide materials by firms engaged in the manufacture of insulation products of the types and characteristics specified herein, whose products have been in use for not less than 5 years.

C. UL listing or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory is required to indicate fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified.




A. Manufacturer’s Stamp or Label:

1. Every package or standard container of insulation, jackets, cements, adhesives and coatings delivered to Project Site for use must have manufacturer’s stamp or label attached, giving name of manufacturer, brand, and description of material.

2. Insulation packages and containers shall be marked “asbestos-free.”

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Insulation exterior shall be cleanable, grease-resistant, nonflaking, and nonpeeling.

B. Insulation shall conform to referenced publications and specified temperature ranges and densities in pounds per cubic foot.

C. Insulation for fittings, flanges, and valves shall be premolded, precut, or job-fabricated insulation of same thickness and conductivity as used on adjacent piping.

D. Fire Resistance:

1. Insulation, adhesives, vapor barrier materials and other accessories, except as specified herein, shall be noncombustible.

2. Use no fugitive or corrosive treatments to impart flame resistance. 3. Flame proofing treatments subject to deterioration resulting from the

effects of moisture or high humidity are not acceptable. 4. Materials including facings, mastics, and adhesives, shall have fire

hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread without evidence of continued progressive combustion, and 50 for smoke, developed as per tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) methods.

2.02 PIPE INSULATION

A. Type P1—Fiberglass:

1. Material: UL rated, preformed, sectional bonded fiberglass per ASTM C585 with factory applied, Kraft paper with aluminum foil vapor barrier all-service jacket (ASJ) with pressure-sensitive, self-sealing lap.

2. Insulation Temperature Rating: Minus 20 degrees F to positive 500 degrees F.



3. Conductivity in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 and maximum numerical value of 0.23 Btu-in/hr-square foot degrees F at 75 degrees F.

4. Jacketing per ASTM C1136 with minimum water vapor transmission for jacket of 0.02 perm-inch per ASTM E96.

5. Joints: Matching pressure-sensitive butt strips for sealing circumferential joints.

6. Flame Spread Rating: Less than 25 per ASTM E84. 7. Smoke Developed Index: Less than 50 per ASTM E84. 8. PVC jacketing is not acceptable. 9. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok HP with Jacket. b. CertainTeed; Preformed Pipe Insulation. c. Owens Corning Fiberglass; ASJ/SSL-11.

B. Type P3—Elastomeric:

1. Material: Flexible elastomeric pipe insulation, closed-cell structure in accordance with ASTM C534.

2. Temperature Rating: Minus 40 degrees F to positive 220 degrees F. 3. Nominal Density: 3 to 6 pcf. 4. Conductivity in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 and maximum

numerical value of 0.25 Btu-in/hr-square foot degrees F at 75 degrees F per ASTM C177 or ASTM C518.

5. Maximum water vapor transmission of 0.08 perm-inch per ASTM E96, Procedure A.

6. Maximum water absorption of 0.2 percent by volume per ASTM C209. 7. Joints: Manufacturer’s adhesive. 8. Flame Spread Rating: Less than 25 per ASTM E84. 9. Smoke Developed Index: Less than 50 per ASTM E84. 10. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Armacell; AP Armaflex. b. Rubatex; Insul-Tube 180 or Insul-Sheet 1800.

2.03 FITTING INSULATION

A. Type P1—Fiberglass:

1. Wired in-place preformed insulation or mitered segments, or soft fiberglass insulation inserts covered with preformed aluminum jacket fitting covers. Fittings shall be insulated as prescribed above, jacketed with preformed fitting covers matching outer jacketing used on straight pipe sections, with all joints weather sealed. PVC jacketing is not acceptable.



2. Manufacturers: a. Childers. b. Pabco.

B. Type P3—Elastomeric: Same product as Type P3 for piping.

2.04 INSULATION AT PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Refer to Section 40 05 15, Piping Support Systems.

B. Copper, Ductile Iron, and Nonmetallic Pipe: High density inserts, thickness equal to adjoining insulation, of Type 3 or other rigid insulation or manufactured pre-insulated pipe hangers and insulation shields per MSS SP-69, Table 5 at support locations. Extend inserts beyond shields.

C. Steel Pipe: Insulation saddles or high density inserts, thickness equal to adjoining insulation, of Type 3 or other rigid insulation or manufactured pre-insulated pipe hangers and insulation shields per MSS SP-69, Table 5 at support locations. Extend inserts beyond shields.

2.05 DUCT INSULATION

A. Type D1—Blanket (ASTM C553, Type 1, Class B3):

1. Fiberglass, nominal 1 pcf density blanket, K factor 0.31 maximum at 75 degrees F mean, with factory-applied FSK (foil-scrim-kraft) vapor barrier jacket, for temperatures to 250 degrees F.

2. Manufacturers and Products: a. CertainTeed; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Owens/Corning Fiberglass; Soft R. d. Knauf; Ductwrap.

B. Type D2—Board:

1. Fiberglass, minimum 2.75 pcf density board, K factor 0.23 maximum at 75 degrees F mean, with factory-applied FSK (foil-scrim-kraft) vapor barrier jacket, for temperatures from 0 degree F to 450 degrees F.

2. Manufacturers and Products: a. CertainTeed; CertaPro Commercial Board. b. Knauf; Duct Slab. c. Owens/Corning Fiberglass; TIW. d. Johns Manville; Ductboard.



C. Type D3—Liner (ASTM C1071, Type 1):

1. Fiberglass, nominal 1.5 pcf density liner, K factor 0.25 maximum at 75 degrees F mean, black composite coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of glass fibers, for temperatures to 250 degrees F.

2. Liquid water repellency rating not less than 4 when tested in accordance with INDA IST 80.6.

3. Potential heat value not exceeding 3,500 Btu/lb when tested in accordance with NFPA 259 and meeting the classification of “Limited Combustible” as defined by NFPA 90A.

4. Maximum rated velocity not less than 6,000 fpm when tested in accordance with ASTM C1071.

5. Resistant to microbial growth using a “no growth criteria” when tested in accordance with ASTM C1139, ASTM G21, and ASTM G22.

6. Manufacturers and Products: a. CertainTeed; Toughgard. b. Johns Manville; Linacoustic (rectangular), Spinacoustic (Round). c. Knauf; Acoustic Duct Liner.

2.06 EQUIPMENT INSULATION

A. Type E1—Board:

1. Fiberglass, minimum 2.75 pcf density board, K factor 0.23 maximum at 75 degrees F mean, with factory-applied FSK (foil-scrim-kraft) vapor barrier jacket, for temperatures from 100 degrees F to 850 degrees F.

2. Manufacturers and Products: a. CertainTeed; CertaPro Commercial Board. b. Knauf; Duct Slab. c. Owens/Corning Fiberglass; TIW. d. Johns Manville; 1000 Series Spin-Glass.

B. Type E2—Elastomeric (ASTM C534):

1. Flexible, closed-cell elastomeric, nominal 6 pcf density, K factor 0.27 maximum at 75 degrees F mean.

2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Armstrong; Armaflex II. b. Nomaco; Therma-Cel. c. Rubatex; R-180-FS.



2.07 INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS

A. Type F1—Aluminum:

1. For use with Type P1 Piping Insulation described above. 2. Aluminum Roll Jacketing: For straight run piping, wrought aluminum

Alloy 3003, 5005, 1100, or 3105 to ASTM B209 with H-14 temper, minimum 0.016 inch thickness, with smooth mill finish.

3. Vapor Barrier: Provide factory applied vapor barrier, consisting of 40-pound kraft paper with 1-mil thick low density polyethylene film, heat and pressure bonded to inner surface of aluminum jacketing.

4. Fitting Covers: Material as for aluminum roll jacketing, premolded, one or two piece covers, which includes elbows, tee/valves, end caps, mechanical line couplings, and specialty fittings.

5. Manufacturers: a. Childers. b. Pabco.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION OF PIPING INSULATION

A. Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices.

B. Apply insulation over clean, finish painted, and dry surfaces.

C. Install insulation after piping system has been pressure tested and leaks corrected.

D. Use insulating cements, lagging adhesives, and weatherproof mastics recommended by insulation manufacturer.

E. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation, with a single cut piece to complete the run. Do not use cut pieces of scraps abutting each other.

F. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure a complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.

G. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on pipe insulation, and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. Seal open ends of insulation with mastic. Sectionally seal all butt ends of chilled water and condensate drain piping insulation at fittings with white vapor barrier coating.



H. Cover valves, flanges, fittings, and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or job-fabricated units. Finish cold pipe fittings with white vapor barrier coating and hot piping with white vinyl acrylic mastic, both reinforced with glass cloth.

I. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors, and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.

J. Install protective metal shields and foamglass inserts where pipe hangers bear on outside of insulation.

K. Insulation on piping that is to be heat traced shall be installed after installation of heat tape.

L. Insulate valve bodies, flanges, and pipe couplings.

M. Insulate and vapor seal hangers, supports, anchors, and other piping appurtenances that are secured directly to cold surfaces.

N. Do not insulate flexible pipe couplings and expansion joints.

O. Do not allow insulation to cover nameplates or code inspection stamps.

P. Install removable insulation sections on devices that require access for maintenance of equipment or removal, such as unions and strainer end plates.

Q. Connection to Existing Piping: Cut back existing insulation to remove portion damaged by piping revisions. Install new insulation.

R. Cold Surfaces: Provide continuous vapor seal on insulation on cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used.

S. Placement:

1. Slip insulation on pipe or tubing before assembly, when practical, to avoid longitudinal seams.

2. Insulate valves and fittings with sleeved or cut pieces of same material. 3. Seal and tape joints.

T. Insulation at Hangers and Supports: Install under piping, centered at each hanger or support.



U. Vapor Barrier:

1. Provide continuous vapor barrier at joints between rigid insulation and pipe insulation.

2. Install vapor barrier jackets with pipe hangers and supports outside jacket.

3. Do not use staples and screws to secure vapor sealed system components.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION

A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions and in accordance with recognized industry practices.

B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces.

C. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulation. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.

D. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. Tape all punctures.

E. Seal longitudinal and circumferential joints with FSK tape, and finish with fiberglass mesh fabric embedded in vapor barrier mastic.

F. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors, and similar ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.

G. Except as otherwise indicated, omit insulation on ductwork where internal insulation or sound absorbing linings have been installed.

H. Refer to Section 23 31 13, Metal Ducts and Accessories, for additional internally lined duct requirements.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT INSULATION

A. Application Requirements: Insulate where external surface temperature of equipment is below ambient temperature in the space, including surfaces that have a recognized possibility for condensation.

B. Install equipment thermal insulation products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves intended purpose.



C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces and on clear and dry surfaces. Redo poorly fitted joints. Do not use mastic or joint sealer as filler for gaping joints and excessive voids resulting from poor workmanship.

D. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on equipment insulation and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage.

E. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment that must be opened periodically for maintenance; include metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, frames, and accessories.

F. Replace damaged insulation that cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture-saturated units.

G. Avoid using scrap pieces of insulation where larger sheets will fit.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS

A. Use a continuous friction type joint to hold jacket in-place, providing positive weatherproof seal over entire length of jacket.

B. Secure circumferential joints with preformed snap straps containing weatherproof sealant.

C. On exterior piping, apply coating over insulation and vapor barrier to prevent damage when aluminum fitting covers are installed.

D. Do not use screws or rivets to fasten the fitting covers.

E. Install removable prefabricated aluminum covers on exterior flanges and unions.

F. Caulk and seal all exterior joints to make watertight.

3.05 PIPING INSULATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Air Low Pressure:

1. Type P1, Fiberglass, for outdoor applications. 2. 1-1/2-inch thickness for pipe sizes up to 4 inches. 3. 2-inch thickness for pipe sizes over 4 inches. 4. Insulation shall be installed for personnel protection where bottom of

ALP piping system is within 7 feet of walkway floor level at the blowers. This requirement only applies to ALP within the footprint of the blower structure. Given the basis of design ALP piping configuration, no insulation should be needed. However, the



configuration may change depending on the blowers that are actually purchased, then insulation would be required.

B. Heating Hot Water Supply/Return:

1. Type P1, Fiberglass, for outdoor applications. 2. Type P3, Elastomeric, for indoor applications. 3. 1-1/2-inch thickness for pipe sizes up to 4 inches. 4. 2-inch thickness for pipe sizes over 4 inches.

C. Refrigeration Suction:

1. Type P1, Fiberglass, for outdoor applications. 2. Type P3, Elastomeric, for indoor applications. 3. 1/2-inch thickness for pipe sizes up to 1 inch. 4. 3/4-inch thickness for pipe sizes over 1 inch.

D. Refrigeration Hot Gas Reheat:

1. Type P1, Fiberglass, for outdoor applications. 2. Type P3, Elastomeric, for indoor applications. 3. 3/4-inch thickness.

E. Condensate Drain:

1. Type P1, Fiberglass, for outdoor applications. 2. Type P3, Elastomeric, for indoor applications. 3. 1/2-inch thickness for pipe sizes up to 2-5/8 inches ID. 4. 3/4-inch thickness for pipe sizes over 2-5/8 inches ID.

F. Domestic Hot Water (DHW):

1. Type P3, elastomeric, for indoor applications. 2. 1-inch thickness for sizes less than 1-1/2 inches ID. 3. 1-1/2-inch thickness for sizes 1-1/2 inches ID and greater.

G. Potable Water (W1):

1. Type P3, elastomeric, for indoor applications. 2. 1-inch thickness for all pipe sizes.

H. Non-Potable (W2) and Service Water Piping (W3):

1. Type P3, freeze protection of outdoor small diameter piping less than or equal to 1-inch diameter or as indicated on Drawings.

2. 1-1/2-inch thick insulation.



I. Pipe Hangers:

1. Type P1, Fiberglass: UL-rated, preformed rigid pipe insulation inserts of thickness equal to adjoining insulation, 10 inches in length, with factory-applied, vinyl-coated and embossed vapor barrier jacket with self-sealing lap.

2. Type P3, Elastomeric: Rigid insulation section with 9-inch-long, 16-gauge galvanized steel saddle.

3.06 DUCTWORK INSULATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Mechanically Cooled and Heated Supply and Return Air; (Concealed):

1. Type D1, Blanket. 2. 2-inch thickness.

B. Mechanically Cooled and Heated Supply and Return Air, and Outside Air (Exposed to View):

1. Type D2, Board. 2. 1-1/2-inch thickness.

C. Mechanically Cooled and Heated Supply and Return Air; (Within 30 Feet of Air Handling Unit, Evaporative Cooling Unit, Rooftop Air-Conditioning Unit, or Makeup Air Unit):

1. Type D3, Liner. 2. 1-1/2-inch thickness.

D. Mechanically Cooled and Heated Supply and Return Air, and Outside Air (run in attic with ceiling insulation): Increase specified insulation thickness by 1/2 inch.

E. Mechanically Cooled and Heated Supply Air, Return Air, and Outside Air (outdoors):

1. Type D3, Liner. 2. 2-inch thickness.

F. Outside Air Intake:

1. Type D1, Blanket. 2. 1-1/2-inch thickness.



G. Mechanically Cooled and Heated Supply Air (within 10 feet of fan-powered terminal unit discharge):


H. Unheated Supply Air:

1. Type D3, Liner. 2. 1-inch thickness.

I. Sheetmetal Plenums:


J. Transfer Air:

1. Type D3, Liner. 2. 1/2-inch thickness.

K. Air Distribution Devices: Refer to Section 23 37 00, Air Outlets and Inlets, for requirements.

3.07 INSULATION FINISH REQUIREMENTS

A. Piping, Duct, and Equipment Insulation (Concealed Areas): Factory Finish.

B. Piping Insulation (Exposed to View, Indoors): Type F1, Aluminum

C. Ductwork Insulation (Exposed to View, Indoors): Factory Finish.

D. Piping Insulation (Outdoors): Type F1, Aluminum.

E. Ductwork Insulation (Outdoors): Factory Finish.

F. Apply coating of insulating cement where needed to obtain smooth and continuous appearance.


A. Test factory-applied materials assembled. Field-applied materials may be tested individually.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 PROCESS PIPING MARCH 2012 LEAKAGE TESTING ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL 40 80 01 - 1

SECTION 40 80 01 PROCESS PIPING LEAKAGE TESTING

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 33 05 01.09, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and

Fittings.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. Chlorine Institute (2001 L Street N.W., Washington D.C. 28036): Pamphlet 6, Piping Systems for Dry Chlorine.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals:

1. Testing Plan: Submit prior to testing and include at least the information that follows. a. Testing dates. b. Piping systems and section(s) to be tested. c. Test type. d. Method of isolation. e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s)

to be tested. 2. Certifications of Calibration: Testing equipment. 3. Certified Test Report.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Notify CH2M HILL in writing 5 days in advance of testing. Perform testing in presence of CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

B. Piping systems may or may not be required to be tested in segments or following completion of an entire system depending on method of


PROCESS PIPING PW/WBG/425034 LEAKAGE TESTING MARCH 2012 40 80 01 - 2 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

construction, valve testing and other constraints. The Subcontractor is required to maintain a complete test plan that correlates testing schedules with construction completion in specific areas or by process and maps piping systems with corresponding test reports and test results. Complete test reports must be verified by CH2M HILL’s Engineer prior to startup of any piping systems. Valve testing may be performed in conjunction with this Section.

C. Pressure Piping:

1. Install temporary thrust blocking or other restraint as necessary to protect adjacent piping or equipment and make taps in piping prior to testing.

2. Wait 5 days minimum after concrete thrust blocking is installed to perform pressure tests. If high-early strength cement is used for thrust blocking, wait may be reduced to 2 days.

3. Prior to test, remove or suitably isolate appurtenant instruments or devices that could be damaged by pressure testing.

4. New Piping Connected to Existing Piping: a. Isolate new piping with grooved-end pipe caps, spectacle blinds,

blind flanges, or as acceptable to CH2M HILL’s Engineer. b. Test joint between new piping and existing piping by methods that

do not place entire existing system under test load, as approved by CH2M HILL.

5. Items that do not require testing include: Piping between wetwells and wetwell isolation valves, equipment seal drains, tank overflows to atmospheric vented drains, and tank atmospheric vents.

6. Test Pressure: As indicated on Piping Schedule as shown on the Drawings.

D. Test section may be filled with water and allowed to stand under low pressure prior to testing.

E. Gravity Piping:

1. Perform testing after service connections, manholes, and backfilling have been completed between stations to be tested.

2. Determine groundwater level at time of testing by exploratory holes or other method acceptable to CH2M HILL.

3. Pipe 42 Inches Diameter and Larger: Joint testing device may be used to isolate and test individual joints.



3.02 HYDROSTATIC TEST FOR PRESSURE PIPING

A. For High-Density Polyethylene pipe testing refer to Article HDPE Piping Hydrostatic Test.

B. For AWWA C900 PVC piping, refer to Section 33 05 01.09, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

C. Fluid: Clean water of such quality to prevent corrosion of materials in piping system.

D. Exposed Piping:

1. Perform testing on installed piping prior to application of insulation. 2. Maximum Filling Velocity: 0.25 foot per second, applied over full area

of pipe. 3. Vent piping during filling. Open vents at high points of piping system of

loosen flanges, using at least four bolts, or use equipment vents to purge air pockets.

4. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 60 minutes, minimum, and for such additional time as necessary to conduct examinations for leakage.

5. Examine joints and connections for leakage. 6. Correct visible leakage and retest as specified. 7. Empty water from pipe prior to final cleaning or disinfection.

E. Buried Piping:

1. For unrestrained piping systems, test after backfilling has been completed.

2. For restrained piping systems, test after backfilling along straight sections of pipe and prior to backfilling at joints.

3. Expel air from piping system during filling. 4. Apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic force pump.

Valve off piping system when test pressure is reached. 5. Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 2 hours minimum,

reopening isolation valve only as necessary to restore test pressure. 6. Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water necessary to

maintain specified test pressure for duration of test.



7. Maximum Allowable Leakage:

200,133)D(PS

= L2/1

where:

L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour. S = Length of pipe tested, in feet. D = Nominal diameter of pipe, in inches. P = Test pressure during leakage test, in pounds per square inch.

8. Correct leakage greater than allowable, and retest as specified.

3.03 PNEUMATIC TEST FOR PRESSURE PIPING

A. General:

1. Use of this testing method must be approved by CH2M HILL prior to performance.

2. Do not perform on PVC, CPVC, HDPE, or buried piping, except for the following cases: a. Low-pressure air leak testing at the weld joints of welded steel

pipe, including buried installations. b. Low-pressure air leak testing for HOBAS piping in accordance

with approved manufacturer’s test procedures and installation instructions.

c. Test each segment of PVC gravity sewer pipe in accordance with ASTM F1417, Standard Test Method for Installation of Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air.

B. Procedure:

1. Testing shall be done using oil-free, dry air. 2. Apply preliminary pneumatic test pressure of 25 psig maximum to

piping system prior to final leak testing, to locate visible leaks. Apply soap bubble mixture to joints and connections; examine for leakage.

3. Correct visible leaks and repeat preliminary test until visible leaks are corrected.

4. Gradually increase pressure in system to half of specified test pressure. Thereafter, increase pressure in steps of approximately one-tenth of specified test pressure until required test pressure is reached.



5. Maintain pneumatic test pressure continuously for minimum of 10 minutes and for such additional time as necessary to conduct soap bubble examination for leakage.

6. Correct visible leakage and retest as specified.

C. Allowable Leakage: Piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing, shall show no visual evidence of leakage.

D. After testing and final cleaning, purge with nitrogen those lines that will carry flammable gases to assure no explosive mixtures will be present in system during filling process.

3.04 HYDROSTATIC TEST FOR GRAVITY PIPING

A. Testing Equipment Accuracy: Plus or minus 1/2 gallon water leakage under specified conditions.

B. Maximum Allowable Leakage: 0.16 gallon per hour per inch diameter per 100 feet. Include service connection footage in test section, subjected to minimum head specified.

C. Gravity Sanitary and Roof Drain Piping: Test shall be in accordance with current adopted International Plumbing Code. Test with 10 feet of water to include highest horizontal vent in filled piping. Where vertical drain and vent systems exceed 10 feet in height, test systems in 10-foot vertical sections as piping is installed.

D. Exfiltration Test:

1. Hydrostatic Head: a. At least 6 feet above maximum estimated groundwater level in

section being tested. b. No less than 6 feet above inside top of highest section of pipe in

test section, including service connections. 2. Length of Pipe Tested: Limit length such that pressure on invert of

lower end of section does not exceed 30 feet of water column.

E. Infiltration Test:

1. Groundwater Level: At least 6 feet above inside top of highest section of pipe in test section, including service connections.

F. Piping with groundwater infiltration rate greater than allowable leakage rate for exfiltration will be considered defective even if pipe previously passed a pressure test.



G. Defective Piping Sections: Replace or test and seal individual joints, and retest as specified.

3.05 HDPE PIPING HYDROSTATIC TEST

A. Procedure:

1. Test pressure shall be as indicated in the Piping Schedule. 2. Maximum filling velocity shall not exceed 0.25 foot per second,

calculated based on full area of the pipe. 3. Expel air from pipe system during filling. 4. Test procedure consists of two steps: initial expansion phase and test

phase. During initial expansion phase, apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic force pump. Valve off piping system when test pressure is reached. Add make-up water at hourly intervals for 3 hours to maintain test pressure. Continue initial expansion phase for 4 hours and then begin test phase. Test phase shall continue for 1 hour.

5. At conclusion of test phase, determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water necessary to return system to test pressure.

6. If test is not completed due to leakage, equipment failure, or other reasons, depressurize test section and allow it to relax for at least 8 hours before retesting.

7. If measured leakage exceeds allowable leakage or if leaks are visible, repair defective pipe section and repeat hydrostatic test.

B. Allowable Leakage:

1. Maximum allowable make-up water at conclusion of test phase shall not exceed recommended amounts stated in the following table.

2. Table is based on test pressure equal to 1.5 times pressure class of pipe. If lower pressure is used for test, allowances shall be reduced by ratio of test pressure to pressure class of pipe.

Make-Up Water Allowance for Test Phase (U.S. Gallons per 100 feet of Pipe)

Nominal Pipe Size(inches)

1-Hour Test(gallons)


3-Hour Test (gallons)

3 0.10 0.15 0.25 4 0.13 0.25 0.40 6 0.30 0.60 0.90 8 0.50 1.0 1.5 10 0.75 1.3 2.1 12 1.1 2.3 3.4 14 1.4 2.8 4.2



Make-Up Water Allowance for Test Phase (U.S. Gallons per 100 feet of Pipe)

Nominal Pipe Size(inches)




16 1.7 3.3 5.0 18 2.2 4.3 6.5 20 2.8 5.5 8.0 24 4.5 8.9 13.3 28 5.5 11.1 16.8 32 7.0 14.3 21.5 36 9.0 18.0 27.0 40 11.0 22.0 33.0 42 12.0 22.5 35.0 48 15.0 27.0 43.0 54 18.0 30.0 50.0 63 27.0 54.0 81.0


A. Test Report Documentation:

1. Test date. 2. Description and identification of piping tested. 3. Test fluid. 4. Test pressure. 5. Remarks, including:

a. Leaks (type, location). b. Repair/replacement performed to remedy excessive leakage.

6. Signed by the Subcontractor and CH2M HILL’s Engineer to validate that test has been satisfactorily completed.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS MARCH 2012 40 91 00 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 91 00 INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION

A. This Section gives the requirements for furnishing instrumentation components.




1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: In accordance with Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures.

B. Action Submittals:

1. Purchase Quotation: Proposed listing of instruments, components, and accessories to be provided. Include applicable tag numbers and component codes assigned in the Instrument Data Sheets in Article Supplements at the end of this Section.

2. Order Confirmation Summary: Final listing of instruments, components, and accessories to be provided.

3. Data Sheets: a. Neat and legible markups of data sheets provided in this Section. b. Markup the data sheets to include complete product information

and corrections to reflect all items in the purchase quotation.

C. Informational Submittals:

1. Provide Manufacturer’s O&M: In accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation, Maintenance, and Asset Data. a. Content for Each O&M Manual:

1) Table of Contents. 2) Operations procedures. 3) Installation requirements and procedures. 4) Maintenance requirements and procedures. 5) Troubleshooting procedures. 6) Calibration procedures.


INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS PW/WBG/425034 40 91 00 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

7) Internal schematic and wiring diagrams. 8) Component factory calibration sheets.

2. List of spares, expendables, test equipment and tools provided. 3. List of additional recommended spares, expendables, test equipment,

and tools. Include quantities, unit prices, and total costs. 4. Provide Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation.


A. In accordance with Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.

B. Packaged at the factory prior to shipment to protect each item from damage during shipment and storage. Containers protected against impact, abrasion, corrosion, discoloration and/or other damages. Clearly label contents of each container and provide information on the required storage conditions necessary for the equipment.

C. Notify Engineer of the storage requirements and recommendations for the equipment prior to shipment.

D. Prior to shipment, include corrosive inhibitive vapor capsules in shipping containers, and related equipment as recommended by capsule manufacturer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide components that are listed in the Instrument List in Article Supplements at the end of this Section. Specific component requirements are defined in the Instrument Data Sheets in Article Supplements at the end of this Section.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation: Provide for each component listed in the component data sheets.

B. Specialty Equipment: For certain components identified in the Instrument List or Instrument Data Sheets, provide services of qualified manufacturer’s representative during installation, startup, demonstration testing, and training.


PW/WBG/425034 INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS MARCH 2012 40 91 00 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

3.02 SUPPLEMENTS


1. Instrument List. 2. Instrument Data Sheets.

END OF SECTION

Loop ID Accessory 1 Tag

Accessory 2 Tag

Component Code

PID No. Design Detail Panel Tag Manufacturer Model

1014100 AY10_14100 A10 09-I-0101 4091-151. 4091-388 MSA A-ULTIMA X-

XPE03U2S2021011T

9110100 AY91_10100 A10 09-I-0128 4091-151. 4091-382 MSA A-ULTIMA X-

XPE03U2S2021011T7020700 AE70_20700 A16 09-I-0118 4091-144 Hach 29781009122001 A19 09-I-0121 ACP91_22000 Sycamore CEM52 (Port 1, new)

4012501 AE40_12501 A20 09-I-0105 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4012502 AE40_12502 A20 09-I-0105 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4030501 AE40_30501 A20 09-I-0108 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4030502 AE40_30502 A20 09-I-0108 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4030503 AE40_30503 A20 09-I-0108 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4030601 AE40_30601 A20 09-I-0108 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4030602 AE40_30602 A20 09-I-0108 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

4030603 AE40_30603 A20 09-I-0108 4091-160, 4091-383 HACH 5790000

9123001 A30 09-I-0121 App-Tek OdaLog OL509123002 A30 09-I-0121 App-Tek OdaLog OL50

1010101 FE10_10101 F04 09-I-0101 4091-219, 4091-385 Endress + Hauser 50W4F-ULGA1RC1BAAA

1010102 FE10_10102 F04 09-I-0101 4091-219, 4091-385 Endress + Hauser 50W2F-ULGA1RC1BAAA

4041000 FE40 41000 F04 09-I-0113 4091-219, Endress + Hauser 50P80-ELGA1RC1BAAAFIT40 41000 WAS Flow FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER,

FIT10_10101 Influent RS Flowmeter 1 FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

FIT10_10102 Influent RS Flowmeter 2 FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

AIR91_23001 H2S Portable Hydrogen Sulfide Monitor/Logger 1 HYDROGEN SULFIDE MONITOR, PORTABLEAIR91_23002 H2S Portable Hydrogen Sulfide Monitor/Logger 2 HYDROGEN SULFIDE MONITOR, PORTABLE

AIT40_30602 DO Aeration Basin 2 Zone 2 DO DISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER



AIT40_30601 DO Aeration Basin 1 Zone 2 DODISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER


AIT40_30502 DO Aeration Basin 2 Zone 1 DODISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER

AIT40_12501 DO Stabilization Basin 1 DO DISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER

AIT40_12502 DO Stabilization Basin 2 DODISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER

AIT70_20700 TURB UV Channel 2 Turbidity TURBIDITY ELEMENT AND ANALYZERAET91_22001 H2S Odor Control Low Range H2S HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS MONITORING AND

AET10_14100 LEL Headworks LELCOMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITOR AND SAMPLING SYSTEM

AET91_10100 LEL Sludge Storage Odorous Air LEL COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITOR AND SAMPLING SYSTEM

Instrument List - Summary

Tag Function Loop Title Instrument Name

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS

4041000 FE40_41000 F04 09-I-0113 4091-382 Endress + Hauser 50P80-ELGA1RC1BAAA

5000302 FE50_00302 F04 09-I-0113 4091-219, 4091-388 Endress + Hauser 50P1F-ELGA1RC1BAAA

5000304 FE50_00304 F04 09-I-0113 4091-219, 4091-388 Endress + Hauser 50P1F-ELGA1RC1BAAA

7020500 FE70_20500 F04 09-I-0118 4091-219, 4091-383 Endress + Hauser 50W6H-ULGA1RK5BAAA

9611000 F04 09-I-0123 4091-219 Endress + Hauser 50W1F-ULGA1RA1BAAA

7021600 F16 09-I-0118 ABB 10A4557SXBNCFBX

4012001 FE40_12001 FY40_12001 F51 09-I-0105 4091-210, 4091-383 FCI ST98-23NN022CCBF






4030102 FE40_30102 FY40_30102 F51 09-I-0108 4091-210, 4091-383 FCI ST98-23NN012CCBFFIT40_30102 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 2 Air Flow

FLOW ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, THERMAL MASS FLOW

FIT40_30003 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 1 Air FlowFLOW ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, THERMAL MASS FLOW




FIT40_12001 Stabilization Basin 1 Air FlowFLOW ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, THERMAL MASS FLOW

FIT40_12002 Stabilization Basin 2 Air FlowFLOW ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, THERMAL MASS FLOW

FET96_11000 Plant Drain Flow FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

FI70_21600 UV Channel 2 Turbidity Sample Flow FLOW ELEMENT, ROTAMETER

FIT50_00304 RAS Pump 4 Flow FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

FIT70_20500 UV Channel 2 Flow FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

FIT40_41000 WAS FlowELECTROMAGNETIC

FIT50_00302 RAS Pump 2 Flow FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

PW/WBG/425034 JANUARY 2014 ©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL 1 of 3

INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS

40 91 00 SUPPLEMENT


Accessory 2 Tag

Component Code






1010600 L08 09-I-0101 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO1010600 L08 09-I-0101 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO1012100 L08 09-I-0101 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO5311000 L08 09-I-0115 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO5311000 L08 09-I-0115 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO5511201 L08 09-I-0116 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO5511202 L08 09-I-0116 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO7840200 L08 09-I-0132 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO7840200 L08 09-I-0132 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO8210201 L08 09-I-0125 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO8210202 L08 09-I-0125 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO8220201 L08 09-I-0128 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO8220202 L08 09-I-0128 4091-275G Anchor Scientific P30NO1012100 L29 09-I-0101 4091-258 Endress + Hauser FMR230-S4VAVJAA4A1012200 L29 09-I-0101 4091-258 Endress + Hauser FMR230-S4VAVJAA4A5311000 L29 09-I-0115 4091-259 Endress + Hauser FMR230-A4VAVJAA4A

4012701 L41 09-I-0105 4091-264 Endress + Hauser FMX21-FE221GGE21APRPSZ1



7010500 L41 09-I-0118 4091-263 Endress + Hauser FMX21-AA211DGE21APRPSZ1

1013400 L50 09-I-0101 4091-266 Endress + Hauser FTL51-RAE2CB4E5ALSH10_13400 Screenings Sluice Trough Level LEVEL SWITCH, TUNING FORKHS80 00201 OOR B l W h W P 1 SELECTOR SWITCH

LET50_20200 Secondary Scum Pit Level LEVEL TRANSMITTER, SUBMERSIBLE

LET70_10500 UV Channel 1 Level LEVEL TRANSMITTER, SUBMERSIBLE

LET40_12701 Stabilization Basin 1 Level LEVEL TRANSMITTER, SUBMERSIBLE

LET40_12702 Stabilization Basin 2 Level LEVEL TRANSMITTER, SUBMERSIBLE

LET10_12200 Headworks Effluent Channel Level LEVEL ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, RADARLET53_11000 Secondary Effluent Wetwell Level LEVEL ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, RADAR

LSL82_20202 TWAS Storage Tank 2 Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLET10_12100 Headworks Influent Channel Level LEVEL ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, RADAR

LSL82_10202 WAS Storage Tank 2 Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLSL82_20201 TWAS Storage Tank 1 Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT

LSL78_40200 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLSL82_10201 WAS Storage Tank 1 Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT

LSH55_11202 SE Cooling Tower 2 Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLSH78_40200 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT

LSL53_11000 Secondary Effluent Wetwell Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLSH55_11201 SE Cooling Tower 1 Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT

LSH10_12100 Headworks Influent Channel Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLSH53_11000 Secondary Effluent Wetwell Level LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT

LSH10_10600 Vactor Sump Pump LEVEL SWITCH, FLOATLSL10_10600 Vactor Sump Pump LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT


8000201 M22 09-I-0126 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8000202 M22 09-I-0126 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8210001 M22 09-I-0125 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8210002 M22 09-I-0125 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8000201 M31 09-I-0126 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8000202 M31 09-I-0126 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8210001 M31 09-I-0125 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A8210002 M31 09-I-0125 LCP80_04A LCP80_04A

9110601 P03 09-I-0120 4091-307, 4091-380 Endress + Hauser PMD70-SBC7D42BAU

9110602 P03 09-I-0120 4091-307, 4091-380 Endress + Hauser PMD70-SBC7D42BAU

1010700 PE10_10700 P04 09-I-0101 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#

1030600 PE10_30600 P04 09-I-0104 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SL 04L XC4 15PSI

1030700 PE10_30700 P04 09-I-0104 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 60#5003101 PE50_03101 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003102 PE50_03102 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003103 PE50_03103 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003104 PE50_03104 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003201 PE50_03201 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003202 PE50_03202 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003203 PE50_03203 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#5003204 PE50_03204 P04 09-I-0113 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 15#

PI50_03203 RAS Pump 3 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI50_03204 RAS Pump 4 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI50_03201 RAS Pump 1 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI50_03202 RAS Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI50_03103 RAS Pump 3 Suction Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI50_03104 RAS Pump 4 Suction Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI50_03101 RAS Pump 1 Suction Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI50_03102 RAS Pump 2 Suction Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI10_30600 Grit Pump Suction Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI10_30700 Grit Pump Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PDT91_10602 Odor Control Fan 2 Differential Pressure PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMITTER, ELECTRONIC

PI10_10700 Vactor Sump Pump Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

YL82_10002 ON GBT Feed Pump 2 INDICATING LIGHT

PDT91_10601 Odor Control Fan 1 Differential Pressure PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMITTER, ELECTRONIC

YL80_00202 ON Belt Wash Water Pump 2 INDICATING LIGHTYL82_10001 ON GBT Feed Pump 1 INDICATING LIGHT

HS82_10002 OOR GBT Feed Pump 2 SELECTOR SWITCHYL80_00201 ON Belt Wash Water Pump 1 INDICATING LIGHT

HS80_00202 OOR Belt Wash Water Pump 2 SELECTOR SWITCHHS82_10001 OOR GBT Feed Pump 1 SELECTOR SWITCH

HS80_00201 OOR Belt Wash Water Pump 1 SELECTOR SWITCH



40 91 00 SUPPLEMENT


Accessory 2 Tag

Component Code





5020300 PE50_20300 P04 09-I-0114 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 60#5310101 P04 09-I-0115 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 60#5310102 P04 09-I-0115 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 60#5310103 P04 09-I-0115 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 60#5510601 P04 09-I-0116 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 30#5510602 P04 09-I-0116 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 30#7840300 PE78_40300 P04 09-I-0132 4091-303 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 30#8210101 PE82_10101 P04 09-I-0125 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 30#8210102 PE82_10102 P04 09-I-0125 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 30#8220101 PE82_20101 P04 09-I-0128 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 100#8220102 PE82_20102 P04 09-I-0128 4091-304 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 100#9112601 P04 09-I-0120 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 160#9610101 P04 09-I-0123 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 160#9610102 P04 09-I-0123 4091-302 Ashcroft 45 1259SD 04L 160#8220001 P08 09-I-0128 4091-302 Ashcroft B724B 60PSI8220002 P08 09-I-0128 4091-302 Ashcroft B724B 60PSI8220101 PE82_20101 P08 09-I-0128 4091-304 Ashcroft B724B 60PSI8220102 PE82_20102 P08 09-I-0128 4091-304 Ashcroft B724B 60PSI

4050501 P09 09-I-0110 4091-308, 4091-381 Endress + Hauser PMP71-AB31K61RHA

4050502 P09 09-I-0110 4091-308, 4091-381 Endress + Hauser PMP71-AB31K61RHA

1012100 S12 09-I-01014091-385; Omit sunshield

Precision Digital PD662-0L0-00



LI10_12100 Headworks Influent Channel Level INDICATOR, FIELD MOUNT

LI10_12200 Headworks Effluent Channel Level INDICATOR, FIELD MOUNT

PIT40_50501 Aeration Blower Header Pressure PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, ELECTRONIC

PIT40_50502 Existing Blowers Header Pressure PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, ELECTRONIC

PSH82_20101 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE SWITCH, FIXED DEAD BANDPSH82_20102 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE SWITCH, FIXED DEAD BAND

PSL82_20001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 PRESSURE SWITCH, FIXED DEAD BANDPSL82_20002 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 PRESSURE SWITCH, FIXED DEAD BAND

PI96_10101 Plant Drain Pump 1 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI96_10102 Plant Drain Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI82_20102 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI91_12601 Odor Control W3 Supply Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI82_10102 GBT Feed Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI82_20101 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI78_40300 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump Discharge PRESSURE GAUGEPI82_10101 GBT Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI55_10601 SE Cooling Tower Pump 1 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI55_10602 SE Cooling Tower Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGE

PI53_10102 Secondary Effluent Pump 2 Discharge PRESSURE GAUGEPI53_10103 Secondary Effluent Pump 3 Discharge PRESSURE GAUGE

PI50_20300 Secondary Scum Pump Discharge Pressure PRESSURE GAUGEPI53_10101 Secondary Effluent Pump 1 Discharge PRESSURE GAUGE

sunshield4012701 S12 09-I-0105 4091-383 Precision Digital PD662-0L0-004012702 S12 09-I-0105 4091-383 Precision Digital PD662-0L0-00

5020200 S12 09-I-0114 See Electrical drawing Precision Digital PD663-0L0-00



7021700 TE70_21700 T03 09-I-0118 4091-361B Endress + Hauser TH13-1A32A2AIM1BK5510101 T09 09-I-0116 4091-361B Ashcroft 600B-01-AG-XNN5510102 T09 09-I-0116 4091-361B Ashcroft 600B-01-AG-XNN5510201 T09 09-I-0116 4091-361B Ashcroft 600B-01-AG-XNN5510202 T09 09-I-0116 4091-361B Ashcroft 600B-01-AG-XNN

9510000 T21 09-I-0133 NIP95_01 NIP95_01 Moore Instruments T2X / PT10 / 4-20MA / 8-42DC

7850001 X02 09-I-0133 LCP78_500007850002 X02 09-I-0133 LCP78_500007850003 X02 09-I-0133 LCP78_500007850004 X02 09-I-0133 LCP78_500007850005 X02 09-I-0133 LCP78_500007850006 X02 09-I-0133 LCP78_50000

QT78_50005 RAIN Weather Station Rain Gauge WEATHER ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTERPT78_50006 Weather Station Atmospheric Pressure WEATHER ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER

AT78_50003 RH Weather Station Humidity WEATHER ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTERZT78_50004 WIND Weather Station Wind Direction WEATHER ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER

TT78_50001 Weather Station Temperature WEATHER ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTERST78_50002 WIND Weather Station Wind Speed WEATHER ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER

TI55_10202 SE Cooling Tower 2 Effluent Temperature THERMOMETER, ADJUSTABLE ANGLE

TIT95_10000 NIP95_01 Room Temperature TEMPERATURE ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ROOM

TI55_10102 SE Cooling Tower 2 Influent Temperature THERMOMETER, ADJUSTABLE ANGLETI55_10201 SE Cooling Tower 1 Effluent Temperature THERMOMETER, ADJUSTABLE ANGLE

TIT70_21700 Plant Effluent Temperature TEMPERATURE ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, TI55_10101 SE Cooling Tower 1 Influent Temperature THERMOMETER, ADJUSTABLE ANGLE

LI50_20200 Secondary Scum Pit Level INDICATOR, FIELD MOUNT

LI70_10500 UV Channel 1 Level INDICATOR, FIELD MOUNT

LI40_12701 Stabilization Basin 1 Level INDICATOR, FIELD MOUNTLI40_12702 Stabilization Basin 2 Level INDICATOR, FIELD MOUNT



40 91 00 SUPPLEMENT

Wilsonville WWTP Improvements

INSTRUMENT DATA SHEETS

PW/WBG/425034 JANUARY 2014 ©COPYRIGHT 2014 CH2M HILL

INSTRUMENT COMPONENTS40 91 00 SUPPLEMENT

A10COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITOR AND

SAMPLING SYSTEM



1 Tag Number P&ID AET10_14100 09-I-0101_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule6789

1011121314151617181920 Power Supply Voltage 2-Wire 24VDC internal2122232425262728 Set Point 1 Set Point 2 10 Percent FAULT29 Rising303132333435363738394041 Accuracy Repeatability 1.0 Percent LEL424344454647484950515253

Display

24VDC internal PS, low sample flow switch

Deadband

Calibrated Range

AY10_14100

Element MaterialElement Mounting

Affix stainless steel tag with Tag Number

Switch Type

OPTIONS

TaggingCalibration Kit

Sampler Model

Set Point Direction

5 AmpsContact Rating

Failure State

Relay Output - (2)

Backlit LCD

NEMA 7

40 to 175 degF

Mounting Remote

4 to 20 madc

Enclosure Rating

PURCHASE

Loop TitleArea Classification

Element Tag Number

CALIBRATION

Headworks LELClass 1 Div. 2

Ambient Humidity

Element Cable Length

Element Type

ManufacturerModel Number

Sampler Tag

Contact Arrangement SPDT

Vendor Calibration0 - 100 Percent LELFactory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

MSAA-ULTIMA X-XPE03U2S2021011T

Yes

AET10_14100

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTSA10

COMBUSTIBLE GAS ANALYZER & TRANSMITTER

Purchase Note

GENERAL

ELEMENT

TRANSMITTER

0 to 100 Percent

Duct

Infrared

Ambient Temperature Limits

SWITCH

Input Power 120VAC

HARTCommunication ProtocolOutput Signal

Voltage 120 VAC


1011121314151617181920 Power Supply Voltage 2-Wire 24VDC internal2122232425262728 Set Point 1 Set Point 2 10 Percent FAULT29 Rising303132333435363738394041 Accuracy Repeatability 1.0 Percent LEL424344454647484950515253

24VDC internal PS, low sample flow switch

Set Point Direction

Calibrated Range


Deadband

Switch Type

OPTIONS

TaggingCalibration Kit

Sampler Model

Contact Rating

Failure State

AY91_10100

5 Amps

Element MaterialElement Mounting

Relay Output - (2)

Backlit LCD

NEMA 7

40 to 175 degF

Mounting

PURCHASE


Element Tag Number

CALIBRATION

Sludge Storage Odorous Air LELClass 1 Div. 2

Ambient Humidity

Element Cable Length

Element Type


Sampler Tag

Contact Arrangement SPDT

Vendor Calibration0 - 100 Percent LELFactory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

MSAA-ULTIMA X-XPE03U2S2021011T

Yes

Remote

AET91_10100


COMBUSTIBLE GAS ANALYZER & TRANSMITTER

Purchase Note

SWITCH

GENERAL

ELEMENT

TRANSMITTER

0 to 100 Percent

Duct

Infrared


4 to 20 madc

Enclosure Rating

Input Power 120VAC

HARTCommunication ProtocolOutput Signal

Voltage 120 VAC

Display

A16TURBIDITY ANALYZER AND

TRANSMITTER



1 Tag Number P&ID AIT70_20700 09-I-0118_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789

1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.012 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure141516171819202122232425262728293031 Voltage Contact Rating323334353637 Power Supply Voltage 120V3839404142 Accuracy Repeatability 5.0 Pct of Span 3.0 Pct of Span4344454647484950515253

Communication Protocol

Field calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

Mounting Kit

4-20 mAHART

AIT70_20700Transmitter Tag

Enclosure NEMA Rating

Accessories

Communication Protocol0-100 NTU

Output Signal

Mounting

Calibrated Range

AE70_20700

Cable Length 10 meters

Range 0.001 to 100 NTU

SWITCH

Hach

AIT70_20700


TURBIDITY ANALYZER AND TRANSMITTER

1720ESC200

Affix stainless steel tag with Tag NumberNo

ManufacturerElement Model Number

PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification

Fluid

Part NumberPurchase Note

Transmitter Model Number

Switch Type

2978100

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

UV Channel 2 Turbidity

None

Plant Effluent

CALIBRATION

Process Temperature Limits

Element Type

Process Connection

Vendor Calibration

-4 degF to 140 degF32 degF to 104 degF

TRANSMITTER

Set PointSet Point DirectionDeadbandFailure StateContact Arrangement

ELEMENT

PressureTemperature

Body Material


Element Tag

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

Mounting

A19HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS

ANALYZER AND TRANSMITTER




1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity12 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure141516171819202122232425 Transmitter 1 Tag Transmitter 2 Tag AET91_22001 AET91_2200226272829 Power Supply Voltage 4 - Wire 120 VAC303132333435363738 Accuracy Response Time 5.0 Percent 30 Seconds3940414243444546474849 Model Number1 Model Number 2 CEM52 (Port 1, new) CEM51 (Port 2, existing)50515253

Enclosure NEMA Rating Existing

Vendor Calibration

Communication ProtocolOutput Signal

System Enclosure Tag

Purchase Notes:

Manufacturer

Calibrated Range - Port 1

Sycamore

ACP99_22000

4 to 20 madc


0-20 ppm (existing)

AET91_22001


HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS ANALYZER AND TRANSMITTER

for existing equipment.

Sensor Type

PURCHASE

Process ConnectionSample Units

OPTIONS


CALIBRATIONCalibrated Range - Port 3

Tagging

Field calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

0-2 ppm

unit inspection, calibration, & filter replacementProvide Mftr's Representative Services incl.

None

Foul Air

Area Classification

Fluid

-10 degreesF to 105 degreesF

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

Loop Title

SENSOR

Sample Ports

Odor Control Low Range H2S

TRANSMITTER

MountingEnclosure Size

Sensor Tag

PressureTemperature


Two (Existing)Sample Flow Rate

1 new, 1 existing

Existing

0.15 to 0.3 Liters/Minute

Existing

A20OXYGEN ANALYZER AND

TRANSMITTER - LDO





Immersion

Stabilization Basin 1 DO

Luminescent Technology1-7/8 inch NPT

AE40_12501

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

Mounting316 Stainless Steel

Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material


Sensor TagSensor TypeProcess Connection

Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

SENSOR

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH

Switch TypeSet Point

Output Signal

PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification

FluidPressureTemperature

Contact Arrangement

Vendor Calibration

Set Point Direction

Tagging

Process Temperature LimitsAmbient Temperature Limits

OPTIONSNo

ManufacturerSensor Model Number

HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Return Activated Sludge

Mounting

0 - 8 mg/lField calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

LDO (5790000)

Mounting Kit Immersion (see 4091-160)Air Blast Cleaning System No

Sun Shield

AIT40_12501


OXYGEN ANALYZER AND TRANSMITTER - LDO


LXV404.99.00102Transmitter Model Number5796000 extension cable, 8813400 adaptor fitting

Range


AIT40_12501

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART



Immersion

Stabilization Basin 2 DO


AE40_12502

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material



Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

SENSOR

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement

Vendor Calibration

Set Point Direction

Tagging


OPTIONSNo


HACH

Class 1 Division 2


Mounting


LDO (5790000)


Sun Shield

AIT40_12502




LXV404.99.00102Transmitter Model Number8813400 adaptor fitting

Range


AIT40_12502

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART



Immersion

Aeration Basin 1 Zone 1 DO


AE40_30501

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material



Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

SENSOR

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement

Vendor Calibration

Set Point Direction

Tagging


OPTIONSNo


HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Mixed Liquor

Mounting


LDO (5790000)


Sun Shield

AIT40_30501





Range


AIT40_30501

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART



Immersion



AE40_30502

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material



Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

SENSOR

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement

Vendor Calibration

Set Point Direction

Tagging


OPTIONSNo


HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Mixed Liquor

Mounting


LDO (5790000)


Sun Shield

AIT40_30502





Range


AIT40_30502

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART



AIT40_30503

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART



Range


AIT40_30503




LDO (5790000)


Sun ShieldOPTIONS

No


HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Mixed Liquor

Mounting

Set Point Direction

Tagging


PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement

Vendor Calibration

Failure State

TRANSMITTER

SENSOR

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material



Transmitter Tag


AE40_30503

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Immersion





AIT40_30601

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART


LXV404.99.00102

AIT40_30601



Transmitter Model Number5796100 Extension cable, 8813400 adaptor fitting

Range



LDO (5790000)


Sun ShieldOPTIONS

No


HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Mixed Liquor

Mounting

Set Point Direction

Tagging


PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement

Vendor CalibrationCALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

Process Connection

Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material


Sensor TagSensor Type

SENSOR

AE40_30601

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Immersion





AIT40_30602

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART


LXV404.99.00102

AIT40_30602



Transmitter Model Number5796100 Extension cable, 8813400 adaptor fitting

Range



LDO (5790000)


Sun ShieldOPTIONS

No


HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Mixed Liquor

Mounting

Set Point Direction

Tagging


PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement


Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

Process Connection

Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material



SENSOR

AE40_30602

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Immersion





Immersion



AE40_30603

32 degF to 122 degF

10 meters

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS


Deadband

Cable Length

Body Material



Transmitter Tag


Failure State

TRANSMITTER

SENSOR

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range

SWITCH


Output Signal

PURCHASE

Loop Title

Area Classification


Contact Arrangement

Vendor Calibration

Set Point Direction

Tagging


OPTIONSNo


HACH

Class 1 Division 2

Mixed Liquor

Mounting


LDO (5790000)

Mounting Kit Immersion (4091-160)Air Blast Cleaning System No

Sun Shield

AIT40_30603




LXV404.99.00102Transmitter Model Number5796100 Extension cable, 8813400 adaptor fitting

Range


AIT40_30603

HART

Purchase Note

0 - 20 mg/lHART

A30HYDROGEN SULFIDE LOGGER,

PORTABLE



1 Tag Number P&ID AIR91_23001 09-I-0121_42503423456789

101112131415161718192021 CPU: Pump:22 2x 3AA Lithium cell 1x C Alkaline23 2 months 7 days242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

IP54

0 degC to 40 degC, 6 degC/hr max

10 min to 1 hr

15% to 90% non-condensing

Instrument Title

Environmental Protection

Relative Humidity Range

Service

10%

0-2 ppm

SENSOR

Sensor Type

Portable Hydrogen Sulfide Monitor/Logger 1

Foul Air

Purchase Notes:

Temperature Range

PURCHASE

Pressure RangeLogging Interval

CALIBRATION

Battery Type

AIR91_23001


HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS ANALYZER, PORTABLE

App-Tek

Yes

Atmospheric +/- 10%

Yes

Yes

Carrying CaseCalibration Kit

Environmental Shelter

Odalog OL50ManufacturerModel

Low-Range Maintenance Kit

Provide calibration certificateAccuracy

OPTIONS Spare Lithium BatteryYesYes

GENERAL

Battery Life


Vendor Calibration

1 Tag Number P&ID AIR91_23002 09-I-0121_42503423456789

101112131415161718192021 CPU: Pump:22 2x 3AA Lithium cell 1x C Alkaline23 2 months 7 days242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

IP54

0 degC to 40 degC, 6 degC/hr max

10 min to 1 hr

15% to 90% non-condensing

Instrument Title

Environmental Protection

Relative Humidity Range

Service

10%

0-2 ppm

SENSOR

Sensor Type

Portable Hydrogen Sulfide Monitor/Logger 2

Foul Air

Purchase Notes:

Temperature Range

PURCHASE

Pressure RangeLogging Interval

CALIBRATION

Battery Type

AIR91_23002


HYDROGEN SULFIDE GAS ANALYZER, PORTABLE

App-Tek

Yes

Atmospheric +/- 10%

Yes

Yes

Carrying CaseCalibration Kit

Environmental Shelter

Odalog OL50ManufacturerModel

Low-Range Maintenance Kit

Provide calibration certificateAccuracy

OPTIONS Spare Lithium BatteryYesYes

GENERAL

Battery Life


Vendor Calibration

F04FLOW ELEMENT AND

TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC



1 Tag Number P&ID FIT10_10101 09-I-0101_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule 18"789

10 Min Flow Max Flow 350 gpm 13900 gpm111213 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.014 Conductivity Density15 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure1617181920212223242526272829 Grounding Type Material Grounding Ring303132333435 Power Supply Voltage 4 - Wire 120 VAC3637383940414243 Accuracy Repeatability 0.5 Pct of Span4445464748495051 Grounding Rings Model Number5253

Element Mounting Bracket

FIT10_10101

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTSF04

FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, ELECTROMAGNETIC

Endress + Hauser50W4F-ULGA1RC1BAAA

DK5GD-4FAUL

Element Size 18"

32 degF to 180 degF

Low Flow CutoffAmbient Temperature Limits



Calibrated Range

Purchase Note

Vendor CalibrationTagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-14000 gpmHART

Factory calibrate - Provide calibration certificateAffix stainless steel tag with Tag Number

MountingEnclosure NEMA Rating

Output SignalCommunication Protocol

Remote - WallNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madc

PolyurethaneBullet Nose

316SS

NEMA 4X

Electrode MaterialRangeElement Cable Length

Enclosure NEMA RatingMinimum Measurable Velocity

Ambient

Vacuum Possibility No

Electrode Type

FE10_10101

18" Class 1500.5 inch NPT

Stainless Steel

5 psig

Influent RS Flowmeter 1None

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

Nominal PressureNominal Temperature

TRANSMITTER

Process ConnectionElectrical ConnectionTube MaterialLiner Material

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT

Raw Sewage


Fluid

Element Tag




FIT10_10102



Endress + Hauser50W2F-ULGA1RC1BAAA

DK5GD-2FAUL

Element Size 10"

32 degF to 180 degF




Calibrated Range

Purchase Note


-5 degF to 140 degF

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-4500 gpmHART





4 to 20 madc


316SS

NEMA 4X



Ambient


Electrode Type

FE10_10102


Stainless Steel

5 psig

Influent RS Flowmeter 2None

OPTIONS

PURCHASE


TRANSMITTER


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT

Raw Sewage


Fluid

Element Tag



GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT

Waste Activated Sludge


Fluid

Element Tag

OPTIONS

PURCHASE


TRANSMITTER


8.5 psig

WAS FlowNone

Ambient


Electrode Type

FE40_41000


Stainless Steel



TeflonBullet Nose

316SS

NEMA 4X



Remote - StanchionNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madc

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-250 gpmHART




Calibrated Range

Purchase Note


Endress + Hauser50P80-ELGA1RC1BAAA

DK5GD-80AEL

Element Size 3"

32 degF to 180 degF



FIT40_41000






FIT50_00302



Endress + Hauser50P1F-ELGA1RC1BAAA

DK5GD-1FAEL

Element Size 6"

32 degF to 180 degF




Calibrated Range

Purchase Note


-5 degF to 140 degF

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-1600 gpmHART





4 to 20 madc

TeflonBullet Nose

316SS

NEMA 4X



Ambient


Electrode Type

FE50_00302


Stainless Steel

8.5 psig

RAS Pump 2 FlowNone

OPTIONS

PURCHASE


TRANSMITTER


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT



Fluid

Element Tag




FIT50_00304



Endress + Hauser50P1F-ELGA1RC1BAAA

DK5GD-1FAEL

Element Size 6"

32 degF to 180 degF




Calibrated Range

Purchase Note


-5 degF to 140 degF

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-1600 gpmHART





4 to 20 madc

TeflonBullet Nose

316SS

NEMA 4X



Ambient


Electrode Type

FE50_00304


Stainless Steel

8.5 psig

RAS Pump 4 FlowNone

OPTIONS

PURCHASE


TRANSMITTER


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT



Fluid

Element Tag



GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT

Secondary/Final Effluent


Fluid

Element Tag

OPTIONS

PURCHASE


TRANSMITTER


25 psig

UV Channel 2 FlowNone

Ambient


Electrode Type

FE70_20500


Stainless Steel




316SS

50'

NEMA 6P (Submersible)



Remote - StanchionNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madc

-5 degF to 140 degF

50' cable

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-6000 gpmHART




Calibrated Range

Purchase Note


Endress + Hauser50W6H-ULGA1RK5BAAA

DK5GD-6HAUL

Element Size 24"

32 degF to 180 degF



FIT70_20500



1 Tag Number P&ID FET96_11000 09-I-0123_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule 6"789


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

METERING ELEMENT

Sump Pump Discharge


Fluid

Element Tag

OPTIONS

PURCHASE


TRANSMITTER


Plant Drain FlowNone

Ambient


Electrode Type


Stainless Steel




316SS

NEMA 4X



IntegralNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madc

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.033 Feet/Sec

0-1000 gpmHART




Calibrated Range

Purchase Note


Endress + Hauser50W1F-ULGA1RA1BAAA

DK5GD-1FAUL

Element Size 6"

32 degF to 180 degF



FET96_11000



F16ROTAMETER



1 Tag Number P&ID FI70_21600 09-I-0118_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Flow Max Flow 3 gpm 10 gpm

101112 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.013 Conductivity Density14 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344 Illuminator Voltage454647484950515253

OPTIONS

Set Point Direction

Model NumberFloat Number

SWITCH

Set Point

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

INDICATOR

DeadbandFailure State


PURCHASE


Process ConnectionProcess Connection Material

Manufacturer

Purchase Note

200 psig

Tube Size

Fluid

Outlet Connection Orientation

Pressure RatingSeal Material

Inlet Connection Orientation

Type

UV Channel 2 Turbidity Sample FlowNone

Direct Reading

Plant Effluent Sample

Range

Tube LengthTube MaterialFloat Material

1" NPT316 Stainless Steel

Buna N

1"20-inchGlass

316 Stainless Steel

Switch Type None

Bottom

0-11 gpm

Top

Voltage

Contact Rating

Shield

Contact Arrangement

ABB10A4557SXBMCFBX

1-GNSVGT-69A

FI70_21600


FLOW ELEMENT - ROTAMETER

F51FLOW ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER,

THERMAL MASS FLOW



1 Tag Number P&ID FIT40_12001 09-I-0105_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule 12" 10S789

10 Min Flow Max Flow 160 scfm 2000 scfm111213 Specific Gravity Viscosity14 Conductivity Density15 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure161718192021222324252627282930313233 Power Supply Voltage 4 - Wire 120 VAC34353637383940414243 Accuracy Repeatability 1.5 Pct of Range 0.5 Pct44454647484950515253

Meter Size

FIT40_12001


FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, THERMAL MASS FLOW

Purchase Note


VIP-AA12.39SFCI

ST98-23NN022CCAF

Flow Conditioner ModelManufacturer

Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps


Range-40 degF to 212 degF



Remote, StanchionNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madcHART

Mounting


FE40_12001

6.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel

Mounting OrientationElement Cable LengthElement Range

No

6.8 psi

Horiz, top, left to right

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag

Stabilization Basin 1 Air FlowNone

150F

Air Low Pressure


Fluid

Insertion LengthProcess ConnectionWetted Material

Flow Conditioner Tag FY40_12001

CALIBRATION

Calibrated RangeVendor Calibration

0-2200 scfmFactory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate




CALIBRATION



Air Low Pressure


Fluid


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag

Stabilization Basin 2 Air FlowNone

150F

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

No

6.8 psi

Horiz, top, right to leftMounting OrientationElement Cable LengthElement Range

Mounting


FE40_12002

6.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel




4 to 20 madcHART

Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps



Purchase Note


VIP-AA12.39SFCI

ST98-13NN022CCAF


Meter Size

FIT40_12002


FLOW ELEMENT & TRANSMITTER, THERMO MASS FLOW




CALIBRATION



Air Low Pressure


Fluid


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag

Aeration Basin 1 Zone 1 Air FlowNone

150F

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

No

6.8 psi

Horiz, top, left to rightMounting OrientationElement Cable LengthElement Range

Mounting


FE40_30001

4.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel




4 to 20 madcHART

Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps



Purchase Note


VIP-AA08.33SFCI

ST98-23NN012CCAF


Meter Size

FIT40_30001





Meter Size

FIT40_30002



Purchase Note


VIP-AA08.33SFCI

ST98-13NN012CCAF


Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps






4 to 20 madcHART

Mounting


FE40_30002

4.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel


No

6.8 psi

Horiz, top, right to left

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag


150F

Air Low Pressure


Fluid



CALIBRATION





Meter Size

FIT40_30003



Purchase Note


VIP-AA08.33SFCI

ST98-23NN012CCAF


Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps






4 to 20 madcHART

Mounting


FE40_30003

4.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel


No

6.8 psi

Horiz, top, left to right

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag


150F

Air Low Pressure


Fluid



CALIBRATION






CALIBRATION



Air Low Pressure


Fluid


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag


150F

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

No

6.8 psi


Mounting


FE40_30101

4.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel




4 to 20 madcHART

Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps



Purchase Note


VIP-AA08.33SFCI

ST98-13NN012CCAF


Meter Size

FIT40_30101






CALIBRATION



Air Low Pressure


Fluid


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag


150F

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

No

6.8 psi

Horiz, top, left to rightMounting OrientationElement Cable LengthElement Range

Mounting


FE40_30102

4.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel




4 to 20 madcHART

Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps



Purchase Note


VIP-AA08.33SFCI

ST98-23NN012CCAF


Meter Size

FIT40_30102






CALIBRATION



Air Low Pressure


Fluid


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

ELEMENT

Element Tag


150F

OPTIONS

PURCHASE

PressureTemperature

TRANSMITTER

Vacuum Possibility


Model Number

No

6.8 psi


Mounting


FE40_30103

4.5"1 inch NPT

316 Stainless Steel




4 to 20 madcHART

Tagging

-5 degF to 140 degF

0.75 - 600 sfps



Purchase Note


VIP-AA08.33SFCI

ST98-13NN012CCAF


Meter Size

FIT40_30103



L08LEVEL SWITCH, FLOAT



1 Tag Number P&ID LSH10_10600 09-I-0101_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789

1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity12 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandRising

Polypropylene

No

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Wetted Materials

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS

TaggingPipe Mounting Clamp

GENERAL


Switch Type


SPDNone

Sump Pump Discharge

PURCHASE

ServiceArea Classification

FluidAtmospheric

Element TypeCable Length

Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

Manufacturer

Affix stainless steel tag with Tag NumberYesNoNo

Voltage

Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating 4.5 Amps

LSH10_10600

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTSL08

LEVEL SWITCH - FLOAT

Cable/Weight Suspension KitInternal Weight Suspension Kit

Model Number

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Normally Open

113.5 ft. el.

Failure State

1 Tag Number P&ID LSL10_10600 09-I-0101_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789


YesNoNo

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

LSL10_10600




Model Number

Normally OpenVoltage

Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating

111.5 ft. el.

4.5 Amps

Manufacturer


Failure State

Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

SPDNone

Sump Pump Discharge

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Wetted Materials Polypropylene

No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandFalling



SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandRising

Polypropylene

No

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Wetted Materials

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


RSClass 1, Div. 2

Raw Sewage

PURCHASE


FluidAtmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

Manufacturer


Voltage

Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC


LSH10_12100




Model Number

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Normally Open

121.0 ft. el

Failure State



YesNoNo

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

LSH53_11000




Model Number


Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating

105.0 ft. el.

4.5 Amps

Manufacturer


Failure State

Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

SENone

Secondary Effluent

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandRising



YesNoNo

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

LSL53_11000




Model Number


Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating

96.0 ft. el.

4.5 Amps

Manufacturer


Failure State

Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

SENone

Secondary Effluent

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandFalling



SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Normally Open

117.0 ft. el

Failure State

LSH55_11201




Supply SS Wall Mounts for 1" PipeModel Number

Voltage

Purchase Note

Anchor ScientificP30NO

120 VAC


Manufacturer


Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

SENone

Secondary Effluent

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandRising



SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Normally Open

117.0 ft. el

Failure State

LSH55_11202




Supply SS Wall Mounts for 1" PipeModel Number

Voltage

Purchase Note

Anchor ScientificP30NO

120 VAC


Manufacturer


Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

SENone

Secondary Effluent

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandRising



YesNoNo

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

LSH78_40200




Model Number


Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating

112.5 ft. el.

4.5 Amps

Manufacturer


Failure State

Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

DC/DRClass 2, Div. 2

Dryer Condensate Drain

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandRising



YesNoNo

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

LSL78_40200




Model Number


Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating

111.0 ft. el.

4.5 Amps

Manufacturer


Failure State

Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

DC/RCYClass 2, Div. 2

Dryer Condensate Recycle

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL


Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandFalling



No

Normally Open

98.75 ft. el.*

Failure State

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

LSL82_10201




Model Number

Voltage

Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC

Contact Rating 4.5 AmpsSPST

Modify switch elevation to match pump's

Manufacturer


minimum submergence if necessary

YesNo

Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

WASNone


PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL

* Mounting Note

Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


No

SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandFalling



SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandFalling

Polypropylene

No

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Wetted Materials

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL

* Mounting Note

Switch Type


WASNone


PURCHASE


FluidAtmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature


Manufacturer



Voltage

Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC


LSL82_10202




Model Number

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Normally Open

98.75 ft. el.*

Failure State



Normally Open

101.5 ft. el.*

Failure State

YesNoNo

Voltage 120 VAC

Contact Rating

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Falling

LSL82_20201




Model NumberPurchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

4.5 AmpsSPST


No

Manufacturer



Atmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature

TWASClass 1, Div. 2

Thickened Waste Activated Sludge

PURCHASE


Fluid

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


Polypropylene

GENERAL

* Mounting Note

Switch Type


PROCESS CONDITIONS

SWITCH

Deadband

Contact Arrangement

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Wetted Materials

Set Point



SWITCH

Set Point

Contact Arrangement

DeadbandFalling

Polypropylene

No

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Wetted Materials

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS


GENERAL

* Mounting Note

Switch Type


TWASClass 1, Div. 2


PURCHASE


FluidAtmospheric


Float30 Feet

PressureTemperature


Manufacturer



Voltage

Purchase Note

SiemensW2T277360

120 VAC


LSL82_20202




Model Number

SPST

Set Point Direction


Relay Output

Normally Open

101.5 ft. el.*

Failure State

L29LEVEL ELEMENT AND

TRANSMITTER, RADAR



1 Tag Number P&ID LET10_12100 09-I-0101_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789

1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.012 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure14151617181920212223 Ambient Temperature Limits242526272829 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC303132333435363738 Accuracy Repeatability 0.1 Pct of Range394041424344454647484950515253

PURCHASE 543199-0001

Model Number

LET10_12100


LEVEL TRANSMITTER - RADAR

Endress + HauserFMR230-S4VAVJAA4A

FAR10-6D

Affix stainless steel tag with Tag NumberYes

Sun ShieldPurchase Note

Antenna Extension

Range

Manufacturer

115.0 ft. el.No

-40 degF to 390 degF

IntegralNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madcHART


Output Signal

Element TypeElement Length

6-inch Flush Face



Mounting

Headworks Influent Channel LevelClass 1 Div. 2

Raw SewageAtmospheric

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


FluidPressure

Measurable Limits

Extension LengthWetted MaterialsProcess Connection

Calibrated Range

Temperature


Zero ReferenceVendor Calibration

PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

16"316 Stainless Steel

Beam Angle

0-6 ft.

6 inch - Class 150 ANSI Flange65 Feet

23 Degrees




Model Number

LET10_12200



Endress + HauserFMR230-S4VAVJAA4A

FAR10-6D



Antenna Extension

Range

Manufacturer

115.0 ft. el.No


IntegralNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madcHART


Output Signal


6-inch Flush Face



Mounting

Headworks Effluent Channel Level Class 1 Div. 2

Screened Raw SewageAtmospheric

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


FluidPressure

Measurable Limits


Calibrated Range

Temperature



PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


Beam Angle

0-4 ft.


23 Degrees




Model Number

LET53_11000



Endress + HauserFMR230-A4VAVJAA4A

FAR10-6D



Antenna Extension

Range

Manufacturer

94.0 ft. el.No


IntegralNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madcHART


Output Signal


6-inch Flush Face



Mounting

Secondary Effluent Wetwell LevelNone

Secondary EffluentAtmospheric

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


FluidPressure

Measurable Limits


Calibrated Range

Temperature



PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT


Beam Angle

0-12 ft.


23 Degrees

L41LEVEL ELEMENT AND

TRANSMITTER, SUBMERSIBLE




1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.012 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure14151617181920212223242526272829 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC303132333435363738 Accuracy Repeatability 0.2 Pct of Range394041424344454647484950515253

1.66 inches

Measurable Limits

0-18 ft.

Terminal Box

9 psi/20 ft H2O

60 Feet

Mounting

Vendor Calibration

4 to 20 madcHARTCommunication Protocol

Calibrated Range

14 degF to 158 degF

PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Pressure

Seal MaterialElement Outer Diameter

Temperature


Output Signal

Element TypeElement Material

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


Fluid

Stabilization Basin 1 LevelClass 1, Div. 2

Return Activated SludgeAtmospheric


YesSuspension Clamp

YesNo

Manufacturer

No

Extension Cable Mounting Assembly

Purchase Note

Endress + HauserFMX21-FE221GGE21APRPSZ1

PURCHASE

Model Number

LET40_12701


LEVEL TRANSMITTER - SUBMERSIBLE

Ceramic DiaphragmAISI 316L Stainless Steel

Viton

Extension Cable

Integral

Process Connection




Viton

Extension Cable

Integral

Process Connection

PURCHASE

Model Number

LET40_12702



Purchase Note


Manufacturer

No



YesSuspension Clamp

YesNo

Stabilization Basin 2 LevelClass 1, Div. 2

Return Activated SludgeAtmospheric

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


Fluid

Temperature


Output Signal


14 degF to 158 degF

PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Pressure


Vendor Calibration


Calibrated Range

1.66 inches

Measurable Limits

0-18 ft.

Terminal Box

9 psi/20 ft H2O

60 Feet

Mounting



1.66 inches

Measurable Limits

0-10 ft.

Terminal Box

9 psi/20 ft H2O

60 Feet

Mounting

Vendor Calibration


Calibrated Range

14 degF to 158 degF

PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Pressure


Temperature


Output Signal


OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


Fluid

Secondary Scum Pit LevelClass 1, Div. 2

Secondary ScumAtmospheric


YesSuspension Clamp

YesNo

Manufacturer

No


Purchase Note


PURCHASE

Model Number

LET50_20200




Viton

Extension Cable

Integral

Process Connection




Viton

Extension Cable

Integral

Process Connection

PURCHASE

Model Number

LET70_10500



Purchase Note

Endress + HauserFMX21-AA211DGE21APRPSZ1

Manufacturer

No



YesSuspension Clamp

YesNo

UV Channel 1 LevelNone

Plant EffluentAtmospheric

OPTIONS

TaggingSun Shield

GENERAL


Fluid

Temperature


Output Signal


14 degF to 158 degF

PROCESS CONDITIONS

TRANSMITTER

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT

Pressure


Vendor Calibration


Calibrated Range

0.9 inches

Measurable Limits

0-4.5 ft.

Terminal Box

3 psi/6 ft H2O

60 Feet

Mounting

L50LEVEL SWITCH, TUNING FORK




1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity12 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure1415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536 Power Supply Voltage3738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.04 inches 0.004 inches454647484950515253

SWITCH

TRANSMITTER

Mounting


Set Point

Contact Arrangement

Deadband

2 inch - Class 150 ANSI Flange316SS

No

-50 degF to 160 degF-50 degF to 300 degF

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

ELEMENT NEMA 4XEnclosure NEMA Rating

Process ConnectionWetted Materials

Vendor Calibration

OPTIONS

Tagging

GENERAL


Switch Type


Screenings Sluice Trough LevelClass 1, Div. 2

Screenings

PURCHASE


FluidAtmospheric

Element TypeInsertion Length

Tuning Fork8"

PressureTemperature


Purchase Note

Relay Output124.75 ft. el.

DPDT5 Amps


Endress + HauserFTL51-RAE2CB1E5A


LSH10_13400


LEVEL SWITCH - TUNING FORK

Voltage 120 VAC

Contact Rating

Rising

Failure State

Set Point Direction

P03PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL

TRANSMITTER



1 Tag Number P&ID PDT91_10601 09-I-0120_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule67 Min Pressure Max Pressure -5 in. H20 20 in. H2089 Specific Gravity Viscosity

10 Conductivity Density11 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.075 Pct of Span454647484950515253

AISI 316L


AISI 316L0.5 inch NPT

71037617

PDT91_10601

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTSP03

PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMITTER

5 valve SS Manifolds mounted


Vendor CalibrationZero Elevated or SuppressedZero Reference

Range

Purchase Note

Tagging


Mounting Bracket 2 inch pipe

Factory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

Endress + HauserPMD70-SBC7D42BAU


IntegralNEMA 6P

4 to 20 madcHART

TRANSMITTER


Output Signal

Mounting


TypeWetted O-Ring Material

Capillary MaterialCalillary Length

Calibrated Range

Odor Control Fan 1 Differential PressureNon-hazardous

Foul Air

PURCHASE


Fluid

Temperature

Process ConnectionELEMENT

CALIBRATION

Fill FluidSeal Material


Ceramic Diaphragm

Ambient Temperature LimitsMeasurable Limits

Body RatingInstrument Body MaterialWetted Materials

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

-10 to 25 in H20

Yes

OPTIONS

Multi-Valve Manifold

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Fill Fluid

Process ConnectionHousing Material

1 Tag Number P&ID PDT91_10602 09-I-0120_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule67 Min Pressure Max Pressure -5 in. H20 20 in. H2089 Specific Gravity Viscosity

10 Conductivity Density11 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.075 Pct of Span454647484950515253

Fill Fluid

Process ConnectionHousing Material

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

-10 to 25 in H20

Yes

OPTIONS

Multi-Valve Manifold

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL



Ceramic Diaphragm

Ambient Temperature LimitsMeasurable Limits

Body RatingInstrument Body MaterialWetted MaterialsProcess ConnectionELEMENT

CALIBRATION

Fill FluidSeal Material

Calibrated Range

Odor Control Fan 2 Differential PressureNon-hazardous

Foul Air

PURCHASE


Fluid

Temperature

TRANSMITTER


Output Signal

Mounting



Capillary MaterialCalillary Length

PMD70-SBC7D42BAU


IntegralNEMA 6P

4 to 20 madcHART

Mounting Bracket 2 inch pipe


Endress + Hauser



Range

Purchase Note

Tagging


71037617

PDT91_10602


PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMITTER

5 valve SS Manifolds mounted

AISI 316L


AISI 316L0.5 inch NPT

P04PRESSURE GAUGE



1 Tag Number P&ID PI10_10700 09-I-0101_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 8.5 psig

1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.012 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.5 Pct of Range454647484950515253

PI10_10700


PRESSURE GAUGE

PURCHASEModel NumberPurchase Note

Ashcroft45 1259SD 04L 15#

ORCS2I1100-04010-15 psig

Manufacturer

Vendor Calibration Factory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate


Yes

Socket MaterialTube Materials Stainless Steel

Diaphragm / Sleeve Material

White

Buna-N316SSBody Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Vactor Sump Pump Discharge Pressure

Sump Pump Discharge

Ambient

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Acrylic

Dial ColorProcess ConnectionMounting

Bourdon TubeType0-15 psig

Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Annular seal

Seal Tag NumberDIAPHRAGM

SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

OPW Engineered Systems

Fill Fluid

PE10_10700

Flushing ConnectionPropylene Glycol

Capillary Length

1 Tag Number P&ID PI10_30700 09-I-0104_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 25 psig



Fill Fluid

PE10_30700


Capillary Length

Annular seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

Grit Pump Discharge Pressure

Grit

Ambient

White

Buna-N316AABody Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



ORCS2I1100-04010-60 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI10_30700


PRESSURE GAUGE

PURCHASEModel Number



Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03101

Flushing ConnectionGlycerine

Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

RAS Pump 1 Suction Pressure


Ambient

White

316SS316SSBody Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03101


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03102


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification



Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03102


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03103


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification



Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03103


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03104


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification



Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03104


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03201


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

RAS Pump 1 Discharge Pressure


Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03201


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03202


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification



Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03202


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03203


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification



Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03203


PRESSURE GAUGE




Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_03204


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification



Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-15 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI50_03204


PRESSURE GAUGE




PI50_20300


PRESSURE GAUGE



50-101SS-04T-CG0-60 psig

Manufacturer



Yes



1/2" FNPT

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Secondary Scum Pump Discharge Pressure

Secondary Scum

Ambient

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE50_20300


Capillary Length



Fill FluidFlushing Connection

Capillary Length

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

Secondary Effluent Pump 1 Discharge Pressure

Secondary Effluent

Ambient

White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange



0-60 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI53_10101


PRESSURE GAUGE





Capillary Length

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification


Secondary Effluent

Ambient

White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange



0-60 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI53_10102


PRESSURE GAUGE





Capillary Length

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification


Secondary Effluent

Ambient

White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange



0-60 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI53_10103


PRESSURE GAUGE




PI55_10601


PRESSURE GAUGE



0-30 psig

Manufacturer





White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

SE Cooling Tower Pump 1 Discharge Pressure

Secondary Effluent

Ambient

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back


Capillary Length



PI55_10602


PRESSURE GAUGE



0-30 psig

Manufacturer





White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

SE Cooling Tower Pump 2 Discharge Pressure

Secondary Effluent

Ambient

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back


Capillary Length



Ashcroft

Fill Fluid

PE78_40300


Capillary Length

Diaphragm seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

Dryer Condensate Sump Pump Discharge Pressure

Dryer Condensate

Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



1/2" FNPT

50-101SS-04T-CG0-30 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI78_40300


PRESSURE GAUGE





Fill Fluid

PE82_10101


Capillary Length

Annular seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

GBT Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure


Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



ORCS2I1100-06010-30 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI82_10101


PRESSURE GAUGE





Fill Fluid

PE82_10102


Capillary Length

Annular seal


SEAL -

ANNULAR SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

GBT Feed Pump 2 Discharge Pressure


Ambient

White


Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Yes



ORCS2I1100-06010-30 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI82_10102


PRESSURE GAUGE


1 Tag Number P&ID PI82_20101 09-I-0128_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule 3 inch789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 40 psig1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.012 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.5 Pct of Range454647484950515253

PROCESS CONDITIONS

Fluid Thickened Waste Activated Sludge

Temperature Ambient

GENERAL

Loop Title Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure

Area Classification

0.5 inch MNPTMounting Lower StemMovement Dampening GlycerineCase Material PhenolicINDICATOR

Type Bourdon TubeRange 0-100 psigDial Size 4.5 inchesDial Color WhiteProcess Connection

Buna-NSeal Tag Number

Tube Materials Stainless SteelSocket Material Stainless Steel

Window Material Acrylic

Blowout Protection Case Back

Manufacturer OPW Engineered Systems Model Number RCS2I0000-0301

PE82_20101-

ANNULAR SEAL

Capillary MaterialCapillary LengthFill Fluid Propylene GlycolFlushing Connection Yes

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

Type Annular sealProcess ConnectionBody Material 316SSDiaphragm / Sleeve Material

OPTIONSTagging Affix stainless steel tag with Tag Number

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range 0-100 psigVendor Calibration Factory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

P04WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS

PRESSURE GAUGEUpdated 7/10/2012

PI82_20101

PURCHASE

Manufacturer AshcroftModel Number 45 1259SL 04L XC4 100PSI/B724S XFS06C4Purchase Note

1 Tag Number P&ID PI82_20102 09-I-0128_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule 3 inch789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 40 psig1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity 1.012 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.5 Pct of Range454647484950515253

PROCESS CONDITIONS

Fluid Thickened Waste Activated Sludge

Temperature Ambient

GENERAL

Loop Title Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Discharge Pressure

Area Classification

0.5 inch MNPTMounting Lower StemMovement Dampening GlycerineCase Material PhenolicINDICATOR

Type Bourdon TubeRange 0-100 psigDial Size 4.5 inchesDial Color WhiteProcess Connection

Buna-NSeal Tag Number

Tube Materials Stainless SteelSocket Material Stainless Steel

Window Material Acrylic

Blowout Protection Case Back

Manufacturer OPW Engineered Systems Model Number RCS2I0000-0301

PE82_20102-

ANNULAR SEAL

Capillary MaterialCapillary LengthFill Fluid Propylene GlycolFlushing Connection Yes

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

Type Annular sealProcess ConnectionBody Material 316SSDiaphragm / Sleeve Material

OPTIONSTagging Affix stainless steel tag with Tag Number

CALIBRATION

Calibrated Range 0-100 psigVendor Calibration Factory calibrate - Provide calibration certificate

P04WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS

PRESSURE GAUGEUpdated 7/10/2012

PI82_20102

PURCHASE

Manufacturer AshcroftModel Number 45 1259SL 04L XC4 100PSI/B724S XFS06C4Purchase Note



PI91_12601


PRESSURE GAUGE



0-160 psig

Manufacturer





White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange

Odor Control W3 Supply Pressure

Plant Water

Ambient

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back


Capillary Length




Capillary Length

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

Plant Drain Pump 1 Discharge Pressure

Sump Pump Discharge

Ambient

White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange



0-160 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI96_10101


PRESSURE GAUGE





Capillary Length

None

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

- ANNULAR

SEAL


Case Back

Stainless Steel

Type

Blowout Protection

Process Connection

Capillary Material

Acrylic



Lower Stem

4.5 inches

Case Material

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

Window Material

INDICATOR

0.5 inch MNPT

GlycerinePhenolic

Movement Dampening

Calibrated Range

OPTIONSTagging

GENERAL

Loop Title

Area Classification

Plant Drain Pump 2 Discharge Pressure

Sump Pump Discharge

Ambient

White

Body Material

Fluid

Temperature

Dial SizeRange



0-160 psig

Manufacturer



Purchase Note


PI96_10102


PRESSURE GAUGE


P08PRESSURE SWITCH



1 Tag Number P&ID PSL82_20001 09-I-0128_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 120 psig

1011 Specific Gravity Viscosity12 Conductivity Density13 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure1415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445 Accuracy Repeatability 1.0 Pct of Range4647484950515253

PSL82_20001


PRESSURE SWITCH

B724B 60PSIPURCHASE

ManufacturerModel NumberPurchase Note

OPTIONS

Capillary Material

Body Material

Ashcroft

120 VAC

Process Connection


Manufacturer

Centrifuge Feed Pump 1

None

Plant Water

None

Epoxy-Coated Aluminum0.5-inch NPT

TypeBody Rating

Wetted Materials

Loop Title

Area Classification

Fluid

Temperature

Body MaterialProcess Connection

Tagging

Type


Capillary Length

Model NumberSwitch Type

Contact Arrangement

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

- ANNULAR SEAL

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

SENSOR

SWITCH



PistonNEMA 4X

316 Stainless Steel


DeadbandFailure StateVoltage

Vendor Calibration

Set PointSet Point Direction

Snap-Action

SPDT15 Amps

50 psigFalling

Contact Rating

1 Tag Number P&ID PSL82_20002 09-I-0128_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 120 psig


PSL82_20002


PRESSURE SWITCH

B724B 60PSIPURCHASE


OPTIONS

Capillary Material

Body Material

Ashcroft

120 VAC

Process Connection


Manufacturer

Centrifuge Feed Pump 2

None

Plant Water

None


TypeBody Rating

Wetted Materials

Loop Title

Area Classification

Fluid

Temperature


Tagging

Type


Capillary Length


Contact Arrangement

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

- ANNULAR SEAL

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

SENSOR

SWITCH



PistonNEMA 4X

316 Stainless Steel



Vendor Calibration


Snap-Action

SPDT15 Amps

50 psigFalling

Contact Rating

1 Tag Number P&ID PSH82_20101 09-I-0128_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 40 psig


PSH82_20101


PRESSURE SWITCH

B724B 60PSIPURCHASE


OPTIONS

Capillary Material

Body Material

OPW

Ashcroft

Yes

120 VAC

(see PI82_20101)

Process Connection

Diaphragm / Sleeve MaterialSeal Tag Number

Manufacturer

Buna-NPE82_20201

316SS

Propylene Glycol

Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure

None


Annular Seal


TypeBody Rating

Wetted Materials

Loop Title

Area Classification

Fluid

Temperature


Tagging

Type


Capillary Length


Contact Arrangement

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

- ANNULAR SEAL

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

SENSOR

SWITCH



PistonNEMA 4X

316 Stainless Steel



Vendor Calibration


Snap-Action

SPDT15 Amps

60 psigRising

Contact Rating

1 Tag Number P&ID PSH82_20102 09-I-0128_4250342345 Line Number Equipment Number6 Line Size Line Schedule789 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 40 psig


PSH82_20102


PRESSURE SWITCH

B724B 60PSIPURCHASE


OPTIONS

Capillary Material

Body Material

OPW

Ashcroft

Yes

120 VAC

(see PI82_20102)

Process Connection

Diaphragm / Sleeve MaterialSeal Tag Number

Manufacturer

Buna-NPE82_20201

316SS

Propylene Glycol

Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Discharge Pressure

None


Annular Seal


TypeBody Rating

Wetted Materials

Loop Title

Area Classification

Fluid

Temperature


Tagging

Type


Capillary Length


Contact Arrangement

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

CALIBRATION

- ANNULAR SEAL

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

SENSOR

SWITCH



PistonNEMA 4X

316 Stainless Steel



Vendor Calibration


Snap-Action

SPDT15 Amps

60 psigRising

Contact Rating

P09PRESSURE TRANSMITTER,

ELECTRONIC



1 Tag Number P&ID PIT40_50501 09-I-0110_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule67 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 15 psig89 Specific Gravity Viscosity

10 Conductivity Density11 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.075 Pct of Span454647484950515253

Process ConnectionNone

Capillary Length

Endress + HauserPMP71-AB31K61RHA

AISI 316L


AISI 316L

Mounting Bracket

ManufacturerModel NumberMulti-Valve Manifold Model NumberPURCHASE

PIT40_50501


PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

Purchase Note

Wall



Range



IntegralNEMA 6P

4 to 20 madcHART

Wetted MaterialsProcess ConnectionMeasurable Limits

Mounting



0.5 inch FNPT

Manufacturer

Aeration Blower Header PressureNone

Air Low Pressure

Metallic Welded Diaphragm


Fluid

Temperature

Body RatingInstrument Body Material



TRANSMITTER

ELEMENT

CALIBRATION

Body MaterialDIAPHRAGM

SEAL-

ANNULAR SEAL


Calibrated Range


Diaphragm / Sleeve MaterialCapillary Material

Output Signal

Model Number

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

0-18 psig

Yes (2-valve)

OPTIONS

Multi-Valve ManifoldTagging

1 Tag Number P&ID PIT40_50502 09-I-0110_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule67 Min Pressure Max Pressure 0 psig 15 psig89 Specific Gravity Viscosity

10 Conductivity Density11 Vapor Pressure Critical Pressure121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC363738394041424344 Accuracy Repeatability 0.075 Pct of Span454647484950515253

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

0-18 psig

Yes (2-valve)

OPTIONS

Multi-Valve ManifoldTagging

Calibrated Range


Diaphragm / Sleeve MaterialCapillary Material

Output Signal

Model Number

TRANSMITTER

ELEMENT

CALIBRATION

Body MaterialDIAPHRAGM

SEAL-

ANNULAR SEAL



Fluid

Temperature

Body RatingInstrument Body Material



Existing Blowers Header PressureNone

Air Low Pressure

Metallic Welded Diaphragm

Wetted MaterialsProcess ConnectionMeasurable Limits

Mounting



0.5 inch FNPT

Manufacturer


IntegralNEMA 6P

4 to 20 madcHART

Purchase Note

Wall



Range


ManufacturerModel NumberMulti-Valve Manifold Model NumberPURCHASE

PIT40_50502


PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

Endress + HauserPMP71-AB31K61RHA

AISI 316L


AISI 316L

Mounting Bracket

Process ConnectionNone

Capillary Length

S12LOOP-POWERED INDICATOR



1 Tag Number P&ID LI10_12100 09-I-0101_425034234567

23242526272829 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire, Loop-Powered 24 VDC303132333435363738 Accuracy Repeatability 0.2 Pct of Range394041424344454647484950515253

0.4 mA

Enclosure Material

3.5 digits, variable decimal point

NEMA 4X

Surface (Handrail)

4 to 20 madc

PURCHASE No

Model Number

LI10_12100

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTSS12

INDICATOR - FIELD MOUNT

Precision DigitalPD662-0L0-00

No


BacklightPurchase Note

Mounting Kit

Display

Manufacturer

No

Output SignalAmbient Temperature Limits

Headworks Influent Channel LevelNone

GENERAL


Mounting

Minimum Span

Calibrated Range

Enclosure Rating

Vendor Calibration

INDICATOR

CALIBRATION

OPTIONS

Tagging

0-6 ft.

Impact-Resistant Plastic


ENCLOSURE



0.4 mA

Enclosure Material


NEMA 4X

Surface (Handrail)

4 to 20 madc

PURCHASE No

Model Number

LI10_12200




No



Mounting Kit

Display

Manufacturer

No


Headworks Effluent Channel Level None

GENERAL


Mounting

Minimum Span

Calibrated Range

Enclosure Rating

Vendor Calibration

INDICATOR

CALIBRATION

OPTIONS

Tagging

0-4 ft.



ENCLOSURE



ENCLOSURE

0-18 ft.



Vendor Calibration

INDICATOR

CALIBRATION

OPTIONS

Tagging

Calibrated Range

Enclosure Rating

GENERAL


Mounting

Minimum Span

Stabilization Basin 1 LevelNone


Mounting Kit

Display

Manufacturer

No



No


PURCHASE No

Model Number

LI40_12701



0.4 mA

Enclosure Material


NEMA 4X

Surface (Stanchion)

4 to 20 madc



0.4 mA

Enclosure Material


NEMA 4X

Surface (Stanchion)

4 to 20 madc

PURCHASE No

Model Number

LI40_12702




No



Mounting Kit

Display

Manufacturer

No


Stabilization Basin 2 LevelNone

GENERAL


Mounting

Minimum Span

Calibrated Range

Enclosure Rating

Vendor Calibration

INDICATOR

CALIBRATION

OPTIONS

Tagging

0-18 ft.



ENCLOSURE



ENCLOSURE

0-10 ft.



Vendor Calibration

INDICATOR

CALIBRATION

OPTIONS

Tagging

Calibrated Range

Enclosure Rating

GENERAL


Mounting

Minimum Span

Secondary Scum Pit LevelClass 1 Div. 2


Mounting Kit

Display

Manufacturer

No



No


PURCHASE No

Model Number

LI50_20200



0.4 mA

Enclosure Material


Class 1 Div. 2

Surface (Short Wall)

4 to 20 madc



0.4 mA

Enclosure Material


NEMA 4X

Surface (Stanchion)

4 to 20 madc

PURCHASE No

Model Number

LI70_10500




No



Mounting Kit

Display

Manufacturer

No


UV Channel 1 LevelNone

GENERAL


Mounting

Minimum Span

Calibrated Range

Enclosure Rating

Vendor Calibration

INDICATOR

CALIBRATION

OPTIONS

Tagging

0-4.5 ft.



ENCLOSURE

T03TEMPERATURE ELEMENT AND

TRANSMITTER, RESISTANCE



1 Tag Number P&ID TIT70_21700 09-I-0118_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule 2.5"6789 Min Temperature Max Temperature 32 deg. F 80 deg. F

10 Specific Gravity Viscosity11 Conductivity Density12 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure1314151617181920 Spring Loaded Yes2122 Manufacturer Model Number232425262728293031323334 Power Supply Voltage 2 - Wire 24 VDC353637383940 Ambient Temperature Limits414243444546 Accuracy Repeatability 0.4 degF47484950515253

Model Number

IntegralNEMA 4X

4 to 20 madc

2.5"

1 inch NPT

None


TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER - RTD


Endress + HauserManufacturer

Purchase Note


HART

TIT70_21700


30-100 degF

PURCHASE

Display

SteppedMaterialBore Diameter

Digital

TRANSMITTER Range

Mounting

Process Connection

T03


Output Signal

TH13-1A32A2AIM1BK

Head Type

316 Stainless SteelConstruction Type

Vendor Calibration

Total Length

Insertion Length - "U"


FluidNominal Pressure

Failsafe Mode

Element TypeElement MaterialElement Length

THERMOWELL

CALIBRATION

Process Connection


Insulation LengthLag Extension Length - "T"

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

5 psig

Plant Effluent Temperature

Element Tag

ELEMENT

Single - Three Wire


Platinum - 100 ohms

TE70_21700

None

Plant Effluent Sample

OPTIONS Tagging

Calibrated Range

T09THERMOMETER, ADJUSTABLE ANGLE



1 Tag Number P&ID TI55_10101 09-I-0116_425034234 Line Number Equipment Number5 Line Size Line Schedule 10"6789 Min Temperature Max Temperature 32 deg F 80 deg F

10 Specific Gravity Viscosity11 Conductivity Density12 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure13141516171819202122 Manufacturer Model Number232425262728293031323334 Power Supply Voltage353637383940 Ambient Temperature Limits414243444546 Accuracy Repeatability +/- 1.0% of span47484950515253

7.5"

1 inch NPT

None

THERMOMETER, ADJUSTABLE ANGLE


AshcroftManufacturer

Purchase Note


TI55_10101

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTST09

OPTIONS


30 - 100 deg F

Tagging

CALIBRATION

MaterialBore Diameter

TRANSMITTER

N/A

Output Signal

600B-01-AG-XNNPURCHASE

Display

Model Number

Vendor Calibration

Process Connection

Total Length



Range

Mounting

Stepped

Failsafe Mode

Element Length

Range

4.5 inchesDial Size

316 stainless steelConstruction Type

match thermowell


THERMOWELL



Process Connection

Insulation Length

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

10 psig

SE Cooling Tower 1 Influent Temperature

316 SS

Element Tag

ELEMENT

Bimetal

Unclassified

Secondary Effluent

Calibrated Range


Lag Extension Length - "T"



Unclassified

Secondary Effluent

Calibrated Range



GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

10 psig

SE Cooling Tower 2 Influent Temperature

316 SS

Element Tag

ELEMENT

Bimetal


THERMOWELL



Process Connection

Insulation Length

Element Length

Range

4.5 inchesDial Size


match thermowell

Process Connection

Total Length



Range

Mounting

Stepped

Output Signal


Display

Model Number


MaterialBore Diameter

TRANSMITTER

N/AEnclosure NEMA Rating

30 - 100 deg F

Tagging

Failsafe Mode

Manufacturer

Purchase Note


TI55_10102


OPTIONS

7.5"

1 inch NPT

None



Ashcroft



Unclassified

Secondary Effluent

Calibrated Range



GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

10 psig

SE Cooling Tower 1 Effluent Temperature

316 SS

Element Tag

ELEMENT

Bimetal


THERMOWELL



Process Connection

Insulation Length

Element Length

Range

4.5 inchesDial Size


match thermowell

Process Connection

Material

Total Length



Range

Mounting

Stepped

Output Signal


Display

Model Number


Bore Diameter

TRANSMITTER



30 - 100 deg F

Tagging

7.5"

1 inch NPT

None


Failsafe Mode

Manufacturer

Purchase Note


Ashcroft

TI55_10201


OPTIONS




Ashcroft

TI55_10202


OPTIONS

7.5"

1 inch NPT

None


Failsafe Mode

Manufacturer

Purchase Note


30 - 100 deg F

Tagging

Bore Diameter

TRANSMITTER


Output Signal


Display

Model Number


Total Length



Range

Mounting

Stepped

Element Length

Range

4.5 inchesDial Size


match thermowell

Process Connection

Material


THERMOWELL



Process Connection

Insulation Length

GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

10 psig

SE Cooling Tower 2 Effluent Temperature

316 SS

Element Tag

ELEMENT

Bimetal

Unclassified

Secondary Effluent

Calibrated Range



T21TEMPERATURE ELEMENT AND TRANSMITTER, WALL MOUNT



1 Tag Number P&ID TIT95_10000 09-I-0133_42503423456789 Min Temperature Max Temperature +40 degF +120 degF

10 Specific Gravity Viscosity11 Conductivity Density12 Vapor Pressure Critical Prssure131415161718192021

323334 Power Supply Voltage Loop 8-42VDC353637383940 Ambient Temperature Limits414243444546 Accuracy Repeatability 0.9 degF47484950515253

Model Number

Integral

4 to 20 madc


TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER - RTD, WALL MOUNT

Field Calibrated - Software Incl.

Moore InstrumentsManufacturer

Purchase Note


TIT95_10000




+40 to +120 degF

PURCHASE

Display None

TRANSMITTER

Mounting

Process Connection

T21


Output Signal

18 degF

T2X / PT10 / 4-20MA / 8-42DC

Vendor Calibration


Range


Minimum Span

Failsafe Mode

Element TypeElement MaterialElement LengthHead Type

CALIBRATION


GENERAL

PROCESS CONDITIONS

Ambient

NIP95_01 Room Temperature

Element Tag

ELEMENT

RTD


Platinum - 1000 ohms

None

Ambient Air

OPTIONS Tagging

Calibrated Range

X02WEATHER STATION



1 Tag No. P&ID UE78_50000 09-I-0133_42503423456789

1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

Heater Yes

RELATIVE HUMIDITY Range 0 to 100 Percent RH

RAINFALL Range 0 to 10 inches

Accuracy 5.0 Percent

BAROMETRIC PRESSURE

WIND SPEED

WIND DIRECTION Range

Accuracy

3.0 Percent

ZT78_50004

0 to 135 mph0 to 135 mph

RangeAccuracy

-60 to 140 degreesF0.5 degreesF

Output Signal 4 to 20 madc

0.015 inch Hg

AT78_50003


Power

-10 to 105 degreesF

120V AC

1.0 mph

Sensor Type Ultrasonic

17 to 33 inch Hg

4 to 20 madc

Sensor Tag

Sensor Type

Capacitive

Capacitive4 to 20 madc

ST78_50002

Sensor Tag

ImpactQT78_50005

0 to 360 degrees

GENERAL

TEMPERATURE

Output Signal

Sensor TypeOutput Signal

Output Signal

Sensor Tag

RangeRange - Peak

PURCHASE

Service

Area Classification


RangeAccuracy

Accuracy

Wilsonville WWTP Weather Station

Non-Hazardous

TT78_50001

Sensor Type

Sensor Tag

Sensor Tag

Purchase Note

Lightning Arrestor

Provide universal mast mounting hardware

0 to 8 inches/hour

Columbia Weather Systems

Range - Intensity


YesBird Spike

Orion 420

Sensor TypeOutput Signal

Ultrasonic4 to 20 madc

Yes

Accuracy

UE78_50000

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTSX02

WEATHER STATION

Mounting Kit

4 to 20 madc

Capacitive

PT78_50006

2.0 degrees

Output Signal 4 to 20 madc


PW/WBG/425034 CONTROL PANELS MARCH 2012 40 92 01 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 92 01 CONTROL PANELS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This Section gives requirements for furnishing custom fabricated control panels, and onsite modification of existing control panel, based on control panel layout and wiring diagrams provided by the Control System Integrator (CSI).



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Division 26, Electrical. 3. Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

1.03 REFERENCES


1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. ASTM International (ASTM):

a. A182/A182M, Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service.

b. A276, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. c. A312/A312M, Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and

Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. d. B32, Standard Specification for Solder Metal. e. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

3. Deutsche Industrie-Norm (DIN): VDE 0611, Specification for modular terminal blocks for connection of copper conductors up to 1,000V ac and up to 1,200V dc.

4. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): C62.41, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits.

5. The Instrument, Systems, and Automation Society (ISA): a. RP12.06.01, Recommended Practice for Wiring Methods for

Hazardous (Classified) Locations Instrumentation Part 1: Intrinsic Safety.


CONTROL PANELS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 01 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

b. S5.1, Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. c. S5.4, Instrument Loop Diagrams. d. S50.1, Compatibility of Analog Signals for Electronic Industrial

Process Instruments. e. TR20.00.01, Specification Forms for Process Measurement and

Control Instruments, Part 1: General. 6. International Conference on Energy Conversion and Application

(ICECA). 7. National Electrical Code (NEC). 8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum).

b. ICS 1, Industrial Control and Systems General Requirements. 9. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

a. 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery. b. 820, Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and

Collection Facilities. 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 508A, Standard for Safety,

Industrial Control Panels.

1.04 DEFINITIONS

A. Abbreviations:

1. CSI: Control System Integrator. 2. FDT: Factory Demonstration Test. 3. I&C: Instrumentation and Control. 4. I/O: Input and Output. 5. O&M: Operation and Maintenance. 6. P&ID: Process and Instrument Diagram. 7. PC: Personal Computer. 8. PIC: Process Instrumentation and Control. 9. PLC: Programmable Logic Controller. 10. SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. General:

1. In accordance with Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures. 2. Identify proposed items, options, installed spares, and other provisions

for future work (for example, reserved panel space; unused components, wiring, and terminals).




1. General: Manufacture of the control panels shall not commence until related submittals have been approved by CH2M HILL’s Engineer.

2. Submittal Requirements: a. Catalog Cuts and Product Information: For I&C components,

electrical devices, and mechanical devices that are not supplied by the CSI: 1) Catalog information, marked to identify proposed items and

options. 2) Descriptive literature. 3) External power and signal connections. 4) Scaled drawings showing exterior dimensions and locations

of electrical and mechanical interfaces. b. Layout Drawings:

1) The CSI will provide control panel layout drawings including the following information: a) Front, rear, and internal panel views to scale. b) Dimensional information. c) Tag number and functional name of components

mounted in and on the panel. d) Product information on panel components provided by

the CSI. e) Nameplate location and legend including text, letter

size and colors to be used. f) Location of external wiring and/or piping connections. g) Mounting and installation details. h) Calculations for heating and cooling. i) Subpanel layouts and mounting details for all items

located inside control panels. 2) Submit neat and legible mark ups of the CSI drawings with

the following information: a) Product information on all panel components not

provided by the CSI. b) Location of anchoring connections and holes.

c. Wiring and/or Piping Diagrams: 1) The CSI will provide control panel wiring and/or piping

diagrams including the following information: a) Name of panel, console or cabinet. b) Wiring sizes and types. c) Piping sizes and types. d) Terminal strip numbers. e) Color coding.



f) For components supplied by the CSI, functional name and manufacturer’s designation for components to which wiring and piping are connected.

g) Wires: Wire number and color. Cable number if part of multiconductor cable.

h) Terminals: Location (enclosure number, terminal junction box number, or MCC number), terminal strip number, and terminal block number.

i) Components: (1) Tag number, terminal numbers, and location

(“FIELD,” enclosure number, or MCC number). (2) Switching action (open or close on rising or

falling process variable), setpoint value and units, and process variable description (for example, Sump Level High).

j) I/O Points: PLC unit number, I/O tag number, I/O address, terminal numbers, and terminal strip numbers.

k) Relay Coils: (1) Tag number and its function. (2) On right side of run where coil is located,

contact location by ladder number and sheet number. Underline normally closed contacts.

l) Relay Contacts: Coil tag number, function, and coil location (ladder rung number and sheet number).

m) Communications and Networks: Network type, address or node identification, port or channel number, and type of connector.

n) Ground wires, surge protectors, and connections. o) Wire and Cable Names: Names, wire number, and

wire color for circuits entering and leaving a panel. 2) Submit neat and legible mark ups of the CSI control panel

wiring and/or piping diagrams with the following information: a) For components not supplied by the CSI, functional

name and manufacturer’s designation for components to which wiring and piping are connected.

b) Revisions needed to correct incomplete or incorrect information.

d. Bill of Materials: 1) The CSI will provide a Bill of Materials for each panel

including tag number, functional name, manufacturer’s name, model number and quantity for all components



provided by the CSI mounted in or on the panel or enclosure.

2) Submit Bill of Materials for components not provided by the CSI.

e. Submit electronic copies of drawings markups in pdf format. f. Anchorage and bracing drawings and catalog information as

required by Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.


1. Manufacturer’s O&M manuals for components, electrical devices, and mechanical devices that are not provided by the CSI: a. In accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation, Maintenance,

and Asset Data. b. Content for Each O&M Manual:

1) Table of Contents. 2) Operations procedures. 3) Installation requirements and procedures. 4) Maintenance requirements and procedures. 5) Troubleshooting procedures. 6) Calibration procedures. 7) Internal schematic and wiring diagrams.

2. Testing Related Submittals: a. Factory Demonstration Test:

1) Proposed test procedures, forms, and checklists. 2) Test Documentation: Copy of signed off test results.

3. Record Drawings and Documentation: a. Submit final markups of the CSI panel drawings, wiring diagrams,

and documentation to reflect any updates made to the panels during fabrication and testing.

b. Provide electronic copies of the markups in Adobe Acrobat pdf format.

4. Anchorage and bracing calculations as required by Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.


A. General: The Supplier shall supply its company’s Quality Assurance Plan. The plans shall include but not necessarily be limited to method of testing, raw material criteria, methods of documentation, station control, “Burn-In,” final tests and serialization coding and packaging.



B. Qualifications:

1. Financially sound with minimum of 5 years’ experience in designing and manufacturing similar control panels as required for this Project.

2. Have a UL approved panel shop. 3. Have a record of prompt shipments in accordance with contract

obligations required for previous projects.




C. Notify the CSI of the storage requirements and recommendations for the equipment prior to shipment.


1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Prerequisite Activities and Lead Times: Do not start following key Project activities until prerequisite activities and lead times listed below have been completed and satisfied:

1. Test Prerequisite: Associated test procedures Submittals completed. 2. Factory Demonstration Test Prerequisite:

a. Approval of Control Panel submittals. b. Test procedures submittals completed.

3. Control Panels Shipment to Site: a. Prerequisites:

1) Approval of Shop Drawings. 2) Factory Demonstration Test (FDT) completed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide control panels listed in the Control Panel Schedule in Article Supplements at end of this Section, and in accordance with the control panel layout drawings and wiring diagrams provided by the CSI.



B. Like Equipment Items: Use products of one manufacturer and of the same series or family of models to achieve standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer’s services.

2.02 CONTROL PANEL COMPONENTS

A. Provide all components and hardware not provided by the CSI necessary to make each control panel fully operational and in conformance with requirements specified in this Section.

2.03 EXISTING PANEL MODIFICATIONS

A. Gravity Belt Thickener Panel LCP80-04:

1. Remove the following front panel mounted items and install cover plates to cover and seal the holes: a. Touchscreen Operator Interface Unit. b. Biosolids Pump START/STOP switches and SPEED CONTROL

potentiometer. c. Washwater Pumps 1 and 2 PLC/OFF/BYPASS switches. d. WAS Pumps 1 and 2 START/STOP switches.

2. Replace existing PLC with new PLC provided by the CSI. 3. Rewire new PLC in accordance with wiring diagrams provided by the

CSI.

2.04 SERVICE CONDITIONS

A. Service Conditions for Panels: As noted in Control Panel Schedule located in Article Supplements at end of this Section. Design panels for continuous operation in these environments:

1. Freestanding Panel and Consoles: a. Inside: NEMA 12. b. Outside: NEMA 4X. c. Inside, Hazardous: NEMA 7. d. Outside, Hazardous: NEMA 7.

2. Smaller Panels and Assemblies (that are not freestanding): a. Inside, Air Conditioned: NEMA 12. b. All Other Locations: NEMA 4X. c. Inside, Hazardous: NEMA 7. d. Outside, Hazardous: NEMA 7.



2.05 NAMEPLATES AND TAGS

A. Panel Nameplates: For identification of panels and components mounted thereon.

1. Nameplate Size and Material: 3/32-inch thick laminated phenolic type with black matte finish surface and white letter engraving.

2. Panel Identification Nameplates: 1/2-inch high letter engravings. 3. Panel Mounted Component (e.g., Control Devices, Indicating Lights,

Selector Switches, etc.) Identification Nameplates: 1/4-inch high letter engravings.

4. Attached to the panel face with two stainless steel self-tapping screws. 5. Nameplate Engravings: Include the instrument or equipment tag number

and descriptive title as shown and specified.

B. Internally Mounted Instruments Tags:

1. Tag Numbers: As listed in the Contract Documents. 2. Identifying Tag Number: Permanently etched or embossed onto a

stainless steel tag which shall be fastened to the device housing with stainless steel rivets or self tapping screws of appropriate size.

3. Where neither of the above fastenings can be accomplished, tags shall be permanently attached to the device by a circlet of 1/16-inch diameter stainless steel wire rope.

4. Identification Tag: Installed so that the numbers are easily visible to service personnel.

5. Front of Panel Mounted Instruments: Tag attached to rear of device.

C. Tagging of the following items shall be accomplished with the use of adhesive plastic Brady USA, Inc. labels, or equal.

1. Tag all electrical devices (e.g., relays, timers, power supplies) mounted within control panels and enclosures.

2. Tag all pneumatic lines. 3. Numerically tag all terminal blocks. 4. Numerically tag wiring at each end.

D. Legend Plates for Panel Mounted Pushbuttons, Lights, and Switches.

1. Inscription: a. Refer to table under Paragraph Standard Pushbutton Colors and

Inscriptions. b. Refer to table under Paragraph Standard Light Colors and

Inscriptions. c. Refer to P&IDs and panel Drawings.



2. Materials: Stainless steel, keyed legend plates. Secured to panel by mounting nut for pushbutton, light, or switch.

3. Letters: Black on gray or white background.

E. Service Legends: Component identification nameplate located on face of component.

1. Inscription: As shown on panel drawing. 2. Materials: Adhesive-backed, laminated plastic. 3. Letters: 3/16-inch-high, white on black background, unless otherwise

noted.

F. Nametags: Component identification for field devices.

1. Inscription: Component tag number. 2. Materials: 16-gauge, Type 304 stainless steel. 3. Letters: 3/16-inch-high, imposed. 4. Mounting: Affix to component with 16-gauge or 18-gauge stainless

steel wire rope or stainless steel screws.

2.06 MECHANICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

A. Flow Element, Rotameter, Purge:

1. For air or water service, unless otherwise noted. 2. Materials: Glass tube, fiberglass body, stainless steel float, nylon ball

check valve. 3. Direct-Reading Scale Length: 2-1/2 inches, minimum. 4. Scale Ranges: 0 to 2.5 scfh for air service or 0 to 10 gph for water

service. 5. Integral inlet needle valves. 6. Integral Differential Pressure Regulators:

a. For water service. b. For air service for level ranges greater than 10 feet of water.

7. Rotameters for water service. 8. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Fischer & Porter; Series 10A3130. b. Brooks; Series DS-1350.

B. Manifold, Two-Valve Block and Bleed:

1. Type: For isolation, calibration, and venting of pressure instruments. 2. Materials: Stainless steel.



3. Manufacturer and Product: a. Anderson Greenwood; Type M25. b. Or equal.

C. Manifold, Three-Valve Equalizing:

1. Type: For isolation and equalization of differential pressure transducers. 2. Materials: Stainless steel. 3. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Anderson, Greenwood and Co.; Type M1. b. Evans.

D. Pressure Gauge: For other than process variable measurement.

1. Dial Size: Nominal 2-inch dial size. 2. Accuracy: 2 percent of span. 3. Scale Range: Such that normal operating pressure lies between

50 percent and 80 percent of scale range. 4. Connection: 1/4-inch NPT through bottom, unless otherwise noted. 5. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Ashcroft Utility; Gauge Series 1000. b. Marsh; Standard Gauge Series. c. Ametek U.S.; Gauge Series P500. d. Acculite; Series 2000.

E. Valve, Needle:

1. Materials: Brass, stainless steel, PVC, or CPCV, as recommended by manufacturer for designated service, unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

2. Size: 0.020-inch orifice. 3. Manufacturers and Products:

a. Whitey; Model 21RF2. b. Hoke; 3700 Series.

F. ON/OFF Valves:

1. Type: Ball valve. 2. Materials: Brass, stainless steel, PVC, or CPCV, as recommended by

manufacturer for designated service, unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

3. Manufacturers and Products: a. Whitey; Series 41 through Series 43. b. Hoke; Flomite 7100 Series.



G. Test Tap:

1. Manufacturers and Products: a. Imperial-Eastman; quick-disconnect couplings No. 292-P and

caps No. 259-P. b. Crawford Fitting Co.; Swagelok quick-connects Series QC4 and

caps QC4-DC. c. Parker; CPI Series precision quick couplings.

H. Copper Tubing and Fittings:

1. Type K hard copper, ASTM B88, with commercially pure wrought copper solder joint fittings. Make joints with 95-5 wire solder, ASTM B32, Grade 95 TA. Do not use cored solder.

2. Alternatively, Type K, soft temper copper tubing, ASTM B88, with brass compression type fittings may be used where shown on Drawings.

3. Manufacturers: a. Swagelok tube fittings. b. Parker-Hannifin.

I. Plastic Tubing and Fittings:

1. Tubing: a. Polyethylene capable of withstanding 190 psig at 175 degrees F. b. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Dekoron; Type P. 2) Imperial Eastman; Poly-Flo black instrument tubing.

2. Fittings: a. Type: Brass compression. b. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Imperial Eastman; Poly-Flo tube fittings. 2) Dekoron; E-Z fittings.

J. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A312/A312M, Type 316, 0.065-inch wall, seamless, soft annealed, as shown on Drawings.

K. Stainless Steel Fittings:

1. Compression Type: a. Materials: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A182/A182M forged

bodies or ASTM A276 barstock bodies, flareless. b. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Swagelok tube fittings. 2) Parker Flodar; BA Series.



3) Parker CPI tube fittings; Parker A-LOK dual ferrule tube fittings.

2. Socket Weld Type: a. Materials: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A182/A182M forged

bodies or ASTM A276 barstock bodies, 3,000 psi maximum working pressure, safety factor 4:1.

b. Manufacturers: 1) Cajon. 2) Swagelok. 3) Parker WELDLOK.

L. Air Set: Consists of a shutoff valve, pressure regulator, discharge pressure gauge, and interconnecting tubing.

M. Tubing Raceways:

1. Cable tray systems complete with tees, elbows, reducers, and covers. 2. Size in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations for intended

service. 3. Materials: Galvanized steel or aluminum brass as recommended by

manufacturer for designated service, unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

4. Manufacturers: a. Globetray. b. Cope.

2.07 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

A. I&C and electrical components, terminals, wires, and enclosures UL recognized or UL listed.

B. Wires within Enclosures:

1. ac Circuits: a. Type: 600-volt, Type MTW stranded copper. b. Size: For current to be carried, but not less than No. 18 AWG.

2. Analog Signal Circuits: a. Type: 600-volt stranded copper, twisted shielded pairs or triad

with a 100 percent, aluminum-polyester shield, rated 60 degrees C.

b. Panels with Circuits Less Than 600 volts: Rated at 600 volts. Belden No. 18 AWG Type 9341, Triad Beldon No. 1121A.

c. Size: No. 18 AWG, minimum.



3. Other dc Circuits: a. Type: 600-volt, Type MTW stranded copper. b. Size: For current carried, but not less than No. 18 AWG.

4. Special Signal Circuits: Use manufacturer’s standard cables. 5. Wire Identification: Numbered and tagged at each termination.

a. Wire Tags: Machine printed, heat shrink. b. Manufacturers:

1) Brady Perma Sleev. 2) Tyco Electronics.

C. Terminal Blocks for Enclosures:

1. Quantity: a. Accommodate present and spare indicated needs. b. One wire per terminal for field wires entering enclosures. c. Maximum of two wires per terminal for No. 18 AWG wire for

internal enclosure wiring. d. Spare Terminals: 20 percent of connected terminals, but not less

than 5 per terminal block, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Allen-Bradley Wiring Systems I/O cabling and termination units shall

be used for Allen-Bradley I/O modules.

D. Grounding of Enclosures:

1. Furnish isolated copper grounding bus for signal and shield ground connections.

2. Ground this ground bus at a common signal ground point in accordance with National Electrical Code requirements.

3. Single Point Ground for Each Analog Loop: a. Locate signal ground at dc power supply for loop. b. Use to ground wire shields for loop. c. Group and ground wire shields in PLC control panels or PLC

remote I/O panels. 4. Ground terminal block rails to ground bus.

E. Intrinsic Safety System Installation:

1. Comply with NEC Article 504, Intrinsically Safe Systems. 2. Install intrinsically safe circuits in a separate wire way that:

a. Is separated from nonintrinsically safe circuits as specified by NEC.

b. Is colored light blue and has message “Intrinsically Safe Circuits Only” on raceway cover every 6 inches.



F. Electrical Transient Protection:

1. General: a. Function: Protect elements of PIC against damage due to

electrical transients induced in interconnecting lines by lightning and nearby electrical systems.

b. Provide and install surge suppressors at connection of ac power to control panels.

2. Surge Suppressor Types: a. General:

1) Construction: First-stage high-energy metal oxide varistor and second-stage bipolar silicon avalanche device separated by series impedance; includes grounding wire, stud, or terminal.

2) Response: 5 nanoseconds maximum. 3) Recovery: Automatic. 4) Temperature Range: Minus 20 degrees C to plus

85 degrees C. b. Suppressors on 120V ac Power Supply Connections:

1) Occurrences: Tested and rated for a minimum of 50 occurrences of IEEE C62.41 Category B test waveform.

2) First-Stage Clamping Voltage: 350 volts or less. 3) Second-Stage Clamping Voltage: 210 volts or less. 4) Continuous Operation: Power supplies for one four-wire

transmitter or receiver: 5 amps minimum at 130V ac. All other applications: 30 amps minimum at 130V ac.

c. Physical Characteristics: 1) Mounted in Enclosures: Encapsulated inflame retardant

epoxy. 2) Din rail mount. 3) For 120V ac Lines:

a) Plug: Phoenix Contact, PT 2-PE/S-120AC-ST. b) Base: Phoenix Contact, PT-BE/FM.

2.08 PANEL FABRICATION

A. General:

1. Nominal Panel Dimensions: Refer to control panel layout drawings. 2. Panel Construction and Interior Wiring: In accordance with the National

Electrical Code (NEC), state and local codes, and applicable sections of NEMA, ANSI, UL, and ICECA.

3. Fabricate panels, install instruments and wire, and plumb at panel Supplier’s facility. No fabrication other than correction of minor defects or minor transit damage permitted onsite.



4. UL Listing Mark for Enclosures: Mark stating “Listed Enclosed Industrial Control Panel” per UL 508A.

5. Electrical Work: In accordance with the applicable requirements of Division 26, Electrical.

B. Temperature Control:

1. Freestanding Panels: a. Nonventilated Panels: Size to adequately dissipate heat from

equipment mounted inside panel and on panel. b. Ventilated Panels:

1) Furnish with louvers and forced ventilation as required to prevent temperature buildup from equipment mounted inside panel and on panel.

2) For panels with backs against wall, furnish louvers on top and bottom of panel sides.

3) For panels without backs against wall, furnish louvers on top and bottom of panel back.

4) Louver Construction: Stamped sheet metal. 5) Ventilation Fans:

a) Furnish where required to provide adequate cooling. b) Create positive internal pressure within panel. c) Fan Motor Power: 120V ac, 60-Hz, thermostatically

controlled. 6) Air Filters: Washable aluminum, Hoffman Series A-FLT.

2. Smaller Panels (that are not freestanding): Size to adequately dissipate heat from equipment mounted inside panel and on panel face.

3. Space Heaters: a. Thermostatically controlled to maintain internal panel

temperatures above dewpoint. b. Refer to Control Panel Schedule in Article Supplements.

4. Enclosures installed outdoors or indoors in spaces that are not conditioned: a. For enclosures with programmable logic controllers,

microprocessors, or when noted: 1) Provide NEMA 4/4X side-mounted or top-mounted closed-

loop air conditioning unit. Size the unit to maintain temperatures inside the enclosure to no more than 45 degrees C with an ambient temperature of 50 degrees C in full sun and the equipment operating at full load.

2) Air Conditioner Power: 120 volts, provided by an external circuit, for loads not to exceed 15A. For loads greater than 15A at 120V, notify CH2M HILL and request direction.

3) See Control Panel Schedule in Article Supplements.



b. For Other Enclosures: Furnish thermostatically controlled fans with replaceable air filters to dissipate heat generated in the panel and heaters to maintain temperature above 40 degrees F. Provide thermostats to automatically control heating and cooling requirements to maintain the temperature inside the enclosure within the ratings of the components inside the enclosure.

C. Freestanding Panel Construction:

1. Materials: a. Indoor Installation: Sheet steel, unless otherwise shown on

Drawings. b. Outdoor Installations: Type 304 stainless steel with a white

powder coat finish. c. Minimum Thickness: 12-gauge, unless otherwise noted.

2. Panel Rating: a. Indoor: NEMA 12. b. Outdoor: NEMA 4X.

3. Panel Front: a. Fabricated from a single piece of sheet steel, unless otherwise

shown on Drawings. b. No seams or bolt heads visible when viewed from front. c. Panel Cutouts: Smoothly finished with rounded edges. d. Stiffeners: Steel angle or plate stiffeners or both on back of panel

face to prevent panel deflection under instrument loading or operation.

4. Internal Framework: a. Structural steel for instrument support and panel bracing. b. Permit panel lifting without racking or distortion.

5. Sub-panels for installation of relays and other internally mounted components.

6. Lifting rings to allow simple, safe rigging and lifting of panel during installation.

7. Adjacent Panels: Securely bolted together so front faces are parallel. 8. Door:

a. Full height, fully gasketed access door where shown on Drawings. b. Latch: Three-point, Southco Type 44. c. Handle: “D” ring, foldable type. d. Hinges: Full-length, continuous, piano-type, steel hinges with

stainless steel pins. e. Rear Access: Extend no further than 24 inches beyond panel when

opened to 90-degree position. f. Front and Side Access Doors: As shown on Drawings.



9. Bottom 12 Inches: Free of all devices, including terminal strips, to provide ease of installation and testing.

D. Nonfreestanding Panel Construction:

1. Provide the following unless otherwise noted in Control Panel Schedule in Article Supplements: a. Panels listed as inside, air conditioned:

1) Enclosure Type: NEMA 12. 2) Materials: Steel.

b. Other Panels: 1) Enclosure Type: NEMA 4X. 2) Materials: Type 316 stainless steel.

2. Metal Thickness: 12-gauge, minimum. 3. Doors:

a. Rubber-gasketed with continuous hinge. b. Stainless steel lockable quick-release clamps.

4. Manufacturers: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. H. F. Cox.

E. Breather and Drains: Furnish with NEMA 250, Type 4 and 4X panels:

1. Manufacturer and Product: Cooper Crouse-Hinds; ECD Type 4X Drain and Breather; Drain Model ECD1-N4D, Breather Model ECD1-N4B.

F. Control Panel Electrical:

1. Power Distribution within Panels: a. Feeder Circuits:

1) One or more 120V ac, 60-Hz feeder circuits as shown on Drawings.

2) Make provisions for feeder circuit conduit entry. 3) Furnish terminal block for termination of wires.

b. Power Panel: Furnish main circuit breaker and circuit breaker on each individual branch circuit distributed from power panel. 1) Locate to provide clear view of and access to breakers when

door is open. 2) Branch Circuit Breaker Sizes: Coordinate such that fault in

branch circuit will trip only the branch breaker, but not trip the main breaker. a) Branch Circuit Breakers: 15 amps at 250V ac. b) Provide a minimum of two spare breakers.



3) Sub-branch Circuit Breakers: a) Provide as required to distribute power to PLC I/O

circuits and 120V ac field instruments. b) Size circuit breakers as required to protect each sub-

branch circuit without tripping the associated branch circuit.

c) Provide a minimum of two spare breakers. 4) Breaker Manufacturers and Products: Refer to Division 26.

c. Circuit Wiring: P&IDs and Control Diagrams on Drawings show function only. Use following rules for actual circuit wiring: 1) Devices on Single Circuit: 20, maximum. 2) Multiple Units Performing Parallel Operations: To prevent

failure of any single branch circuit from shutting down entire operation, do not group all units on same branch circuit.

3) Branch Circuit Loading: 12 amperes continuous, maximum. 4) Panel Lighting and Service Outlets: Put on separate 15-amp,

120V ac branch circuit. 5) Provide 120V ac plugmold for panel components with line

cords. 2. Signal Distribution:

a. Signal Wiring: Separate analog signal cables from power and control within a panel and cross at right angles where necessary.

b. Within Panels: 4 to 20 mA dc signals may be distributed as 1V dc to 5V dc.

c. Outside Panels: Isolated 4 to 20 mA dc only. d. Signal Wiring: Twisted shielded pairs. e. RTD and Thermocouple Extension Cable:

1) Continuous field to panel with no intermediate junction boxes or terminations.

2) RTDs in motor windings are considered a 600-volt circuit. 3) Terminate thermocouple extension wire directly to loop

instrument. 3. Signal Switching:

a. Use dry circuit type relays or switches. b. No interruption of 4 to 20 mA loops during switching. c. Switching Transients in Associated Signal Circuit:

1) 4 to 20 mA dc Signals: 0.2 mA, maximum. 2) 1V dc to 5V dc Signals: 0.05V, maximum.

4. Push-to-Test Circuitry: For each push-to-test indicating light, provide a fused push-to-test circuit.

5. Internal Panel Lights and Switch for Freestanding Panels: a. Type: Switched 40-watt fluorescent back-of-panel lights. b. Quantity: One light for every 4 feet of panel width.



c. Mounting: Inside and in the top of back-of-panel area. d. Protective metal shield for lights. e. One 120V ac, 20A, snap switch, to turn on the lights, mounted in

an outlet box with a cover and located so that it is easily accessible from access door.

6. Service Outlets for Freestanding Panels: a. Type: Three-wire, 120-volt, 20-ampere, GFCI GFCI duplex

receptacles. b. Quantity:

1) Panels 4 Feet Wide and Smaller: One. 2) Panels Larger than 4 Feet Wide: One for every 4 feet of

panel width, two minimum per panel. c. Mounting: Evenly spaced along back-of-panel area.

7. Internal Panel Lights and Service Outlets for Smaller Panels: a. Internal Panel Light and Switch: Switched 40-watt fluorescent

light. One 120V ac, 20A, snap switch, to turn on the light, mounted in an outlet box with a cover and located so that it is easily accessible from access door.

b. Service Outlet: Breaker protected 120-volt, 20-amp, GFCI GFCI duplex receptacle:

c. Required for panels. Refer to Control Panel Schedule in Article Supplements.

8. Standard Pushbutton Colors and Inscriptions: a. Use following unless otherwise noted in Instrument List:

Tag Function Inscription(s) Color

OO ON OFF

Black Black

OC OPEN CLOSE

Black Black

OCA OPEN CLOSE AUTO

Black Black Black

OOA ON OFF

AUTO

Black Black Black

MA MANUAL AUTO

Black Black

SS START STOP

Black Red




LR LOCAL REMOTE

Black Black

RESET RESET Black

EMERGENCY STOP

EMERGENCY STOP

Red

b. Lettering Color: 1) Black on white and yellow buttons. 2) White on black, red, and green buttons.

9. Standard Light Colors and Inscriptions: a. Use following color code and inscriptions for service legends and

lens colors for indicating lights, unless otherwise noted in Instrument List:


ON ON Red

OFF OFF Green

OPEN OPEN Red

CLOSED CLOSED Green

LOW LOW Amber

FAIL FAIL Amber

HIGH HIGH Amber

AUTO AUTO White

MANUAL MANUAL Yellow

LOCAL LOCAL White

REMOTE REMOTE Yellow

b. Lettering Color: 1) Black on white and amber lenses. 2) White on red and green lenses.

G. Electrical Components

1. Terminal Blocks for Enclosures: a. General:

1) Connection Type: Screw compression clamp.



2) Compression Clamp: a) Complies with DIN-VDE 0611. b) Hardened steel clamp with transversal grooves that

penetrate wire strands providing a vibration-proof connection.

c) Guides strands of wire into terminal. 3) Screws: Hardened steel, captive, and self-locking. 4) Current Bar: Copper or treated brass. 5) Insulation:

a) Thermoplastic rated for minus 55 degrees C to plus 110 degrees C.

b) Two funneled shaped inputs to facilitate wire entry. 6) Mounting:

a) Standard DIN rail. b) Terminal block can be extracted from an assembly

without displacing adjacent blocks. c) End Stops: Minimum of one at each end of rail.

7) Wire Preparation: Stripping only permitted. 8) Jumpers: Allow jumper installation without loss of space on

terminal or rail. 9) Marking System:

a) Terminal number shown on both sides of terminal block.

b) Allow use of preprinted and field marked tags. c) Terminal strip numbers shown on end stops. d) Mark terminal block and terminal strip numbers as

shown on panel control diagrams and loop diagrams. e) Fuse Marking for Fused Terminal Blocks: Fuse

voltage and amperage rating shown on top of terminal block.

b. Terminal Block, General Purpose: 1) Rated Voltage: 600V ac. 2) Rated Current: 30 amp. 3) Wire Size: 24 to 10 AWG. 4) Rated Wire Size: 10 AWG. 5) Color: Gray body. 6) Spacing: 1/4-inch, maximum. 7) Manufacturers:

a) Weidmuller. b) Entrelec. c) Or equal.

c. Terminal Block, Ground: 1) Wire Size: 24 to 10 AWG. 2) Rated Wire Size: 10 AWG.



3) Color: Green and yellow body. 4) Spacing: 1/4-inch, maximum. 5) Grounding: Electrically grounded to mounting rail. 6) Manufacturers:


d. Terminal Block, Blade Disconnect Switch: 1) Rated Voltage: 600V ac. 2) Rated Current: 10 amp. 3) Wire Size: 22 to 10 AWG. 4) Rated Wire Size: 10 AWG. 5) Color: Gray body, orange switch. 6) Spacing: 1/4-inch, maximum. 7) Manufacturers:


e. Terminal Block Diode: 1) Rated Voltage: 24V dc. 2) Rated Current: 30 ma. 3) Wire Size: 16 AWG. 4) Manufacturers:

a) Phoenix Contact. b) Or equal.

f. Terminal Block, Fused, 24V dc: 1) Rated Voltage: 600V dc. 2) Rated Current: 25 amp. 3) Wire Size: 22 to 10 AWG. 4) Rated Wire Size: 10 AWG. 5) Color: Gray body. 6) Fuse: 1/4- inch by 1-1/4 inches. 7) Indication: LED diode 24V dc. 8) Spacing: 0.512 inch, maximum. 9) Manufacturers:

a) Schneider Electric/Square D. b) Entrelec. c) Or equal.

g. Terminal Block, Fused, 120V ac: 1) Rated Voltage: 600V ac. 2) Rated Current: 25 amp. 3) Wire Size: 22 to 10 AWG. 4) Rated Wire Size: 10 AWG. 5) Color: Gray body.



6) Fuse: 1/4- inch by 1-1/4 inches. 7) Indication: Neon lamp, 110V ac. 8) Leakage Current: 1.8 mA, maximum. 9) Spacing: 0.512 inch, maximum. 10) Manufacturers:


h. Terminal Block, Fused, 120V ac, High Current: 1) Rated Voltage: 600V ac. 2) Rated Current: 35 amps. 3) Wire Size: 18 to 8 AWG. 4) Rated Wire Size: 8 AWG. 5) Color: Gray. 6) Fuse: 13/32-inch by 1-1/2 inches. 7) Spacing: 0.95-inch, maximum. 8) Manufacturers:


2. Relays: a. General:

1) Relay Mounting: Plug-in type socket. 2) Relay Enclosure: Furnish dust cover. 3) Socket Type: Screw terminal interface with wiring. 4) Socket Mounting: Rail. 5) Provide holddown clips.

b. Signal Switching Relay: 1) Type: Dry circuit. 2) Contact Arrangement: 2 Form C contacts. 3) Contact Rating: 5 amps at 28V dc or 120V ac. 4) Contact Material: Gold or silver. 5) Coil Voltage: As noted or shown. 6) Coil Power: 0.9 watt (dc), 1.2VA (ac). 7) Expected Mechanical Life: 10,000,000 operations. 8) Expected Electrical Life at Rated Load: 100,000 operations. 9) Indication Type: Neon or LED indicator lamp. 10) Seal Type: Hermetically sealed case. 11) Manufacturer and Product: Potter and Brumfield;

Series KH/KHA. c. Control Circuit Switching Relay, Nonlatching:

1) Type: Compact general purpose plug-in. 2) Contact Arrangement: 3 Form C contacts.



3) Contact Rating: 10A at 28V dc or 120V ac, and 6.6A at 240V ac.

4) Contact Material: Silver cadmium oxide alloy. 5) Coil Voltage: As noted or shown. 6) Coil Power: 1.8 watts (dc), 2.7VA (ac). 7) Expected Mechanical Life: 10,000,000 operations. 8) Expected Electrical Life at Rated Load: 100,000 operations. 9) Indication Type: Neon or LED indicator lamp. 10) Push-to-test button. 11) Manufacturer and Product: Potter and Brumfield;

Series KUP. d. Control Circuit Switching Relay, Latching:

1) Type: Dual coil mechanical latching relay. 2) Contact Arrangement: 2 Form C contacts. 3) Contact Rating: 10A at 28V dc or 120V ac. 4) Contact Material: Silver cadmium oxide alloy. 5) Coil Voltage: As noted or shown. 6) Coil Power: 2.7 watts (dc), 5.3VA (ac). 7) Expected Mechanical Life: 500,000 operations. 8) Expected Electrical Life at Rated Load: 50,000 operations. 9) Manufacturer and Product: Potter and Brumfield;

Series KB/KBP. e. Control Circuit Switching Relay, Time Delay:

1) Type: Adjustable time delay relay. 2) Contact Arrangement: 2 Form C contacts. 3) Contact Rating: 10A at 30V dc or 277V ac. 4) Contact Material: Silver cadmium oxide alloy. 5) Coil Voltage: As noted or shown. 6) Operating Temperature: Minus 10 degrees C to

55 degrees C. 7) Repeatability: Plus or minus 2 percent. 8) Delay Time Range: Select range such that time delay

setpoint fall between 20 percent to 80 percent of range. 9) Time Delay Setpoint: As noted or shown. 10) Mode of Operation: As noted or shown. 11) Adjustment Type: Integral potentiometer with knob external

to dust cover. 12) Manufacturer and Products: Potter and Brumfield;

Series CB for 0.1-second to 100-minute delay time ranges, Series CK for 0.1-second to 120-second delay time ranges.

3. Intrinsically Safe Relays: a. Monitor discrete contact signals that originate in a hazardous area

that are connected to an intrinsically safe relay located in a safe area.



b. Approved for use with input contacts located in Class I, II, and III hazardous locations.

c. Power: 120V ac. d. Output Contacts: SPDT rated for 5 amps minimum at 120V ac. e. Manufacturers and Products:

1) MTL, Inc.; Series MTL 2000. 2) Square D; Class 8501 – Type TO.

4. Power Supplies: a. Furnish as required to power instruments requiring external dc

power, including two-wire transmitters and dc relays. Provide dual power supplies with diode auctioneered outputs.

b. Convert 120V ac, 60-Hz power to dc power of appropriate voltage(s) with sufficient voltage regulation and ripple control to assure that instruments being supplied can operate within their required tolerances.

c. Provide output over voltage and over current protective devices to: 1) Protect instruments from damage due to power supply

failure. 2) Protect power supply from damage due to external failure.

d. Enclosures: NEMA 1. e. Mount such that dissipated heat does not adversely affect other

components. f. Fuses: For each dc supply line to each individual two-wire

transmitter. 1) Type: Indicating. 2) Mount so fuses can be easily seen and replaced.

g. Manufacturer and Product: Sola; Son Series. 5. Intrinsic Safety Barriers:

a. Intrinsically Safe Relays: Monitor discrete signals that originate in hazardous area and are used in a safe area. 1) Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact.

b. Intrinsically Safe Barriers: Interface analog signals as they pass from hazardous area to safe area. 1) Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact.

H. Control Panel Internal Wiring:

1. Restrain by plastic ties or ducts or metal raceways. 2. Hinge Wiring: Secure at each end so bending or twisting will be around

longitudinal axis of wire. Protect bend area with sleeve. 3. Arrange wiring neatly, cut to proper length, and remove surplus wire. 4. Provide abrasion protection for wire bundles that pass through holes or

across edges of sheet metal.



5. Connections to Screw Type Terminals: a. Locking-fork-tongue or ring-tongue lugs. b. Use manufacturer’s recommended tool with required sized anvil

to make crimp lug terminations. c. Wires terminated in a crimp lug, maximum of one. d. Lugs installed on a screw terminal, maximum of two.

6. Connections to Compression Clamp Type Terminals: a. Strip, prepare, and install wires in accordance with terminal

manufacturer’s recommendations. b. Wires installed in a compression screw and clamp, maximum of

one for field wires entering enclosure, otherwise maximum of two.

7. Splicing and tapping of wires, allowed only at device terminals or terminal blocks.

8. Terminate 24V dc and analog signal circuits on separate terminal block from ac circuit terminal blocks.

9. Separate analog and dc circuits by at least 6 inches from ac power and control wiring, except at unavoidable crossover points and at device terminations.

10. Arrange wiring to allow access for testing, removal, and maintenance of circuits and components.

11. Plastic Wire Duct Fill: Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommendations. 12. Conductors Carrying Foreign Voltages within a Panel:

a. Route foreign voltage conductors into panel and land on a circuit blade disconnect type terminal block.

b. Use wire with pink insulation to identify foreign voltage circuits within panel from terminal block on. Do not use wires with pink insulation for any other purpose.

13. Harness Wiring: a. 120V ac: No. 14 AWG, MTW. b. 24V dc: No. 16 AWG, MTW where individual conductors are

used and Type TC shielded tray cable where shielded wire is used. 14. Panelwork:

a. No exposed connections. b. Allow adjustments to equipment to be made without exposing

these terminals. c. For power and control wiring operating above 80V ac or dc use

covered channels or EMT raceways separate from low voltage signal circuits.

15. Plastic Wire Ducts Color: a. 120V ac: White. b. 24V dc: Gray. c. Communications Cables and Fiber Optic Jumpers: Orange.



16. Provide a communications plastic wire duct for communications cables and fiber optic cables between the communications devices in control panel and communications raceways. Design plastic wire duct design to take into account the minimum bending radius of the communications cable.

17. Make plastic wire ducts the same depth. 18. Provide a minimum of 1-1/2 inches between plastic wire ducts and

terminal blocks.

I. Control Relay Arrangement: Install control relays associated with specific loops in same panel section as corresponding terminal blocks or side panels. Provide 20 percent space for future relays. Locate spare space in same sections as spare terminal blocks.

J. Factory Finishing:

1. Furnish materials and equipment with manufacturer’s standard finish system in accordance with Section 09 90 00, Painting and Coating.

2. Use specific color if indicated. Otherwise use manufacturer’s standard finish color, or light gray if manufacturer has no standard color.

3. Stainless Steel and Aluminum: Not painted. 4. Nonmetallic Panels: Not painted. 5. Steel Panels:

a. Sand panel and remove mill scale, rust, grease, and oil. b. Fill imperfections and sand smooth. c. Paint panel interior and exterior with one coat of epoxy coating

metal primer, two finish coats of two-component type epoxy enamel.

d. Sand surfaces lightly between coats. e. Dry Film Thickness: 3 mils, minimum. f. Color: Manufacturer’s standard.


A. Corrosion-Inhibiting Vapor Capsules:

1. Use corrosion inhibiting vapor capsules in enclosures to protect components from corrosion.

2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC. b. Hoffmann Engineering; Model A-HCI.



2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. General:

1. CSI may actively participate in the tests. 2. CSI’s decision will be final regarding acceptability and completeness of

testing. 3. Procedures, Forms, and Checklists:

a. Except for Unwitnessed Factory Test, conduct tests in accordance with, and documented on, reviewed and accepted procedures, forms, and checklists.

b. Describe each test item to be performed. c. Have space after each test item description for sign off by

appropriate party after satisfactory completion. 4. Required Test Documentation: Test procedures, forms, and checklists

signed by CSI. 5. Conducting Tests:

a. Provide special testing materials and equipment. b. Provide suitable means of simulation of test inputs and outputs. c. Define simulation techniques in test procedures. d. Test Format: Cause and effect.

1) Person conducting test initiates an input (cause). 2) Specific test requirement is satisfied if correct result

(effect), occurs. e. Provide sufficient temporary software configuring to allow FDT

testing.

B. Unwitnessed Factory Test:

1. Scope: Inspect and test panels to ensure it is operational, ready for FDT. 2. Location: Panel Supplier’s facility.

C. Factory Demonstration Tests (FDT):

1. Notify CH2M HILL’s Engineer and CSI of test schedule 4 weeks prior to start of test.

2. Scope: Test entire control panel to demonstrate it is operational. 3. Location: Panel Supplier’s facility. 4. Temporary Application Software: Provide application software to allow

PLC and network testing including communications and input/output tests.

5. Correctness of wiring from panel field terminals to PLC system input/ output points and to panel components. a. Simulate each discrete signal at terminal strip. b. Simulate correctness of each analog signal using current source.



6. Operation of communications between PLCs and remote I/O and between PLCs and Ethernet devices including other PLCs, computers, and power monitors.

7. Correct deficiencies found and complete prior to shipment to Site. 8. Failed Tests: Repeat and witnessed by CSI. 9. Make following documentation available to CSI at test site both before

and during FDT: a. Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, and Change Orders. b. Master copy of FDT procedures. c. List of equipment to be tested including make, model, and serial

number. d. Approved hardware Shop Drawings for equipment being tested.

10. Daily Schedule for FDT: a. Begin each day with meeting to review day’s test schedule. b. End each day with each meeting to review day’s test results and to

review or revise next day’s test schedule.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUPPLEMENT

A. The supplement listed below, following “End of Section,” is part of this Specification.

1. Control Panel Schedule.

END OF SECTION


PW/WBG/425034 CONTROL PANELS MARCH 2012 40 92 01 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE

Panel No. Service Mounting NEMA Design Detail

Dimensions H W D

(Maximum)

FDT Air

Conditioned

Serv. Lights, Outlets

Environment SS

CP10_01 Headworks PLC

Panel Free Standing 12

4091-389, 09-I-0215

90”x 36”x 24” (single access)

Yes No Yes Inside No

CP40_01 Secondary Treatment

PLC Panel Free Standing 12

4091-389, 09-I-0215

90”x 36”x 24” (dual access)


CP40_02 Solids Processing


4091-389, 09-I-0215

90”x 36”x 24” (dual access)


CP78_01 Dewatering & Drying


4091-389, 09-I-0215

90”x 36”x 24” (single access)


CP78_02 Dewatering & Drying

Radio Panel Wall Mount 12 4091-388 24”x24”x12” Yes No No Inside No

LCP80_04 GBT Control Panel Existing Panel

See Note 2 Existing See Note 2 Existing No Existing Existing Existing Existing

LCP80_04A GBT Auxiliary

Control Wall Mount 4X

4091-388, 09-I-0216

24”x24”x8” Yes No No Inside Yes

NIP10_01 Headworks Network

Interface Panel Free Standing 12

4091-389, 09-I-0212

72”x30”x 24” (single access)

Yes No No Inside No

NIP40_01 Process Gallery

Network Interface Panel

Free Standing 12 4091-389, 09-I-0212

72”x30”x 24” (dual access)

Yes No No Inside No

NIP70_01 UV Area Network

Interface Panel Stanchion

Mount 4X

4091-382, 09-I-0214

24”x18”x24” Yes No No Outside Yes

NIP78_01 Dewatering & Drying

Network Interface Panel

Free Standing 12 4091-389, 09-I-0212


Yes No No Inside No


CONTROL PANELS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 01 SUPPLEMENT - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

Panel No. Service Mounting NEMA Design Detail

Dimensions H W D

(Maximum)

FDT Air

Conditioned

Serv. Lights, Outlets

Environment SS

NIP95_01 Operations Building Network Interface

Panel Free Standing n/a 09-I-0211


Yes No No Inside No

Notes:

1. Column Descriptions:

a. FDT: Factory Demonstration Test required

b. Dimensions: Nominal space available for panel

c. SS: Stainless Steel (If entry is “No”, panel is Steel)

2. Existing GBT control panel to be field modified.


PW/WBG/425034 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS MARCH 2012 40 92 05 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 92 05 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section gives the requirements for furnishing programmable logic controllers (PLC) and accessories.




1.03 SUBMITTALS



1. Purchase Quotation: Listing of PLC components and accessories to be provided. Include applicable tag numbers and functional names of components.

2. Order Confirmation Summary: Final listing of PLC components and accessories to be provided.

3. PLC Equipment List: a. Neat and legible markups of the PLC Equipment List provided in

this Section. b. Markup the PLC Equipment List to include complete product

information and corrections to reflect all items in the purchase quotation.


1. Operation and Maintenance Information: a. In accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation, Maintenance,

and Asset Data. b. Provide sufficient detail to allow operation, removal, installation,

adjustment, calibration, maintenance and purchasing replacements for PLC components.

c. Name, address and telephone number of the PLC Supplier’s local service representative.


PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 05 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

d. Complete list of supplied PLC components with full model numbers, including spare parts and test equipment provided.

2. Manufacturer’s Original Copies of Hardware, Software and Installation, Assembly and Operations Manuals for PLC components. Manuals shall include the following information: a. General descriptive information covering the basic features. b. Physical description covering layout and installation requirements

and all environmental constraints. c. Functional and operational descriptions covering the procedures

for programming, operation, startup, shutdown, and calibration of the PLC equipment and explaining how the various control functions are performed.

d. Principles of operation explaining the logic of operation; provide information covering operation to a component level.

e. Maintenance procedures covering checkout and troubleshooting: 1) Checkout procedures shall provide the means to verify the

satisfactory operation of equipment. 2) Troubleshooting procedures shall serve as a guide in

determining faulty components. f. Wiring and schematic diagrams. g. Safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance

procedures. 3. Content for Each O&M Manual:

a. Table of Contents. b. Operations procedures. c. Installation requirements and procedures. d. Maintenance requirements and procedures. e. Troubleshooting procedures. f. Internal schematic and wiring diagrams.


and tools. Include quantities, unit prices, and total costs. 6. Provide Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation.





PW/WBG/425034 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS MARCH 2012 40 92 05 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

C. Notify CH2M HILL of the storage requirements and recommendations for the equipment prior to shipment.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide PLC components that are listed in the PLC Equipment List in Article Supplements at the end of this Section.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES

A. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation: Provide for each PLC system identified in the PLC Equipment List.

3.02 SUPPLEMENTS


1. PLC Equipment List. 2. I/O List - Hardwired. 3. I/O List - Network.

END OF SECTION

WILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS-DBO

PW/WBG/425034 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS MARCH 2012 40 92 05 SUPPLEMENT - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

PLC EQUIPMENT LIST

Name Description Qty. Model Manufacturer Comments

PLC10_01 PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER Location: CP10_01

Power Supply 2 1756-PA75R Allen-Bradley

Chassis Adapter Module 1 1756-PSCA2 Allen-Bradley

Chassis Adapter Cable 2 1756-CPR2 Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix 13 Slot IO Chassis 1 1756-A13 Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix CPU (Processor) 1 1756-L72 Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix Ethernet Communications Module 2 1756-EN2T Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix 16 Channel Analog Input Module 1 1756-IF16 Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix 8 Channel Analog Output Module 1 1756-OF8 Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix 16 Point Discrete Input Module 2 1756-IA16I Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix 16 Point Discrete Output Module 1 1756-OA16I Allen-Bradley

ControlLogix Slot Filler 5 1756-N2 Allen-Bradley











PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 05 SUPPLEMENT - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


















CompactLogix Power Supply 2 1769-PA3 Allen-Bradley

CompactLogix CPU (Processor) 1 1769-L32E Allen-Bradley

CompactLogix 16 Point Discrete Input Module 3 1769-IA16 Allen-Bradley

CompactLogix 8 Point Discrete Isolated Input Module

1 1769-IA8I Allen-Bradley

CompactLogix 8 Point Discrete Output Module 3 1769-OW8 Allen-Bradley


PW/WBG/425034 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS MARCH 2012 40 92 05 SUPPLEMENT - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


CompactLogix 4 Channel Analog Input Module 2 1769-IF4 Allen-Bradley

CompactLogix Right-side End Cap 1 1769-ECR Allen-Bradley













Panel No. Loop Title One State IO Type PID No. Chassis Slot Point

CP10_01 Influent RS Flowmeter 1 AI 09-I-0101 1 10 0CP10_01 Influent RS Flowmeter 2 AI 09-I-0101 1 10 1CP10_01 Headworks Influent Channel Level AI 09-I-0101 1 10 2CP10_01 Headworks Effluent Channel Level AI 09-I-0101 1 10 3CP10_01 Headworks LEL AI 09-I-0101 1 10 4CP10_01 Headworks Influent Channel pH AI 09-I-0101 1 10 5CP10_01 Headworks Influent Channel UVAS AI 09-I-0101 1 10 6

7

CP10_01 Influent Composite Sampler AO 09-I-0104 1 9 01

CP10_01 Vactor Sump Pump DI 09-I-0101 1 1 0CP10_01 Headworks Influent Channel Level DI 09-I-0101 1 1 1CP10_01 Screenings Sluice Trough Level DI 09-I-0101 1 1 2CP10_01 Headworks LEL DI 09-I-0101 1 1 3CP10_01 Headworks LEL DI 09-I-0101 1 2 0CP10_01 Headworks LEL DI 09-I-0101 1 1 4CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 1 DI 09-I-0102 1 1 5CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 1 DI 09-I-0102 1 1 6CP10 01 Screenings Diverter Valve 1 DI 09-I-0102 1 1 7PLC10 01 1020101 FV10 20101REM

PLC10_01 1020101 FV10_20101CLOSEDPLC10_01 1020101 FV10_20101OPENED

PLC10_01 1014100 AET10_14100TROUBLEPLC10_01 1014100 AY10_14100LOW

PLC10_01 1013400 LSH10_13400HIGHPLC10_01 1014100 AET10_14100HIGH

PLC10_01 1010600 LSH10_10600HIGHPLC10_01 1012100 LSH10_12100HIGH

PLC10_01 1011000 SAM10_11000FLOW Count of IO Type: AO

PLC10_01 1015200 AE10_15200UVAS Count of IO Type: AI

PLC10_01 1014100 AET10_14100LELPLC10_01 1015100 AE10_15100PH

PLC10_01 1012100 LET10_12100LEVELPLC10_01 1012200 LET10_12200LEVEL

PLC No.: PLC10_01

PLC10_01 1010101 FIT10_10101FLOWPLC10_01 1010102 FIT10_10102FLOW

I/O List - HardwiredWILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS

PLC No. Loop ID IO Tag Zero State

CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 1 DI 09 I 0102 1 1 7CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 2 DI 09-I-0102 1 2 1CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 2 DI 09-I-0102 1 2 2CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 2 DI 09-I-0102 1 2 3CP10_01 PLC10_01 Power Supply DI 09-I-0133 1 1 11CP10_01 CP10_01 24VDC Power Supply DI 09-I-0133 1 2 5CP10_01 UPS10_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 12CP10_01 HCP10_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 13CP10_01 FACP10_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 14CP10_01 FACP10_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 15CP10_01 FACP10_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 2 6CP10_01 FACP10_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 2 4

20

CP10_01 Screenings Sluice Trough W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-0101 1 3 0CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 1 DO 09-I-0102 1 3 2CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 1 DO 09-I-0102 1 3 1

PLC10_01 1020101 FV10_20101CLOSEPLC10_01 1020101 FV10_20101OPEN

Count of IO Type: DI

PLC10_01 1013500 FV10_13500OPEN

PLC10_01 1090700 FACP10_90700SUPERVISORYPLC10_01 1090800 FACP10_90800EMERGENCY

PLC10_01 1090500 FACP10_90500FIREPLC10_01 1090600 FACP10_90600TROUBLE

PLC10_01 1090300 UPS10_90300FAILPLC10_01 1090400 HCP10_90400ALARM

PLC10_01 1090100 YA10_90100FAILPLC10_01 1090200 YA10_90200FAIL

PLC10_01 1020102 FV10_20102OPENEDPLC10_01 1020102 FV10_20102REM

PLC10_01 1020101 FV10_20101REMPLC10_01 1020102 FV10_20102CLOSED


PLC COMPONENTS 40 92 05 SUPPLEMENT




CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 2 DO 09-I-0102 1 3 4CP10_01 Screenings Diverter Valve 2 DO 09-I-0102 1 3 3

CP10_01 Screenings Washer/Compactor 1 W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-0102 1 3 5

CP10_01 Screenings Washer/Compactor 2 W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-0102 1 3 6

CP10_01 Grit W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-01048

AI 7AO 1DI 20DO 8Total 36

CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 1 Air Flow AI 09-I-0105 1 12 0CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 2 Air Flow AI 09-I-0105 1 13 0CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 1 DO AI 09-I-0105 1 12 1CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 2 DO AI 09-I-0105 1 13 1CP40 01 Stabilization Basin 1 Level AI 09-I-0105 1 12 2PLC40 01 4012701 LET40 12701LEVEL

PLC40_01 4012501 AIT40_12501DOPLC40_01 4012502 AIT40_12502DO

PLC No.: PLC40_01


Total for PLC No.: PLC10_01

PLC10_01 1030200 FV10_30200OPEN Count of IO Type: DO

PLC10_01 1020301 FV10_20301OPEN

PLC10_01 1020302 FV10_20302OPEN


CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 1 Level AI 09-I-0105 1 12 2CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 2 Level AI 09-I-0105 1 13 2CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 1 Air Flow AI 09-I-0108 1 12 3CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 1 Air Flow AI 09-I-0108 1 13 3CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 1 Air Flow AI 09-I-0108 1 14 0CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 2 Air Flow AI 09-I-0108 1 12 4CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 2 Air Flow AI 09-I-0108 1 13 4CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 2 Air Flow AI 09-I-0108 1 14 1CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 1 DO AI 09-I-0108 1 12 5CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 1 DO AI 09-I-0108 1 13 5CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 1 DO AI 09-I-0108 1 14 2CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 2 DO AI 09-I-0108 1 12 6CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 2 DO AI 09-I-0108 1 13 6CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 2 DO AI 09-I-0108 1 14 3CP40_01 WAS Flow AI 09-I-0113 1 13 7CP40_01 Aeration Blower 1 AI 09-I-0110 1 12 7CP40_01 Aeration Blower 2 AI 09-I-0110 1 13 8PLC40_01 4050002 BLW40_50002FLOW

PLC40_01 4041000 FIT40_41000FLOWPLC40_01 4050001 BLW40_50001FLOW







PLC40_01 4012701 LET40_12701LEVELPLC40_01 4012702 LET40_12702LEVEL






CP40_01 Aeration Blower 3 AI 09-I-0110 1 14 4CP40_01 Aeration Blower Header Pressure AI 09-I-0110 1 12 8CP40_01 Existing Blowers Header Pressure AI 09-I-0110 1 13 9CP40_01 RAS Pump 1 Flow AI 09-I-0113 1 12 9CP40_01 RAS Pump 2 Flow AI 09-I-0113 1 13 10CP40_01 RAS Pump 3 Flow AI 09-I-0113 1 14 5CP40_01 RAS Pump 4 Flow AI 09-I-0113 1 12 10CP40_01 Secondary Effluent Wetwell Level AI 09-I-0115 1 12 11

29

CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 1 Air Flow AO 09-I-0105 1 10 0CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 2 Air Flow AO 09-I-0105 1 11 0CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 1 Air Flow AO 09-I-0108 1 10 1CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 1 Air Flow AO 09-I-0108 1 10 2CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 1 Air Flow AO 09-I-0108 1 10 3CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 2 Air Flow AO 09-I-0108 1 11 1CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 2 Air Flow AO 09-I-0108 1 11 2CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 2 Air Flow AO 09-I-0108 1 11 3CP40_01 WAS Flow AO 09-I-0113 1 10 4CP40_01 Aeration Blower 1 AO 09-I-0110 1 10 5CP40_01 Aeration Blower 2 AO 09-I-0110 1 11 4CP40_01 Aeration Blower 3 AO 09-I-0110 1 10 6

12 C t f IO T AO

PLC40_01 4050002 BLW40_50002FLOWSPPLC40_01 4050003 BLW40_50003FLOWSP

PLC40_01 4041000 FCV40_41000ZCPLC40_01 4050001 BLW40_50001FLOWSP

PLC40_01 4030102 FCV40_30102ZCPLC40_01 4030103 FCV40_30103ZC




PLC40_01 5311000 LET53_11000LEVEL Count of IO Type: AI



PLC40_01 4050501 PIT40_50501PRESSUREPLC40_01 4050502 PIT40_50502PRESSURE

PLC40_01 4050003 BLW40_50003FLOW

12

CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 1 Air Flow DI 09-I-0105 1 1 0CP40_01 Stabilization Basin 2 Air Flow DI 09-I-0105 1 2 0CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 1 Air Flow DI 09-I-0108 1 1 1CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 1 Air Flow DI 09-I-0108 1 2 1CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 1 Air Flow DI 09-I-0108 1 3 0CP40_01 Aeration Basin 1 Zone 2 Air Flow DI 09-I-0108 1 1 2CP40_01 Aeration Basin 2 Zone 2 Air Flow DI 09-I-0108 1 2 2CP40_01 Aeration Basin 3 Zone 2 Air Flow DI 09-I-0108 1 3 1CP40_01 WAS Flow DI 09-I-0113 1 1 3CP40_01 Aeration Blower 1 DI 09-I-0110 1 1 4CP40_01 Aeration Blower 1 DI 09-I-0110 1 1 5CP40_01 Aeration Blower 1 DI 09-I-0110 1 1 6CP40_01 Aeration Blower 2 DI 09-I-0110 1 2 3CP40_01 Aeration Blower 2 DI 09-I-0110 1 2 4CP40_01 Aeration Blower 2 DI 09-I-0110 1 2 5

PLC40_01 4050002 BLW40_50002FAILPLC40_01 4050002 BLW40_50002ON

PLC40_01 4050001 BLW40_50001ONPLC40_01 4050002 BLW40_50002AUTO

PLC40_01 4050001 BLW40_50001AUTOPLC40_01 4050001 BLW40_50001FAIL

PLC40_01 4030103 FCV40_30103REMPLC40_01 4041000 FCV40_41000REM




Count of IO Type: AO

PLC40_01 4012001 FCV40_12001REM






CP40_01 Aeration Blower 3 DI 09-I-0110 1 3 2CP40_01 Aeration Blower 3 DI 09-I-0110 1 3 3CP40_01 Aeration Blower 3 DI 09-I-0110 1 3 4CP40_01 PLC40_01 Power Supply DI 09-I-0134 1 1 7CP40_01 CP40_01 24VDC Power Supply DI 09-I-0134 1 2 6CP40_01 UPS40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 3 5CP40_01 Automated Transfer Switch DI 09-I-0134 1 1 14CP40_01 Generator Switchgear Voltage DI 09-I-0134 1 1 8CP40_01 Generator Switchgear Position DI 09-I-0134 1 2 7CP40_01 Utility Switchgear Voltage DI 09-I-0134 1 1 9CP40_01 Utility Switchgear Position DI 09-I-0134 1 2 8CP40_01 GEN40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 1 10CP40_01 GEN40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 2 9CP40_01 FACP40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 1 11CP40_01 FACP40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 2 10CP40_01 FACP40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 1 12CP40_01 FACP40_01 DI 09-I-0134 1 3 6CP40_01 Secondary Effluent Wetwell Level DI 09-I-0115 1 1 13CP40_01 Secondary Effluent Wetwell Level DI 09-I-0115 1 2 11

34

CP40_01 Aeration Blower 1 DO 09-I-0110 1 4 0CP40 01 A ti Bl 2 DO 09 I 0110 1 4 1

PLC40_01 4050001 BLW40_50001RUNPLC40 01 4050002 BLW40 50002RUN

PLC40_01 5311000 LSL53_11000LOW Count of IO Type: DI

PLC40_01 4091400 FACP40_91400EMERGENCYPLC40_01 5311000 LSH53_11000HIGH

PLC40_01 4091200 FACP40_91200TROUBLEPLC40_01 4091300 FACP40_91300SUPERVISORY

PLC40_01 4091000 GEN40_91000FAILPLC40_01 4091100 FACP40_91100FIRE

PLC40_01 4090800 SWBD40_90800CLOSEDPLC40_01 4090900 GEN40_90900ON

PLC40_01 4090600 SWBD40_90600CLOSEDPLC40_01 4090700 SWBD40_90700NORMAL

PLC40_01 4090400 ATS40_90400FAILPLC40_01 4090500 SWBD40_90500NORMAL

PLC40_01 4090200 YA40_90200FAILPLC40_01 4090300 UPS40_90300FAIL

PLC40_01 4050003 BLW40_50003ONPLC40_01 4090100 YA40_90100FAIL

PLC40_01 4050003 BLW40_50003AUTOPLC40_01 4050003 BLW40_50003FAIL

CP40_01 Aeration Blower 2 DO 09-I-0110 1 4 1CP40_01 Aeration Blower 3 DO 09-I-0110 1 4 2

3


CP40_02 Filtrate Wetwell Level AI 09-I-0127 1 9 1CP40_02 Basin Drain Wetwell Level AI 09-I-0127CP40_02 Secondary Scum Pit Level AI 09-I-0114 1 9 6PLC40_02 5020200 LET50_20200LEVEL

PLC No.: PLC40_02

PLC40_02 4500200 LIT45_00200LEVELPLC40_02 4500300 LIT45_00300LEVEL


PLC40_01 4050003 BLW40_50003RUN Count of IO Type: DO

PLC40_01 4050002 BLW40_50002RUN






CP40_02 UV Channel 1 Flow Control Gate AI 09-I-0118 1 9 3CP40_02 UV Channel 1 Level AI 09-I-0118 1 9 7CP40_02 UV Channel 2 Flow AI 09-I-0118 1 10 4CP40_02 UV Channel 2 Turbidity AI 09-I-0118 1 10 5CP40_02 Plant Effluent Temperature AI 09-I-0118 1 10 2CP40_02 TWAS Wetwell 1 Level AI 09-I-0127 1 9 0CP40_02 TWAS Wetwell 2 Level AI 09-I-0127 1 10 1CP40_02 WAS Storage Tank 1 Level AI 09-I-0125 1 9 4CP40_02 WAS Storage Tank 2 Level AI 09-I-0125 1 10 0CP40_02 W3 Pumps Discharge AI 09-I-0118 1 9 5CP40_02 W3 Pumps Discharge AI 09-I-0118 1 10 3CP40_02 Plant Water Pumps W1 Feed AI 09-I-0118 1 9 2

15

CP40_02 UV Channel 1 Flow Control Gate AO 09-I-0118 1 8 1CP40_02 UV Channel 1 Composite Sampler Flow Pace AO 09-I-0118 1 8 4CP40_02 UV Channel 1 Flow AO 09-I-0118 1 8 0CP40_02 UV Channel 2 Composite Sampler Flow Pace AO 09-I-0118 1 8 2

4

CP40_02 PLC40_02 Power Supply DI 09-I-0134 1 1 3CP40_02 CP40_02 24VDC Power Supply DI 09-I-0134 1 2 2PLC40_02 4092200 YA40_92200FAIL


PLC40_02 4092100 YA40_92100FAIL

PLC40_02 7010700 FIT70_10700FLOWPLC40_02 7021000 SAM70_21000FLOW

PLC40_02 7010002 GTE70_10002ZCPLC40_02 7010100 SAM70_10100FLOW

PLC40_02 9010000 FET90_10000FLOW Count of IO Type: AI

PLC40_02 9000200 FIT90_00200FLOWPLC40_02 9000200 PT90_00200PRESSURE



PLC40_02 7020700 AIT70_20700TURBPLC40_02 7021700 TIT70_21700TEMP

PLC40_02 7010500 LET70_10500LEVELPLC40_02 7020500 FIT70_20500FLOW

PLC40_02 7010002 GTE70_10002POSITION

CP40_02 TWAS Sump Level DI 09-I-0127 1 1 5CP40_02 Basin Drain Pump No. 1 DI 09-I-0127 1 1 4CP40_02 Secondary Clarifier 1 DI 09-I-0111 1 1 0CP40_02 Secondary Clarifier 2 DI 09-I-0111 1 2 0CP40_02 UV Channel 1 Flow Control Gate DI 09-I-0118 1 1 10CP40_02 UV Channel 2 Turbidity Sample Pump DI 09-I-0118 1 2 3CP40_02 WAS Storage Tank 1 Level DI 09-I-0125 1 1 1CP40_02 WAS Storage Tank 2 Level DI 09-I-0125 1 2 1

10

AI 15AO 4DI 10

Total 29


PLC40_02 8210202 LSH82_10202HIGH Count of IO Type: DI

PLC40_02 7021500 PMP70_21500ONPLC40_02 8210201 LSH82_10201HIGH

PLC40_02 5000102 NSH50_00102HIGHPLC40_02 7010002 GTE70_10002REM

PLC40_02 4502002 PMP45_02002FILTRATEPLC40_02 5000101 NSH50_00101HIGH

PLC40_02 4500100 LSH45_00100HIGH






LCP80_04 WAS Flow to GBTs AI 09-I-0126 1 7 1LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Drive AI 09-I-0126A 1 7 0LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive AI 09-I-0126A 1 7 2

3

LCP80_04 Filtrate Wetwell Level DI 09-I-0127 1 3 12LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener System Alarm DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 0LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener System Alarm DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 1LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 1 DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 2LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 1 DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 6LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 1 DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 5LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 2 DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 2LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 2 DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 6LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 2 DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 5LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 4LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 3LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 11LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 14LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 4LCP80 04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 3PLC40 03 8000412 GBT80 00412LOPRESS

PLC40_03 8000411 GBT80_00411OVLDPLC40_03 8000412 GBT80_00412BROKE

PLC40_03 8000411 GBT80_00411MISALIGNPLC40_03 8000411 GBT80_00411ON

PLC40_03 8000402 GBT80_00402LOPRESSPLC40_03 8000411 GBT80_00411BROKE

PLC40_03 8000402 GBT80_00402ESTOPPLC40_03 8000402 GBT80_00402HILVL

PLC40_03 8000401 GBT80_00401HILVLPLC40_03 8000401 GBT80_00401LOPRESS

PLC40_03 8000400 GBT80_00400SILENCEPLC40_03 8000401 GBT80_00401ESTOP

PLC40_03 4500200 LSH45_00200HIGHPLC40_03 8000400 GBT80_00400RESET

PLC40_03 8000412 GBT80_00412SPEED Count of IO Type: AI

PLC No.: PLC40_03

PLC40_03 5000500 FIT50_00500FLOWPLC40_03 8000411 GBT80_00411SPEED

LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive DI 09 I 0126A 1 2 3LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 11LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 14LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Hydraulic Pump DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 7LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Hydraulic Pump DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 10LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Hydraulic Pump DI 09-I-0126A 1 1 8LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Hydraulic Pump DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 7LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Hydraulic Pump DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 10LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Hydraulic Pump DI 09-I-0126A 1 2 8LCP80_04 TWAS Wetwell 1 Level DI 09-I-0127 1 3 11LCP80_04 TWAS Wetwell 2 Level DI 09-I-0127 1 3 10LCP80_04 Polymer Blend Unit 1 DI 09-I-0126 1 3 8LCP80_04 Polymer Blend Unit 1 DI 09-I-0126 1 1 13LCP80_04 Polymer Blend Unit 2 DI 09-I-0126 1 3 9LCP80_04 Polymer Blend Unit 2 DI 09-I-0126 1 2 13

29PLC40_03 8100002 BLD81_00002ON


PLC40_03 8100001 BLD81_00001ONPLC40_03 8100002 BLD81_00002LO

PLC40_03 8000502 LSH80_00502HIGHPLC40_03 8100001 BLD81_00001LO

PLC40_03 8000422 GBT80_00422OVLDPLC40_03 8000501 LSH80_00501HIGH

PLC40_03 8000422 GBT80_00422LOPRESSPLC40_03 8000422 GBT80_00422ON

PLC40_03 8000421 GBT80_00421ONPLC40_03 8000421 GBT80_00421OVLD

PLC40_03 8000412 GBT80_00412OVLDPLC40_03 8000421 GBT80_00421LOPRESS

PLC40_03 8000412 GBT80_00412LOPRESSPLC40_03 8000412 GBT80_00412ON






LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener System Alarm DO 09-I-0126A 1 9 0LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener System Alarm DO 09-I-0126A 1 9 1LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 1 DO 09-I-0126A 1 9 2LCP80_04 Gravity Belt Thickener 2 DO 09-I-0126A 1 9 3LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Drive DO 09-I-0126A 1 5 2LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Drive DO 09-I-0126A 1 5 6LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 1 Hydraulic Pump DO 09-I-0126A 1 5 1LCP80_04 Gravity Belt 2 Hydraulic Pump DO 09-I-0126A 1 5 5LCP80_04 Polymer Blend Unit 1 DO 09-I-0126 1 5 3LCP80_04 Polymer Blend Unit 2 DO 09-I-0126 1 5 7

10

AI 3DI 29DO 10

Total 42

CP78_01 Centrifuge 1 TWAS Flow AI 09-I-0129 1 9 4C 8 0 830002 8 30002 O

PLC No.: PLC78_01

PLC78_01 7830001 FIT78_30001FLOW

Count of IO Type: DO


PLC40_03 8100001 BLD81_00001RUNPLC40_03 8100002 BLD81_00002RUN

PLC40_03 8000421 GBT80_00421RUNPLC40_03 8000422 GBT80_00422RUN

PLC40_03 8000411 GBT80_00411RUNPLC40_03 8000412 GBT80_00412RUN

PLC40_03 8000401 GBT80_00401ONPLC40_03 8000402 GBT80_00402ON

PLC40_03 8000400 GBT80_00400HORNPLC40_03 8000400 GBT80_00400SILENCED

CP78_01 Centrifuge 2 TWAS Flow AI 09-I-0129 1 10 3CP78_01 Weather Station Temperature AI 09-I-0133 1 9 6CP78_01 Weather Station Wind Speed AI 09-I-0133 1 9 7CP78_01 Weather Station Humidity AI 09-I-0133 1 9 8CP78_01 Weather Station Wind Direction AI 09-I-0133 1 10 4CP78_01 Weather Station Rain Gauge AI 09-I-0133 1 10 5CP78_01 Weather Station Atmospheric Pressure AI 09-I-0133 1 10 6CP78_01 TWAS Storage Tank 1 Level AI 09-I-0128 1 9 5CP78_01 TWAS Storage Tank 2 Level AI 09-I-0128 1 10 2CP78_01 Sludge Storage Odorous Air LEL AI 09-I-0128 1 9 1CP78_01 Odor Control Fan 1 Differential Pressure AI 09-I-0120 1 9 0CP78_01 Odor Control Fan 2 Differential Pressure AI 09-I-0120 1 10 0CP78_01 Odor Control Low Range H2S AI 09-I-0121 1 10 1CP78_01 Odor Control High Range H2S AI 09-I-0121 1 9 2CP78_01 Plant Drain Flow AI 09-I-0123 1 9 3

16PLC78_01 9611000 FET96_11000FLOW

Count of IO Type: AI

PLC78_01 9122001 AET91_22001H2SPLC78_01 9122002 AET91_22002H2S

PLC78_01 9110601 PDT91_10601PDIFFPLC78_01 9110602 PDT91_10602PDIFF

PLC78_01 8220202 LIT82_20202LEVELPLC78_01 9110100 AET91_10100LEL

PLC78_01 7850006 PT78_50006PRESSUREPLC78_01 8220201 LIT82_20201LEVEL

PLC78_01 7850004 ZT78_50004DIRECTIONPLC78_01 7850005 QT78_50005RAIN

PLC78_01 7850002 ST78_50002SPEEDPLC78_01 7850003 AT78_50003RH

PLC78_01 7830002 FIT78_30002FLOWPLC78_01 7850001 TT78_50001TEMP






CP78_01 Loadout Trailer Quench Water Flow Valve DI 09-I-0131 1 1 0CP78_01 Loadout Trailer Quench Water Flow Valve DI 09-I-0131 1 1 1CP78_01 Loadout Trailer Quench Water Flow Valve DI 09-I-0131 1 1 2CP78_01 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump Level DI 09-I-0132 1 1 3CP78_01 PLC78_01 Power Supply DI 09-I-0133 1 1 4CP78_01 CP78_01 24VDC Power Supply DI 09-I-0133 1 1 5CP78_01 UPS78_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 6CP78_01 HCP78_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 7CP78_01 FACP78_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 8CP78_01 FACP78_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 1 9CP78_01 FACP78_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 2 0CP78_01 FACP78_01 DI 09-I-0133 1 2 1CP78_01 GEN78_01 DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 GEN78_01 DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 Automated Transfer Switch DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 Generator Switchgear Voltage DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 Generator Switchgear Position DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 Utility Switchgear Voltage DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 Utility Switchgear Position DI 09-I-0133CP78_01 TWAS Storage Tank 1 Level DI 09-I-0128 1 1 10CP78_01 TWAS Storage Tank 2 Level DI 09-I-0128 1 2 2CP78 01 Sl d St Od Ai LEL DI 09 I 0128 1 1 11

PLC78_01 8220202 LSH82_20202HIGHPLC78 01 9110100 AET91 10100HIGH

PLC78_01 7891800 MCC78_91800CLOSEDPLC78_01 8220201 LSH82_20201HIGH

PLC78_01 7891600 MCC78_91600CLOSEDPLC78_01 7891700 MCC78_91700NORMAL

PLC78_01 7891400 ATS78_91400FAILPLC78_01 7891500 MCC78_91500NORMAL

PLC78_01 7890900 GEN78_90900ONPLC78_01 7891000 GEN78_91000FAIL

PLC78_01 7890700 FACP78_90700SUPERVISORYPLC78_01 7890800 FACP78_90800EMERGENCY

PLC78_01 7890500 FACP78_90500FIREPLC78_01 7890600 FACP78_90600TROUBLE

PLC78_01 7890300 UPS78_90300FAILPLC78_01 7890400 HCP78_90400ALARM

PLC78_01 7890100 YA78_90100FAILPLC78_01 7890200 YA78_90200FAIL

PLC78_01 7812000 FV78_12000REMPLC78_01 7840200 LSH78_40200HIGH

PLC78_01 7812000 FV78_12000CLOSEDPLC78_01 7812000 FV78_12000OPENED

CP78_01 Sludge Storage Odorous Air LEL DI 09-I-0128 1 1 11CP78_01 Sludge Storage Odorous Air LEL DI 09-I-0128 1 2 3CP78_01 Sludge Storage Odorous Air LEL DI 09-I-0128 1 1 12CP78_01 Plant Drain Pump 1 DI 09-I-0123 1 1 13CP78_01 Plant Drain Pump 1 DI 09-I-0123 1 1 14CP78_01 Plant Drain Pump 2 DI 09-I-0123 1 2 4CP78_01 Plant Drain Pump 2 DI 09-I-0123 1 2 5CP78_01 Plant Drain Sump Level DI 09-I-0123 1 1 15

29

CP78_01 Loadout Trailer Quench Water Flow Valve DO 09-I-0131 1 3 1CP78_01 Loadout Trailer Quench Water Flow Valve DO 09-I-0131 1 3 0CP78_01 Humidifier W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-0120 1 3 2CP78_01 Biofilter 1 W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-0121 1 3 3CP78_01 Biofilter 2 W3 Flow Valve DO 09-I-0121 1 3 4CP78_01 Odor Control Low Range Sample Flow Valve DO 09-I-0121 1 3 5CP78_01 Odor Control High Range Sample Flow Valve DO 09-I-0121 1 3 6PLC78_01 9121502 FV91_21502OPEN

PLC78_01 9121002 FV91_21002OPENPLC78_01 9121501 FV91_21501OPEN

PLC78_01 9111600 FV91_11600OPENPLC78_01 9121001 FV91_21001OPEN


PLC78_01 9610200 LSHH96_10200HIGH Count of IO Type: DI

PLC78_01 9610002 PMP96_10002FAILPLC78_01 9610002 PMP96_10002ON

PLC78_01 9610001 PMP96_10001FAILPLC78_01 9610001 PMP96_10001ON

PLC78_01 9110100 AET91_10100TROUBLEPLC78_01 9110100 AY91_10100LOW

PLC78_01 9110100 AET91_10100HIGH






7

AI 16DI 29DO 7

Total 52

CP95_00 NIP95_01 Panel Internal Temperature AI 09-I-0133 1 7 71

CP95_00 UPS95_01 DI 09-I-0133CP95_00 Security System DI 09-I-0133

2

AI 1DI 2



PLC95_00 9590000 UPS95_90000FAILPLC95_00 9591000 BSVR95_91000ALARM

PLC No.: PLC95_00

PLC95_00 9510000 TIT95_10000TEMP Count of IO Type: AI



Total 3


Total Summary



Panel No. IO Tag Zero State One State IO Type PID No. Chassis Slot Point

CP10_01 SCR10_13002CURRENT AI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003CURRENT AI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SWC10_20501CURRENT AI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502CURRENT AI 09-I-0102

4

CP10_01 SCR10_13002ESTOP DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13002FAIL DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13002HITORQUE DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13002ONFWD DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13002ONREV DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13002REM DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003ESTOP DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003FAIL DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003HITORQUE DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003ONFWD DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003ONREV DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003REM DI 09-I-0101CP10_01 ISH10_20501HIGH DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20501ESTOP DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20501FAIL DI 09-I-0102

PLC10_01 1020501 Screenings Washer/Compactor 1PLC10_01 1020501 Screenings Washer/Compactor 1

PLC10_01 1013003 Influent Screen 3PLC10_01 1020501 Screenings Washer/Compactor 1

PLC10_01 1013003 Influent Screen 3PLC10_01 1013003 Influent Screen 3






PLC10_01 1013002 Influent Screen 2


PLC No.: PLC10_01


I/O List - NetworkWILSONVILLE WWTP IMPROVEMENTS

PLC No. Loop ID Loop Title

CP10_01 SWC10_20501ONFWD DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20501ONREV DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20501REM DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502ESTOP DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502FAIL DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502ONFWD DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502ONREV DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502REM DI 09-I-0102CP10_01 MXR10_30100FAIL DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 MXR10_30100ON DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 MXR10_30100REM DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 PMP10_30500FAIL DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 PMP10_30500ON DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 PMP10_30500REM DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 GCL10_31500ESTOP DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 GCL10_31500FAIL DI 09-I-0104CP10_01 GCL10_31500ON DI 09-I-0104PLC10_01 1031500 Grit Classifier

PLC10_01 1031500 Grit ClassifierPLC10_01 1031500 Grit Classifier

PLC10_01 1030500 Grit PumpPLC10_01 1030500 Grit Pump

PLC10_01 1030100 Grit MixerPLC10_01 1030500 Grit Pump

PLC10_01 1030100 Grit MixerPLC10_01 1030100 Grit Mixer










CP10_01 GCL10_31500REM DI 09-I-010433

CP10_01 SCR10_13002FWD DO 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13002REV DO 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003FWD DO 09-I-0101CP10_01 SCR10_13003REV DO 09-I-0101CP10_01 SWC10_20501FWD DO 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20501REV DO 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502FWD DO 09-I-0102CP10_01 SWC10_20502REV DO 09-I-0102CP10_01 MXR10_30100RUN DO 09-I-0104CP10_01 PMP10_30500RUN DO 09-I-0104CP10_01 GCL10_31500RUN DO 09-I-0104

11

AI 4DI 33DO 11

Total 48



PLC10_01 1030500 Grit PumpPLC10_01 1031500 Grit Classifier

PLC10_01 1020502 Screenings Washer/Compactor 2PLC10_01 1030100 Grit Mixer


PLC10_01 1013003 Influent Screen 3PLC10_01 1020501 Screenings Washer/Compactor 1



PLC10_01 1013002 Influent Screen 2

PLC10_01 1031500 Grit Classifier

Total 48

CP40_01 PMP50_03001SPEED AI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03002SPEED AI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03003SPEED AI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03004SPEED AI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP53_10001SPEED AI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10002SPEED AI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10003SPEED AI 09-I-0115

7

CP40_01 PMP50_03001SC AO 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03002SC AO 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03003SC AO 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03004SC AO 09-I-0113PLC40_01 5003004 RAS Pump 4

PLC40_01 5003002 RAS Pump 2PLC40_01 5003003 RAS Pump 3


PLC40_01 5003001 RAS Pump 1

PLC40_01 5310002 Secondary Effluent Pump 2PLC40_01 5310003 Secondary Effluent Pump 3

PLC40_01 5003004 RAS Pump 4PLC40_01 5310001 Secondary Effluent Pump 1


PLC No.: PLC40_01

PLC40_01 5003001 RAS Pump 1






CP40_01 PMP53_10001SC AO 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10002SC AO 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10003SC AO 09-I-0115

7

CP40_01 ISL40_20001LOW DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20001FAIL DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20001ON DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 ISL40_20002LOW DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20002FAIL DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20002ON DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 ISL40_20003LOW DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20003FAIL DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20003ON DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 ISL40_20004LOW DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20004FAIL DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20004ON DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 ISL40_20005LOW DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20005FAIL DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20005ON DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 ISL40_20006LOW DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 MXR40_20006FAIL DI 09-I-0107CP40 01 MXR40 20006ON DI 09 I 0107PLC40 01 4020006 A ti B i 3 A bi Mi 6

PLC40_01 4020006 Aeration Basin 3 Anaerobic Mixer 6PLC40_01 4020006 Aeration Basin 3 Anaerobic Mixer 6









PLC40_01 4020001 Aeration Basin 1 Anaerobic Mixer 1


PLC40_01 5310001 Secondary Effluent Pump 1

CP40_01 MXR40_20006ON DI 09-I-0107CP40_01 PMP50_03001FAIL DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03001ON DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03001REM DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PSL50_03001LOW DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03002FAIL DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03002ON DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03002REM DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PSL50_03002LOW DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03003FAIL DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03003ON DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03003REM DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PSL50_03003LOW DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03004FAIL DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03004ON DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03004REM DI 09-I-0113CP40_01 PSL50_03004LOW DI 09-I-0113PLC40_01 5003004 RAS Pump 4








PLC40_01 4020006 Aeration Basin 3 Anaerobic Mixer 6PLC40_01 5003001 RAS Pump 1






CP40_01 PMP53_10001FAIL DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10001ON DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10001REM DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10002FAIL DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10002ON DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10002REM DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10003FAIL DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10003ON DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10003REM DI 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP55_10501FAIL DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_10501ON DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_10501REM DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_10502FAIL DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_10502ON DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_10502REM DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 CTW55_11001ON DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 CTW55_11001REM DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_11001FAIL DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 CTW55_11002ON DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 CTW55_11002REM DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_11002FAIL DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 VSH55_11101HIGH DI 09-I-0116CP40 01 VSH55 11102HIGH DI 09-I-0116

PLC40_01 5511101 SE Cooling Tower 1 VibrationPLC40 01 5511102 SE Cooling Tower 2 Vibration

PLC40_01 5511002 SE Cooling Tower 2PLC40_01 5511002 SE Cooling Tower 2



PLC40_01 5510502 SE Cooling Tower Pump 2PLC40_01 5510502 SE Cooling Tower Pump 2








CP40_01 VSH55_11102HIGH DI 09 I 0116CP40_01 LSH55_11201HIGH DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 LSH55_11202HIGH DI 09-I-0116CP40_01 FAN91_30501FAIL DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 FAN91_30501ON DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 FAN91_30501REM DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 ISH91_30501HIGH DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 FAN91_30502FAIL DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 FAN91_30502ON DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 FAN91_30502REM DI 09-I-0122CP40_01 ISH91_30502HIGH DI 09-I-0122

67

CP40_01 PMP50_03001RUN DO 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03002RUN DO 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03003RUN DO 09-I-0113CP40_01 PMP50_03004RUN DO 09-I-0113PLC40_01 5003004 RAS Pump 4



PLC40_01 5003001 RAS Pump 1

PLC40_01 9130502 Aeration Basins Exhaust Fan 2PLC40_01 9130502 Aeration Basins Exhaust Fan 2




PLC40_01 5511201 SE Cooling Tower 1 LevelPLC40_01 5511202 SE Cooling Tower 2 Level

PLC40_01 5511102 SE Cooling Tower 2 Vibration






CP40_01 PMP53_10001RUN DO 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10002RUN DO 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP53_10003RUN DO 09-I-0115CP40_01 PMP55_10501RUN DO 09-I-0116CP40_01 PMP55_10502RUN DO 09-I-0116CP40_01 CTW55_11001RUN DO 09-I-0116CP40_01 CTW55_11002RUN DO 09-I-0116CP40_01 FAN91_30501RUN DO 09-I-0122CP40_01 FAN91_30502RUN DO 09-I-0122

13


CP40_02 PMP45_02001SPEED AI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02002SPEED AI 09-I-0127PLC40_02 4502002 Basin Drain Pump No. 1

C 0 02 82 000 G d

PLC No.: PLC40_02

PLC40_02 4502001 Filtrate Drain Pump No. 1








CP40_02 PMP82_10001SPEED AI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10002SPEED AI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP90_00101SPEED AI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00102SPEED AI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00103SPEED AI 09-I-0118

7

CP40_02 PMP45_02001SC AO 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02002SC AO 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP82_10001SC AO 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10002SC AO 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP90_00101SC AO 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00102SC AO 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00103SC AO 09-I-0118

7 Count of IO Type: AO

PLC40_02 9000102 W3 Pump No. 2PLC40_02 9000103 W3 Pump No. 3

PLC40_02 8210002 GBT Feed Pump 2PLC40_02 9000101 W3 Pump No. 1

PLC40_02 4502002 Basin Drain Pump No. 1PLC40_02 8210001 GBT Feed Pump 1





PLC40_02 8210001 GBT Feed Pump 1






CP40_02 PMP45_02001FAIL DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02001ON DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02001REM DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02002FAIL DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02002ON DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02002REM DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 CLR50_00101FAIL DI 09-I-0111CP40_02 CLR50_00101ON DI 09-I-0111CP40_02 CLR50_00102FAIL DI 09-I-0111CP40_02 CLR50_00102ON DI 09-I-0111CP40_02 CLR50_00103FAIL DI 09-I-0112CP40_02 CLR50_00103ON DI 09-I-0112CP40_02 SSL50_00103LOW DI 09-I-0112CP40_02 PMP50_01003ON DI 09-I-0112CP40_02 PMP50_20100FAIL DI 09-I-0114CP40_02 PMP50_20100ON DI 09-I-0114CP40_02 PMP50_20100REM DI 09-I-0114CP40_02 USH50_20100LEAK DI 09-I-0114CP40_02 USH50_20100TEMP DI 09-I-0114CP40_02 PMP80_00006FAIL DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00006ON DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00006REM DI 09-I-0127CP40 02 PSH80 00006HIGH DI 09-I-0127

PLC40_02 8000006 TWAS Transfer Pump 1PLC40 02 8000006 TWAS Transfer Pump 1

PLC40_02 8000006 TWAS Transfer Pump 1PLC40_02 8000006 TWAS Transfer Pump 1

PLC40_02 5020100 Secondary Scum PumpPLC40_02 5020100 Secondary Scum Pump

PLC40_02 5020100 Secondary Scum PumpPLC40_02 5020100 Secondary Scum Pump

PLC40_02 5001003 Secondary Clarifier 3 Spray PumpPLC40_02 5020100 Secondary Scum Pump

PLC40_02 5000103 Secondary Clarifier 3PLC40_02 5000103 Secondary Clarifier 3



PLC40_02 4502002 Basin Drain Pump No. 1PLC40_02 5000101 Secondary Clarifier 1

PLC40_02 4502002 Basin Drain Pump No. 1PLC40_02 4502002 Basin Drain Pump No. 1

PLC40_02 4502001 Filtrate Drain Pump No. 1PLC40_02 4502001 Filtrate Drain Pump No. 1


CP40_02 PSH80_00006HIGH DI 09 I 0127CP40_02 PMP80_00007FAIL DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00007ON DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00007REM DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PSH80_00007HIGH DI 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00201FAIL DI 09-I-0126CP40_02 PMP80_00201ON DI 09-I-0126CP40_02 PMP80_00201REM DI 09-I-0126CP40_02 PMP80_00202FAIL DI 09-I-0126CP40_02 PMP80_00202ON DI 09-I-0126CP40_02 PMP80_00202REM DI 09-I-0126CP40_02 BLW82_00101FAIL DI 09-I-0128CP40_02 BLW82_00101ON DI 09-I-0128CP40_02 BLW82_00101REM DI 09-I-0128CP40_02 BLW82_00102FAIL DI 09-I-0128CP40_02 BLW82_00102ON DI 09-I-0128CP40_02 BLW82_00102REM DI 09-I-0128

PLC40_02 8200102 WAS Tank BlowerPLC40_02 8200102 WAS Tank Blower

PLC40_02 8200101 TWAS Tank BlowerPLC40_02 8200102 WAS Tank Blower

PLC40_02 8200101 TWAS Tank BlowerPLC40_02 8200101 TWAS Tank Blower

PLC40_02 8000202 Belt Wash Water Pump 2PLC40_02 8000202 Belt Wash Water Pump 2





PLC40_02 8000006 TWAS Transfer Pump 1






CP40_02 PMP82_10001FAIL DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10001ON DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10001REM DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 USH82_10001LEAK DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 USH82_10001TEMP DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10002FAIL DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10002ON DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10002REM DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 USH82_10002LEAK DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 USH82_10002TEMP DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 LSL82_10201LOW DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 LSL82_10202LOW DI 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP90_00101FAIL DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00101ON DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00101REM DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00102FAIL DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00102ON DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00102REM DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00103FAIL DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00103ON DI 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00103REM DI 09-I-0118

60PLC40_02 9000103 W3 Pump No. 3






PLC40_02 8210201 WAS Storage Tank 1 LevelPLC40_02 8210202 WAS Storage Tank 2 Level

PLC40_02 8210002 GBT Feed Pump 2PLC40_02 8210002 GBT Feed Pump 2





CP40_02 PMP45_02001RUN DO 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP45_02002RUN DO 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP50_20100RUN DO 09-I-0114CP40_02 PMP80_00006RUN DO 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00007RUN DO 09-I-0127CP40_02 PMP80_00201RUN DO 09-I-0126CP40_02 PMP80_00202RUN DO 09-I-0126CP40_02 BLW82_00101RUN DO 09-I-0128CP40_02 BLW82_00102RUN DO 09-I-0128CP40_02 PMP82_10001RUN DO 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP82_10002RUN DO 09-I-0125CP40_02 PMP90_00101RUN DO 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00102RUN DO 09-I-0118CP40_02 PMP90_00103RUN DO 09-I-0118

14 Count of IO Type: DO



PLC40_02 8200102 WAS Tank BlowerPLC40_02 8210001 GBT Feed Pump 1

PLC40_02 8000202 Belt Wash Water Pump 2PLC40_02 8200101 TWAS Tank Blower

PLC40_02 8000007 TWAS Transfer Pump 2PLC40_02 8000201 Belt Wash Water Pump 1

PLC40_02 5020100 Secondary Scum PumpPLC40_02 8000006 TWAS Transfer Pump 1

PLC40_02 4502001 Filtrate Drain Pump No. 1PLC40_02 4502002 Basin Drain Pump No. 1







CP78_01 CEN78_30101FLOWSP AI 09-I-0129CP78_01 CEN78_30102FLOWSP AI 09-I-0129CP78_01 PMP82_20001SPEED AI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20002SPEED AI 09-I-0128

4

CP78_01 PMP82_20001SC AO 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20002SC AO 09-I-0128

2

CP78_01 CEN78_30101ENABLE DI 09-I-0129CP78_01 CEN78_30101REM DI 09-I-0129CP78_01 CEN78_30102ENABLE DI 09-I-0129

PLC78_01 7830101 Centrifuge 1PLC78_01 7830102 Centrifuge 2


PLC78_01 7830101 Centrifuge 1

PLC78_01 8220001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1PLC78_01 8220002 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2

PLC78_01 8220002 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Count of IO Type: AI

PLC78_01 7830102 Centrifuge 2PLC78_01 8220001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1

PLC No.: PLC78_01

PLC78_01 7830101 Centrifuge 1


CP78_01 CEN78_30102REM DI 09-I-0129CP78_01 PMP78_40100FAIL DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP78_40100ON DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP78_40100REM DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 LSL78_40200LOW DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 CTW78_40500FAIL DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 CTW78_40500ON DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 CTW78_40500REM DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 VSH78_40600HIGH DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP78_41000FAIL DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP78_41000ON DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP78_41000REM DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 LSL78_41100LOW DI 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP82_20001FAIL DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20001ON DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20001REM DI 09-I-0128


PLC78_01 7841100 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower LevelPLC78_01 8220001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1

PLC78_01 7841000 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Spray PumpPLC78_01 7841000 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Spray Pump

PLC78_01 7840600 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Fan PLC78_01 7841000 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Spray Pump

PLC78_01 7840500 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower FanPLC78_01 7840500 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Fan

PLC78_01 7840200 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump LevelPLC78_01 7840500 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Fan

PLC78_01 7840100 Dryer Condensate Sump PumpPLC78_01 7840100 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump

PLC78_01 7830102 Centrifuge 2PLC78_01 7840100 Dryer Condensate Sump Pump






CP78_01 PSL82_20001LOW DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 TSH82_20001HIGH DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20002FAIL DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20002ON DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20002REM DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PSL82_20002LOW DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 TSH82_20002HIGH DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PSH82_20101HIGH DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 PSH82_20102HIGH DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 LSL82_20201LOW DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 LSL82_20202LOW DI 09-I-0128CP78_01 FAN91_10501FAIL DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_10501ON DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_10501REM DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 ISL91_10501LOW DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_10502FAIL DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_10502ON DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_10502REM DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 ISL91_10502LOW DI 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_20501FAIL DI 09-I-0121CP78_01 FAN91_20501ON DI 09-I-0121CP78_01 FAN91_20501REM DI 09-I-0121CP78 01 FAN91 20502FAIL DI 09-I-0121PLC78 01 9120502 Biofilter 2 Inline Stack Fan

PLC78_01 9120501 Biofilter 1 Inline Stack FanPLC78_01 9120501 Biofilter 1 Inline Stack Fan

PLC78_01 9110502 Odor Control Fan 2PLC78_01 9120501 Biofilter 1 Inline Stack Fan

PLC78_01 9110502 Odor Control Fan 2PLC78_01 9110502 Odor Control Fan 2



PLC78_01 8220202 TWAS Storage Tank 2 LevelPLC78_01 9110501 Odor Control Fan 1

PLC78_01 8220102 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 Discharge PressurePLC78_01 8220201 TWAS Storage Tank 1 Level

PLC78_01 8220002 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2 PLC78_01 8220101 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 Discharge Pressure



PLC78_01 8220001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1 PLC78_01 8220001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1

CP78_01 FAN91_20502FAIL DI 09 I 0121CP78_01 FAN91_20502ON DI 09-I-0121CP78_01 FAN91_20502REM DI 09-I-0121

44

CP78_01 CEN78_30101CIP DO 09-I-0129CP78_01 CEN78_30101RUN DO 09-I-0129CP78_01 CEN78_30102CIP DO 09-I-0129CP78_01 CEN78_30102RUN DO 09-I-0129CP78_01 PMP78_40100RUN DO 09-I-0132CP78_01 CTW78_40500RUN DO 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP78_41000RUN DO 09-I-0132CP78_01 PMP82_20001RUN DO 09-I-0128CP78_01 PMP82_20002RUN DO 09-I-0128CP78_01 FAN91_10501RUN DO 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_10502RUN DO 09-I-0120CP78_01 FAN91_20501RUN DO 09-I-0121

PLC78_01 9110502 Odor Control Fan 2PLC78_01 9120501 Biofilter 1 Inline Stack Fan

PLC78_01 8220002 Centrifuge Feed Pump 2PLC78_01 9110501 Odor Control Fan 1

PLC78_01 7841000 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Spray PumpPLC78_01 8220001 Centrifuge Feed Pump 1

PLC78_01 7840100 Dryer Condensate Sump PumpPLC78_01 7840500 Dryer Condensate Cooling Tower Fan



PLC78_01 9120502 Biofilter 2 Inline Stack Fan Count of IO Type: DI

PLC78_01 9120502 Biofilter 2 Inline Stack FanPLC78_01 9120502 Biofilter 2 Inline Stack Fan






CP78_01 FAN91_20502RUN DO 09-I-012113




Total Summary

PLC78_01 9120502 Biofilter 2 Inline Stack Fan Count of IO Type: DO




PW/WBG/425034 SCADA COMPONENTS MARCH 2012 40 92 06 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 92 06 SCADA COMPONENTS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This Section gives the requirements for furnishing supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) components including hardware and software for workstation computers, server computers, printers and radio communication equipment.




1.03 SUBMITTALS



1. Purchase Quotation: Listing of SCADA components and accessories to be provided. Include applicable tag numbers and functional names of components.

2. Order Confirmation Summary: Final listing of SCADA components and accessories to be provided.

3. SCADA Components Data Sheets: a. Neat and legible markups of the SCADA Components Data

Sheets provided in this Section. b. Markup the SCADA Components Data Sheets to include

complete product information and corrections to reflect all items in the purchase quotation.




adjustment, calibration, maintenance and purchasing replacements for SCADA components.


SCADA COMPONENTS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 06 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

c. Name, address and telephone number of the SCADA Supplier’s local service representative.

d. Complete list of supplied SCADA components with full model numbers, including spare parts and test equipment provided.

2. Manufacturer’s Original Copies of Hardware, Software and Installation, Assembly and Operations Manuals for SCADA components. Manuals shall include the following information: a. General descriptive information covering the basic features. b. Physical description covering layout and installation requirements


for programming, operation, startup, shutdown, and of the SCADA equipment and explaining how the various functions are performed.

d. Maintenance procedures covering checkout and troubleshooting: 1) Checkout procedures shall provide the means to verify the


determining faulty components. e. Wiring and schematic diagrams. f. Safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance




and tools. Include quantities, unit prices, and total costs. 6. WWTP to Public Works Radio System Analysis and Design:

a. Radio path evaluation and fade margin calculation. b. Antenna mounting height requirement. c. Radio panel layouts and wiring diagrams. d. Antenna mounting and grounding details.



B. Packaged at the factory prior to shipment to protect each item from damage during shipment and storage. Containers protected against impact, abrasion,


PW/WBG/425034 SCADA COMPONENTS MARCH 2012 40 92 06 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

corrosion, discoloration and/or other damages. Clearly label contents of each container and provide information on the required storage conditions necessary for the equipment.

C. Notify CH2M HILL of the storage requirements and recommendations for the equipment prior to shipment.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide components that are listed in the SCADA Components List in Article Supplements at the end of this Section. Specific component requirements are defined in the SCADA Components Data Sheets in Article Supplements at the end of this Section.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WWTP TO PUBLIC WORKS RADIO COMMUNICATIONS

A. General: Radio for connection to City of Wilsonville Public Works existing master radio. Provide complete radio system analysis, design, fabrication, and installation.

B. Preliminary Radio Signal Strength Test and Design:

1. Using a temporary radio and antenna, conduct test to confirm acceptable communication from the WWTP to the existing Master Radio located at the Public Works Building.

2. Complete design based on the signal strength test results using like equipment to other remote sites currently communicating with the Public Works Building Master Radio.

C. Design Criteria:

1. Radio Arrangement: Indoor panel-mounted radio and power supply with serial cable to PLC78_01 and coaxial cable to outdoor antenna.

2. Frequency: Licensed 462.3375 MHz. 3. Data Rate: 9600 bits per second minimum. 4. Fade Margin: 10 dB minimum. 5. Surge Protection: Grounded surge protector on coaxial cable,

Polyphasor.


SCADA COMPONENTS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 06 - 4 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

6. Power Supply: 120V ac. Provide dc power supply as required for radio equipment.

3.02 SUPPLEMENTS


1. SCADA Components List. 2. SCADA Components Data Sheets.

END OF SECTION


Item Facility Tag No. Description Manufacturer Model Number Remarks

1 95 *CNSVR95_01 Historian Wonderware Historian2 95 *CNSVR95_02,03 HMI and Object Svrs Wonderware System Platform 20123 95 *CNWS95_01 HMI development & runtime software Wonderware System Platform Development Studio

4 95 *CNWS95_01 Alarm Dialer Software Specter Instruments Win911 Pro With Hot backup

5 95 *CNWS95_02 HMI runtime software Wonderware InTouch for System Platform6 95 *CNWS95_02 Reporting Software Wonderware Quick Reports 20127 10 *OIT10_01 HMI runtime software Wonderware InTouch for System Platform8 40 *OIT40_01 HMI runtime software Wonderware InTouch for System Platform9 78 *OIT78_01 HMI runtime software Wonderware InTouch for System Platform10 95 BNSVR95_01 Business Server (CMMS, O&M) Dell PE R61011 40 BNWS40_01 Business/Security Workstation Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard12 95 BNWS95_01 Business Workstation 1 (Security) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard13 95 BNWS95_02 Business Workstation 2 (Staff) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard14 95 BNWS95_03 Business Workstation 3 (Staff) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard15 95 BNWS95_04 Business Workstation 4 (Staff) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard16 95 BNWS95_05 Business Workstation 5 (Staff) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard17 95 BNWS95_06 Business Workstation 6 (Lab) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard18 95 CNPRTR95_01 Control Network Printer HP CP5225dn

SCADA COMPONENTS LIST

19 95 CNSVR95_01 Server (HMI) Dell PE R71020 95 CNSVR95_02 Server (AOS1, PDC)) Dell PE R71021 95 CNSVR95_03 Server (AOS2, GR) Dell PE R71022 95 CNWS95_01 Control Workstation 1 Dell Precision T3500 Minitower23 95 CNWS95_02 Control Workstation 2 Dell Precision T3500 Minitower24 95 CNWS95_03 Control Workstation 3 (for City) Dell Optiplex 790 Match CH IT standard25 40 KVM40_03 GBT OIT KVM Gefen CAT5-150026 95 KVM95_01 KVM 1 Belkin FIDC 108B-SR27 10 OIT10_01 Headworks Building Operator Terminal TCS Inc. TCS-025-01889-00128 40 OIT40_01 Process Gallery Operator Terminal TCS Inc. TCS-025-01889-00129 40 OIT40_03 Gravity Belt Operator Terminal TCS Inc.30 78 OIT78_01 Dewatering Building Operator Terminal TCS Inc. TCS-025-01889-00131 78 RTU78_01 Radio for Public Works Remote Monitoring Esteem 192C Match existing Water Sites32 95 RTR95_01 Router Supplied by ISP

* Denotes tag of equipment where software is to be installed

PW/WBG/425034 MARCH 2012©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SCADA COMPONENTS40 92 06 SUPPLEMENT - 1

KVM (KEYBOARD, VIDEO,

MOUSE)

1 Tag Number Drawing KVM95_01 09-I-021123456789

101112 Laptop Style13 PS/2, USB1415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions (in.) Weight 19 x 23.5 x 1.75 WxDxH 33 lbs4344454647484950515253

Display Type

Maximum Resolution 1280 x 1024

17" LCD Active-Matrix Color

F1DC108B-SRModel Number

Rail Type Single-Rail Technology

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Admin Building Server Rack KVM

Belkin

Yes8 Ports

Service

Manufacturer

Built in KVM SwitchKVM Switch

Keyboard TypeKeyboard/Mouse Connection

SOFTWARE

Cables (5 Cables) F1D9401-06 OmniView Series Dual-Port KVM Cable, USB, 6 ft.

2-Year Warranty - Belkin's Assurance

OTHER

POWER

KVM95_01


KVM (KEYBOARD, VIDEO, MOUSE)

DISPLAY

Power Supply 5V DC, 2.6A power adapter; 100 to 240VAC; 50 to 60Hz; 48 watts

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

1 Tag Number Drawing KVM40_03 09-I-021623456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions (in.) Weight 8.4 x 4.2 x 1.6 WxDxH 6 lbs4344454647484950515253

KVM40_03


KVM (KEYBOARD, VIDEO, MOUSE)

RECEIVE UNIT

Video Out 1

Cat-5 VideoCat-5 USB/Aud2 USB OUT

Power Supply

Two CAT5 cables to extend up to 330 feet.CAT5

5V DC, power adapter; 100 to 240VAC; 50 to 60Hz;

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SEND UNIT

Cables Video, USB, Audio (6 Ft)

30 day

OTHER

POWER

Monitor OutVideo InCat-5 VideoCat-5 USB/Aud

Power

CAT5-1500Model Number

RJ-45 input extends VGA signalsRJ-45 input extends USB, and audio signals

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

GBT OIT KVM

Gefen

5 VDC

Service

Manufacturer

RF-45 input connects CAT-5 cable to receive extended VGARF-45 input connects CAT-5 cable to receive extended USB

Power

Video Out 2 HD 15 output connecting to remote monitor (nirrored video)

USB input from computer

Two USB type A Outputs connects to USB devices

5 VDCHD 15 output connecting to remote monitor

Output for local monitor (not used)VGA

USB Input

PRINTER

1 Tag Number Drawing CNPRTR95_01 09-I-020123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions (in.) Weight 22 x 24 x 14 inches 90.2 lbs4344454647484950515253

Ethernet

Control Panel 2 line 16 character backlit display

HP PCL 6, 5c, postscriptPassword protected embedded Web Server

CP5225nModel Number

Speed 20 ppm

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Control Network Printer

HP

192 MB

84 scalable true type fonts

600 x 600 dpi2 tray, up to 12 x 18 inch

Service

Manufacturer

Memory

ResolutionPaper Input

Fonts

SOFTWARE

10/100 Base-T port built in

5 year Next Day Business Support

CountertopOTHER

POWER

Print DriverSecurity

CNPRTR95_01


Printer

DISPLAY

Power Supply

Mounting

High Speed USB 2.0USB

120 VAC

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

1 Tag Number Drawing RTU78_01 09-I-020123456789

101112131415 Dimensions Weight 2.5 in. x 8.2 in. x 9.4 in 5 LBS1617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

RTU78_01


Radio

Power Supply 12 VDC with 120 VAC adapter

ACCESSORIES

Bandpass FilterAntennaLightning Arrestor

As needed, TXC RX Systems Inc Yagi directional, Kathrein Ca7Include

minus 30 to 60 deg C

OTHER

Operating Temperature

POWER

RF PowerData Rate

192CModel Number

Frequency 462.3375 MHz

GENERAL

HARDWARE

WWTP Radio for Public Works Remote Monitoring

Esteem

2 to 5 Watts600 to 19,200 Baud

Service

Manufacturer

SERVER

123456789

10 Processor Speed 1 Processor Speed 2 2.4Ghz None1112 Memory Type Memory Speed Dual Ranked RDIMM 1333 MHz131415 1st Hard Drive 5th Hard Drive Yes No 16 2nd Hard Drive 6th Hard Drive Yes No17 3rd Hard Drive No 18 4th Hard Drive No 1920212223242526272829303132333435363738 Network Interface Card (Add on)394041424344454647484950 Ready Rails (Threaded)515253

Bezel

OTHERWarranty

DISPLAY

BNSVR95_01


COMPUTER SERVER

ACCESSORIES

POWER

Modem

On Board

10 foot/ 3 meter power cord

Dell Limited 3yr Hrdwr Warranty plus on site service initial yr

Riser

1U Threaded Rack Adapter Brackets

SOFTWARE

Operating System

Intel Xeon E5640,8M Cache,Turbo

DELLPE R310

Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM DVD ROM, SATA Internal

RAID Card

Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1

Business Network ServerGENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Hard Drive Type

Memory

Tag Number

Model Number

Service

Manufacturer

BNSVR95_01

Processor 1Not installed

Number of Bays 4

Case Configuration 19-Inch Rack Mount

Raid 5SAS 6iR SAS internal RAID adapter

4 GB optimized

Processor 2

500 GB 7.2K RPM SATA 3.5

Network Interface Card (on board)

Power Supply Non-Redundant 350W

SizeVideo ResolutionVideo CardVideo Memory

On BoardOn Board

On-Board Dual Gigabit Network Adapter

On Board

123456789

10 Processor Speed 1 Processor Speed 2 2.4Ghz 2.4Ghz1112 Memory Type Memory Speed Dual Ranked RDIMM 1333 MHz131415 1st Hard Drive 5th Hard Drive Yes Yes16 2nd Hard Drive 6th Hard Drive Yes No17 3rd Hard Drive 7th Hard Drive Yes No18 4th Hard Drive 8th Hard Drive Yes No19202122232425262728 Security Software29303132333435363738 Network Interface Card (Add on)394041424344454647484950 Ready Rails (Threaded)515253

Intel Gigabit ET NIC, Quad Port, Copper, PCIe-4

Bezel Sound Card

OTHERWarranty

DISPLAY

CNSVR95_01


COMPUTER SERVER

ACCESSORIES

POWER

On Board

2 - 10 foot/ 3 meter power cords


Riser


Control System Historian (Virtual OS)

Operating System

Intel Xeon E5640,12M Cache,Turbo,HT,1066 MHz Max Mem

DELLPE R710

Drive Configuration


RAID Card

Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Standard Edition

PERC H700 Integrated RAID Controller, 512 MB CACHE, x8 Chassis, RAID 5

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Microsoft Office

Hard Drive Type

Memory

Tag Number

Model Number

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE

CNSVR95_01

Processor 1Intel Xeon E5640,12M Cache,Turbo,HT,1066 MHz Max Mem

Number of Bays 8


48 GB, 2R LV RDIMMs for 2 Procs, Optimized

Processor 2

300 GB 10K RPM Serial Attach SCSI 6Gbps 2.5 in hot plug

Control System Server 1 (Host OS)


Power Supply High Output Power Supply, Redundant, 870W


On BoardOn Board

Embedded Broadcom, BG Ethernet NICS with TOE

On Board

123456789





Bezel Sound CardRiser


Operating System

CNSVR95_02


Number of Bays 8


Control System Server 2 (Host OS)Control System SCADA Server 1 (Virtual OS 1)


Control System Domain Controller (Virtual OS 2)DELL


Processor 2


Drive Configuration


RAID CardPERC H700 Integrated RAID Controller, 512 MB CACHE, x8 Chassis, RAID 1

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Microsoft Office

Hard Drive Type

Memory

Tag Number

Model Number

Service

ManufacturerPE R710

SOFTWARE



Dell Limited 3yr Hrdwr Warranty plus on site service initial yrOTHER

Warranty

DISPLAY

CNSVR95_02


COMPUTER SERVER

ACCESSORIES

POWER

On Board



On BoardOn BoardOn Board

123456789





On BoardOn Board


On Board

CNSVR95_03


Number of Bays 8



Processor 2



Control System Server 3 (Host OS)GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Microsoft Office

Hard Drive Type

Memory

Tag Number

Model Number

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE

Control System SCADA Server 2 (Virtual OS 1)

Operating System


Control System Galaxy Repository (Virtual OS 2)DELLPE R710

Drive Configuration


RAID CardPERC H700 Integrated RAID Controller, 512 MB CACHE, x8 Chassis, RAID 1



Riser


OTHERWarranty

DISPLAY

CNSVR95_03


COMPUTER SERVER

ACCESSORIES

POWER

On Board


Bezel Sound Card

SCADA SOFTWARE

1 Tag Number Drawing N/A N/A234 Part # QTY5 SP-4350A 16 97-1260 1 Wonderware Development Studio Unlimited7 01-2622 6 InTouch for System Platform w/HistClient8 56-00004 19

101112131415161718 10-7002 11920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

N/A


SCADA SOFTWARE

DISPLAY

Resolution

ACCESSORIES

Service

SUPPORT

OTHER

SCADA Software - WonderWare

DescriptionWonderware System Platform 2012

Wonderware Customer First - Standard Level

GENERAL

SOFTWARE

Wonderware QuickReports 2012

1920 x 1080

1 Tag Number Drawing N/A 09-I-0201234 Part # QTY5 Win911/Pro 16 Win911/Pro-HB 1789

101112131415161718 WIN-911-ESP-R 11920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041 Part # QTY42 WIN-911/TAPI/USB 24344454647484950515253

N/A


SCADA SOFTWARE

DISPLAY

Specter Instruments External USB modem

ACCESSORIES

Service

SUPPORT

Description

OTHER

SCADA Software - Alarm Dialer

DescriptionSpecter Instruments Alarm Dialer

Additional Year of Support

GENERAL

SOFTWARE

Specter Instruments Alarm Dialer Hot Backup

WORK STATION

1 Tag Number Drawing BNWS40_01 09-I-020123456789

101112 320GB 3.5 6.0 Gb/s SATA 13141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637 Battery Life Type38394041424344454647484950515253

Network

512 MB

Wireless Device None

Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP

3.3 GHz4GB DDR3 non-ECC SDRAM 1333MHz

None (Installed by CH2M Hill IT)None (Installed by CH2M Hill IT)

Optiplex 790 DesktopModel Number

Processor Intel Core i3 2120

OTHER

Warranty

1st Hard Drive2nd Hard Drive

Business/Security Workstation

DELL

Operating System Windows 7 Professional, Media, 64 bit

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER

Microsoft OfficeSecurity Software

Processor SpeedMemory

ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE

Embedded Intel GB Ethernet

KeyboardMousePower Cord

3yr NBD

3 year ProSupport

BNWS40_01


COMPUTER WORKSTATION

DISPLAY

SizeResolutionGraphics CardVideo Memory

Power Supply

Support

NoneModemBlue Tooth None



BNWS95_01



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD

3 year ProSupportOTHER

Warranty


Business Workstation 1 (Security)

DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER







512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP

Network



BNWS95_02



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD


Warranty


Business Workstation 2 (Staff)

DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER







512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP

Network



BNWS95_03



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD


Warranty



DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER







512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP

Network



BNWS95_04



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD


Warranty



DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER







512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP

Network



BNWS95_05



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD


Warranty



DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER







512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP

Network



Network

512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

20 inch P2011H WFP





OTHER

Warranty


Business Workstation 6 (Lab)

DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER



ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD

3 year ProSupport

BNWS95_06



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


1 Tag Number Drawing CNWS95_01 09-I-020123456789


CNWS95_01



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE

Broadcom NetXtreme Gbit PCI Express


3yr NBD


Warranty


SCADA Workstation 1 (Control Room)

DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER



2.53 Ghz12GB DDR3 ECC SDRAM 1333MHz, 3X4GB


Precision T3500 MinitowerModel Number

Processor Dual Core Xeon W3505

512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16X DVD +/- RW

Nvidea Quadro NVS 420, 4 Mon

Dell Ultrasharp U2410 24 inch wide monitor1920 x 1080

Video CordRecovery MediaMonitor mounted speaker bar

Network



CNWS95_02



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE

Broadcom NetXtreme Gbit PCI Express


3yr NBD


Warranty


SCADA Workstation 2 (Control Room)

DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER



2.53 Ghz12GB DDR3 ECC SDRAM 1333MHz, 3X4GB


Precision T3500 MinitowerModel Number

Processor Dual Core Xeon W3505

512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16X DVD +/- RW

Nvidea Quadro NVS 420, 4 Mon

Dell Ultrasharp U2410 24 inch wide monitor1920 x 1080


Network




Network

512 MB


Drive Configuration

CD/DVD/ROM

Non RAID

16x DVD +/- RW

AMD Radeon HD 6350

None


NoneNone



OTHER

Warranty


SCADA Workstation 3 (City Workstation)

DELL


GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

POWER



ACCESSORIES

Service

Manufacturer

SOFTWARE



3yr NBD

3 year ProSupport

CNWS95_03



DISPLAY


Power Supply

Support


1 Tag Number Drawing OIT10_01 09-I-020123456789

101112131415 Dimensions Weight 2U x 17" depth1617181920212223242526272829 Dimensions Weight 557 x 362 x 65 WHD 8.6 kgs303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

Spare drive bay

Network

None

19" rack mount with slide rails

USB Ports Minimum 2

Panel Mount, Nema 4, Touch Screen

21.5"1920 x 1080

na

TCS-025-01889-001Model Number

Processor XEON E3-1255 CPU

160 GB SATA MLC Solid State Drive

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Headworks Building Operator Terminal

Total Control Solutions

Windows 7 Professional, 64 bit

3.1 GHz or faster8 GB DDR3 ECC Memory

Service

Manufacturer

TCS-005-01778

Wireless Device

Mounting


1st Hard DrivePCI Slots

Operating System

SOFTWARE

KeyboardMouse

GB Ethernet

NoneNonePower Cord

32 to 122 deg F

OTHER


POWER

OIT10_01


OPERATOR TERMINAL

DISPLAY

SizeResolutionTypeManufacturerModel Number

Power Supply

NoneModemSerial 4 x RS-232

500 watt 110/220 VAC

ACCESSORIES




OIT40_01


OPERATOR TERMINAL

DISPLAY


Power Supply


500 watt 110/220 VAC

ACCESSORIES


SOFTWARE

KeyboardMouse

GB Ethernet

NoneNonePower Cord

32 to 122 deg F

OTHER


POWER

Mounting



Operating System




GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Process Gallery Operator Terminal




Service

Manufacturer

TCS-005-01778



USB Ports Minimum 2


21.5"1920 x 1080

na

Spare drive bay

Network


101112131415 Dimensions Weight1617181920212223242526272829 Dimensions Weight 557 x 362 x 65 WHD 8.6 kgs303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253

Network

USB Ports


21.5"1920 x 1080

Model Number

Processor

GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

GBT Room Operator Terminal


Service

Manufacturer

TCS-005-01778

Wireless Device

Mounting



Operating System

SOFTWARE

KeyboardMouse

NoneNonePower Cord

32 to 122 deg F

OTHER


POWER

OIT40_03


OPERATOR TERMINAL

DISPLAY


Power Supply

ModemSerial

ACCESSORIES




OIT78_01


OPERATOR TERMINAL

DISPLAY


Power Supply


500 watt 110/220 VAC

ACCESSORIES


SOFTWARE

KeyboardMouse

GB Ethernet

NoneNonePower Cord

32 to 122 deg F

OTHER


POWER

Mounting



Operating System




GENERAL

HARDWARE

NETWORKING

Dewatering Building Operator Terminal




Service

Manufacturer

TCS-005-01778



USB Ports Minimum 2


21.5"1920 x 1080

na

Spare drive bay

Network


PW/WBG/425034 ETHERNET NETWORK COMPONENTS MARCH 2012 40 92 07 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 92 07 ETHERNET NETWORK COMPONENTS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. This Section gives the requirements for furnishing Ethernet network components and accessories including switches, routers, and firewalls.




1.03 SUBMITTALS



1. Purchase Quotation: Listing of Ethernet network components and accessories to be provided. Include applicable tag numbers and functional names of components.

2. Order Confirmation Summary: Final listing of Ethernet network components and accessories to be provided.

3. Ethernet Components Data Sheets: a. Neat and legible markups of the Ethernet Components Data

Sheets provided in this Section. b. Markup the Ethernet Components Data Sheets to include

complete product information and corrections to reflect all items in the purchase quotation.




adjustment, calibration, maintenance and purchasing replacements for Ethernet components.

c. Name, address and telephone number of the Ethernet Supplier’s local service representative.


ETHERNET NETWORK COMPONENTS PW/WBG/425034 40 92 07 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

d. Complete list of supplied Ethernet components with full model numbers, including spare parts and test equipment provided.

2. Manufacturer’s Original Copies of Hardware, Software and Installation, Assembly and Operations Manuals for Ethernet components. Manuals shall include the following information: a. General descriptive information covering the basic features. b. Physical description covering layout and installation requirements


for programming, operation, startup, shutdown, and of the Ethernet equipment and explaining how the various functions are performed.

d. Maintenance procedures covering checkout and troubleshooting: 1) Checkout procedures shall provide the means to verify the


determining faulty components. e. Wiring and schematic diagrams. f. Safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance




and tools. Include quantities, unit prices, and total costs.




C. Notify Engineer of the storage requirements and recommendations for the equipment prior to shipment.


PW/WBG/425034 ETHERNET NETWORK COMPONENTS MARCH 2012 40 92 07 - 3 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Provide components that are listed in the Ethernet Components List in Article Supplements at the end of this Section. Specific component requirements are defined in the Ethernet Components Data Sheets in Article Supplements at the end of this Section.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUPPLEMENTS


1. Ethernet Components List. 2. Ethernet Components Data Sheets.

END OF SECTION


ETHERNET COMPONENTS LISTItem Facility Tag No. Description Manufacturer Model Number Remarks

1 10 BNCPP10_01 Headworks Building Business Network Copper Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-PSD66U24HM 24 port2 10 BNSW10_01 Headworks Building Business Network Switch HP Procurve J9624A 24 port3 10 CNSW10_01 Headworks Building Control Network Switch N-Tron 7026TX-AC 26 port4 10 FPP10_01 Headworks Building Business and SCADA Fiber Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-FC02U-P 24 port5 10 IOSW10_01 Headworks Building PLC I/O Network Switch N-Tron 708TX 8 port6 40 BNCPP40_01 Process Gallery Business Network Copper Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-PSD66U24HM 24 port7 40 BNSW40_01 Process Gallery Business Network Switch HP Procurve J9624A 24 port8 40 CNSW40_01 Process Gallery Control Network Switch N-Tron 7026TX-AC 26 port9 40 FPP40_01 Process Gallery Business and SCADA Fiber Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-FC02U-P 42 port10 40 IOSW40_01 Process Gallery PLC I/O Network Switch 1 N-Tron 708TX 8 port11 40 IOSW40_02 Process Gallery PLC I/O Network Switch 2 N-Tron 708TX 8 port12 70 BNSW70_01 UV Business Network Switch N-Tron 7506GX2-SX 6 port13 70 CNPS70_01 UV Area Control Network 24 vdc power supply N-Tron NTPS-24-1.3 din rail mount14 70 CNSW70_01 UV Area Control Network Switch N-Tron 7506GX2-SX 6 port15 70 FPP70_01 UV Area Business and SCADA Fiber Patch Panel 1 Hubbell FTUS2P with FSPSCD6 18 port16 78 BNCPP78_01 Dewatering Building Business Network Copper Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-PSD66U24HM 24 port17 78 BNSW78_01 Dewatering Building Business Network Switch HP Procurve J9624A 24 port18 78 CNSW78 01 Dewatering Building Control Network Switch N-Tron 7026TX-AC 26 port18 78 CNSW78_01 Dewatering Building Control Network Switch N Tron 7026TX AC 26 port19 78 FPP78_01 Dewatering Building Business and SCADA Fiber Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-FC02U-P 24 port20 78 IOSW78_01 Dewatering Building PLC I/O Network Switch N-Tron 708TX 8 port21 95 BNCPP95_01 Operations Building Business Network Copper Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-PSD66U24HM 24 port22 95 BNFW95_01 Operations Building Business Network Firewall Juniper Networks SSG14023 95 BNSW95_01 Operations Building Business Network Switch 1 HP Procurve J9624A 24 port24 95 BNSW95_02 Operations Building Business Network Switch 2 HP Procurve J9624A 24 port25 95 CNCPP95_01 Operations Building Control Network Copper Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-PSD66U24HM 24 port26 95 CNFW95_01 Operations Building Control Network DMZ Firewall Juniper Networks SSG14027 95 CNSW95_01 Operations Building Control Network Switch 1 N-Tron 7026TX-AC 26 port28 95 CNSW95_02 Operations Building Control Network Switch 2 N-Tron 7026TX-AC 26 port29 95 DMZSW95_01 Operations Building DMZ Network Switch HP Procurve J9624A 24 port30 95 FPP95_01 Operations Building Control Network Fiber Patch Panel 1 Legrand Ortronics OR-FC01U-P 24 port31 95 RTPS95_01 Operations Building Router Network Switch Power Supply N-Tron NTPS-24-1.3 din rail mount32 95 RTSW95_01 Operations Building Router Network Switch N-Tron 7506GX2 4 port33 95 RTSW95_01 Operations Building Router Network Switch Rack Mounting Bracket N-Tron URMK din rail to rack mt

PW/WBG/425034 MARCH 2012©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

ETHERNET NETWORK COMPONENTS40 92 07 SUPPLEMENT - 1

COPPER PATCH PANEL

1 Tag Number Drawing BNCPP10_01 09-I-021223456789

10111213 19"1415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions (Metric) 88.9x482.6x3.175 HxWxD4344454647484950515253

2U

OR-PSD66U24HMModel Number

Number of Ports 24

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Headworks Business Network Copper Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Universal T568A/B

Service

Manufacturer

Mounting Hardware Included

Connection Type

Rack Mounted

SOFTWARE

Yes

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER

BNCPP10_01


BUSINESS and SCADA NETWORK COPPER PATCH PANEL

DISPLAY

Rack Units

CAT6 - 22-26 AWGCable

ACCESSORIES

1 Tag Number Drawing BNCPP40_01 09-I-021223456 OR-PSD66U24HM789


BNCPP40_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


ACCESSORIES

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER


Connection Type

Rack Mounted

SOFTWARE

Yes

Model Number

Number of Ports 24

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Process Gallery Business Network Copper Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Universal T568A/B

Service

Manufacturer

2U



BNCPP78_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


ACCESSORIES

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER


Connection Type

Rack Mounted

SOFTWARE

Yes

Model Number

Number of Ports 24

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Dewatering Business Network Copper Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Universal T568A/B

Service

Manufacturer

2U



Model Number

Number of Ports 24

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Business Network Copper Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Universal T568A/B

Service

Manufacturer


Connection Type

Rack Mounted

SOFTWARE

Yes

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER

2U

BNCPP95_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


ACCESSORIES

1 Tag Number Drawing CNCPP95_01 09-I-021123456 OR-PSD66U24HM789


Model Number

Number of Ports 24

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Control Network Copper Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Universal T568A/B

Service

Manufacturer


Connection Type

Rack Mounted

SOFTWARE

Yes

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER

2U

CNCPP95_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


ACCESSORIES

FIBER PATCH PANEL

1 Tag Number Drawing FPP10_01 09-I-212234567 Adapter Panel Model Number Quantity OR-OFP-LCD12LC 3 - six port panels8 Panel Blank Model Number Quantity OR-HDFP-BLANK 3 - Blank panels9

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions (Metric) 89 x 483 x 486 H x W x D4344454647484950515253

FPP10_01


BUSINESS and CONTROL NETWORK FIBER PATCH PANEL

DISPLAY

Rack Units

50/125 micron, MultimodeFiber Type

Mounting

Adapter Type LC, Zirconia Ceramic

SOFTWARE

19" Rack2UOTHER

NETWORKING

ACCESSORIES

POWER

OR-FC02U-PFiber Cabinet Model Number

Six adapter panels

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Headworks Fiber Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Service

Manufacturer

Mounting Hardware Included YesCapacity



FPP40_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


Mounting


SOFTWARE

19" Rack2UOTHER

NETWORKING

ACCESSORIES

POWER


Six adapter panels

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Process Gallery Fiber Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Service

Manufacturer


1 Tag Number Drawing FPP70_01 09-I-214234567 Adapter Panel Model Number Quantity FSPLCDS6 2 - six port panel8 Panel Blank Model Number Quantity FSPB None9

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions (Inches) 8.5 x 10.6 x 2.5 (HWD)4344454647484950515253

FPP70_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


Mounting

Adapter Type SC, Zirconia Ceramic

SOFTWARE

Panel mountNAOTHER

NETWORKING

ACCESSORIES

POWER

FTUS2PFiber Cabinet Model Number

Two adapter panels

GENERAL

HARDWARE

UV Fiber Patch Panel

Hubbell

Service

Manufacturer




FPP78_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


Mounting


SOFTWARE

19" Rack2UOTHER

NETWORKING

ACCESSORIES

POWER


Six adapter panels

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Dewatering Fiber Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Service

Manufacturer




FPP95_01



DISPLAY

Rack Units


Mounting


SOFTWARE

19" Rack2UOTHER

NETWORKING

ACCESSORIES

POWER


Six adapter panels

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Operations Building Fiber Patch Panel

Legrand Ortronics

Service

Manufacturer


NETWORK FIREWALL

1 Tag Number Drawing BNFW95_01 09-I-020123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions Inches Weight 17.5 x 1.8 x 15 10.2 lb4344454647484950515253

Yes, VariousYes, Various

19-inch rack

SSG140Model Number

Number of Ethernet Ports 8

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Business Network Firewall

Juniper Networks

100 Mbps

Service

Manufacturer

Speed

SOFTWARE

Voip

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER

BNFW95_01


OPERATIONS BLDG BUSINESS NETWORK FIREWALL

Security

Firewall

Power Supply

Mounting

100-240 VAC 50/60 hz 2 A

ACCESSORIES

1 Tag Number Drawing CNFW95_01 09-I-020123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions Inches Weight 17.5 x 1.8 x 15 10.2 lb4344454647484950515253

CNFW95_01


CONTROL NETWORK DMZ FIREWALL

Security

Firewall

Power Supply

Mounting

100-240 VAC 50/60 hz 2 A

ACCESSORIES

OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER

Voip

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Control Network DMZ Firewall

Juniper Networks

100 Mbps

Service

Manufacturer

Speed

SOFTWARE

SSG140Model Number


Yes, VariousYes, Various

19-inch rack

CONTROL NETWORK POWER SUPPLY

1 Tag Number Drawing CNPS70_01 09-I-021423456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions Weight 1.8 x 3.0 x 3.6 230g4344454647484950515253

CNPS70_01



DISPLAY

Power Rating

MountingFeatures

1.3 Amps @ 24 VDC

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SOFTWARE

Class 1 div 2Din RailOTHER

Supply Voltage 120 VAC

NETWORKING

POWER

Certifications

Efficiency

Temperature, Operating

MTBF

NTPS-24-1.3Model Number

GENERAL

HARDWARE

UV Control Network Power Supply

N-Tron

CE, UL508, UL60950

Service

Manufacturer

LED Status Indicators

-10 to 60 deg CHumidity, Operating

DC On

1 Tag Number Drawing RTPS95_01 09-I-021123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions Weight 1.8 x 3.0 x 3.6 230g4344454647484950515253


-10 to 60 deg CHumidity, Operating

DC On

NTPS-24-1.3Model Number

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Operations Building Router Switch Power Supply

N-Tron

CE, UL508, UL60950

Service

Manufacturer

Certifications

Efficiency


MTBF

SOFTWARE

Class 1 div 2Din RailOTHER

Supply Voltage 120 VAC

NETWORKING

POWER

RTPS95_01



DISPLAY

Power Rating

MountingFeatures

1.3 Amps @ 24 VDC

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

NETWORK SWITCH

1 Tag Number Drawing BNSW10_01 09-I-020123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142 Dimensions Weight 10 x 17.44 x 1.73 7.04 lb.4344454647484950515253

BNSW10_01


BUSINESS NETWORK SWITCH

DISPLAY

Power Rating

Mounting

1 GB Multimode SX, P/N J4858C (Quantity 1)Transceiver No. 2

165.8 W Max, 22.0 W idle

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SOFTWARE

Transceiver No. 1

Rapid Spanning Tree Ring Redundancy

1 GB Multimode SX, P/N J4858C (Quantity 1)

19-inch rack mountOTHER

IGMP Snooping Yes

Supply Voltage 100-127/200-240 VAC

NETWORKING

POWER

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Operating System


MTBF

ProCurve J9624AModel Number


2

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Headworks Building Business Network Switch 01

HP

10/100/1000Yes (12 POE ports)

Service

Manufacturer

Power Cord Yes


32 deg F to 131 Deg F15% to 95%Humidity, Operating

Yes

Availability and Redundancy



BNSW40_01



DISPLAY

Power Rating

Mounting


165.8 W Max, 22.0 W idle

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SOFTWARE

Transceiver No. 1




IGMP Snooping Yes


NETWORKING

POWER

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Operating System


MTBF



2

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Process Gallery Business Network Switch 01

HP

10/100/1000Yes (12 POE ports)

Service

Manufacturer

Power Cord Yes



Yes



10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243 Dimensions 3.8 x 2.0 x 3.944 Mounting DIN Rail454647484950515253

Availablity and Redundancy

YesYes

Included, Multimode Fiber

Manufacturer shall validate switch configuration as part of site visit to confirm overall network functionality

7506GX2-SXModel Number


SD cardConfiguration backup


MTBF

GENERAL

HARDWARE

UV Business Network Switch 01

N-Tron

Yes

4 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - expansion portsNo

Service

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Web InterfaceFanless Operation

SOFTWARE

Layer 3

System LED Status Indicators

-40 C to 80 C5 - 95% non condensing> 2,000,000 hrs

Humidity, Operating

Transceiver No. 1Transceiver No. 2

N-Ring technology

POWER

Command LinePLC Interface

24 VDCSupply Voltage

Yes

YesRSLogix 5000 Add on Instruction

BNSW70_01



DISPLAY

Port LED Status Indicators

PowerConsumption

Included, Multimode Fiber

IGMP Snooping

440mA @ 24 VDC

ACCESSORIES

Manufacturer Services

OTHER

NETWORKING



BNSW78_01



DISPLAY

Power Rating

Mounting


165.8 W Max, 22.0 W idle

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SOFTWARE

Transceiver No. 1




IGMP Snooping Yes


NETWORKING

POWER

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Operating System


MTBF



2

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Dewatering Building Business Network Switch 01

HP

10/100/1000Yes (12 POE ports)

Service

Manufacturer

Power Cord Yes



Yes




BNSW95_01



DISPLAY

Power Rating

Mounting


165.8 W Max, 22.0 W idle

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SOFTWARE

Transceiver No. 1




IGMP Snooping Yes


NETWORKING

POWER

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Operating System


MTBF



2

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Operations Building Business Network Switch 01

HP

10/100/1000Yes (12 POE ports)

Service

Manufacturer

Power Cord Yes



Yes




BNSW95_02



DISPLAY

Power Rating

Mounting


165.8 W Max, 22.0 W idle

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

SOFTWARE

Transceiver No. 1




IGMP Snooping Yes


NETWORKING

POWER

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Operating System


MTBF



2

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Operations Building Business Network Switch 02

HP

10/100/1000Yes (12 POE ports)

Service

Manufacturer

Power Cord Yes



Yes


1 Tag Number Drawing CNSW10_01 09-I-020123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243 Dimensions 1U44 Mounting 19 inch rack454647484950515253


YesYes

1000BaseSX multimode fiber P/N NTSFP-SX


7026TX-ACModel Number


SD card

2 Dual-Purpose One Gigabit Ethernet SFP ports

Configuration backup


MTBF

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Headworks Building Control Network Switch 01

N-Tron

Yes

24 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - 1000 fiberNo

Service

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks


SOFTWARE

Layer 3



Humidity, Operating


N-Ring technology

POWER


120 VACSupply Voltage

Yes


CNSW10_01


CONTROL NETWORK SWITCH

DISPLAY


PowerConsumption


IGMP Snooping

215ma @ 120 vac

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING



DISPLAY


PowerConsumption


IGMP Snooping

215ma @ 120 vac

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING


SOFTWARE


YesRSLogix 5000 Add on InstructionSD cardConfiguration backup

Layer 3


Humidity, Operating

CNSW40_01




YesYes

POWER


N-Ring technology


Yes

GENERAL Process Gallery Control Network Switch 01Service


HARDWARE

N-Tron

24 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - 1000 fiberNo

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Fanless Operation




MTBF



YesWeb Interface






MTBF

Included


GENERAL UV Control Network Switch 01Service

7506GX2-SXModel Number

CNSW70_01




YesYes

POWER

HARDWARE

N-Tron

Yes

4 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - 1000 fiberNo

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks


SOFTWARE



Layer 3



Humidity, Operating

N-Ring technology


Yes


DISPLAY


PowerConsumption

Included

IGMP Snooping

440mA @ 24 VDC

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING



DISPLAY


PowerConsumption


IGMP Snooping

215ma @ 120 vac

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING


SOFTWARE



Layer 3


Humidity, Operating

CNSW78_01




YesYes

POWER


N-Ring technology


Yes

GENERAL Dewatering/Drying Control Network Switch 01Service


HARDWARE

N-Tron

24 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - 1000 fiberNo

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Fanless Operation




MTBF



YesWeb Interface



DISPLAY


PowerConsumption


IGMP Snooping

215ma @ 120 vac

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING


SOFTWARE



Layer 3


Humidity, Operating

CNSW95_01




YesYes

POWER


N-Ring technology


Yes

GENERAL Operations Building Control Network Switch 01Service


HARDWARE

N-Tron

24 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - 1000 fiberNo

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Fanless Operation




MTBF



YesWeb Interface




N-Ring technology


IGMP Snooping

215ma @ 120 vac

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING


HARDWARE

N-Tron

Yes

24 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - 1000 fiberNo

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks


SOFTWARE



Layer 3



SD card


Configuration backup


MTBF


Humidity, Operating


YesYes



Yes


CNSW95_02



GENERAL Operations Building Control Network Switch 02Service

POWER

DISPLAY


PowerConsumption

1 Tag Number Drawing DMZSW95_01 09-I-020123456789



Power Cord Yes



Yes



2

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Operations Building DMZ Network Switch 1

HP

10/100/1000Yes (12 POE ports)

Service

Manufacturer

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks

Operating System


MTBF

SOFTWARE

Transceiver No. 1




IGMP Snooping Yes


NETWORKING

POWER

DMZSW95_01



DISPLAY

Power Rating

Mounting


165.8 W Max, 22.0 W idle

ACCESSORIES

Warranty

1 Tag Number Drawing IOSW10_01 09-I-0215234

HARDWARE 5 Manufacturer N-Tron6 Model Number 708TX78 Number of Ethernet Ports 89 Speed 8- 10/100 copper

10 PoE/PoE+ No11 Routing Layer 312 Uplinks1314 Temperature, Operating -40 C to 85 C15 Humidity, Operating 5 - 95% non condensing16 MTBF > 2,000,000 hrs17 Fanless Operation

SOFTWARE 18 Web Interface Yes19 Command Line Yes20 PLC Interface RSLogix 5000 Add on Instruction21 Configuration backup No2223

DISPLAY 24 System LED Status Indicators Yes25 Port LED Status Indicators Yes26272829

NETWORKING 30 Availablity and Redundancy N-Ring technology31 IGMP Snooping Yes3233343536

POWER 37 Supply Voltage 24 VDC38 PowerConsumption 250mA @ 24 VDC3940

OTHER 41 Manufacturer Services4243 Dimensions 2.3 x 6 x 3.844 Mounting DIN Rail

ACCESSORIES 454647484950515253

IOSW10_01


I/O NETWORK SWITCH


GENERAL Headworks Building PLC I/O Switch 01Service









ACCESSORIES 454647484950515253


GENERAL Process Gallery PLC I/O Switch 01Service

IOSW40_01


I/O NETWORK SWITCH









ACCESSORIES 454647484950515253


GENERAL Process Gallery PLC I/O Switch 02Service

IOSW40_02


I/O NETWORK SWITCH









ACCESSORIES 454647484950515253


GENERAL Dewatering Building PLC I/O Switch 01Service

IOSW78_01


I/O NETWORK SWITCH

1 Tag Number Drawing RTRSW95_01 09-I-020123456789


RTRSW95_01



DISPLAY


PowerConsumption

not used

IGMP Snooping

440mA @ 24 VDC

ACCESSORIES


OTHER

NETWORKING

POWER



Yes


Layer 3



Humidity, Operating


N-Ring technology

19 inch rack mount kit P/N URMK

GENERAL

HARDWARE

Router Network Switch 01

N-Tron

Yes

4 - 10/100 copper ; 2 - expansion portsNo

Service

Manufacturer

Routing

SpeedPoE/PoE+

Uplinks


SOFTWARE

7506GX2Model Number


SD cardConfiguration backup


MTBF


YesYes

DIN Rail to Rack Mount Bracketnot used



PW/WBG/425034 PACKAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS MARCH 2012 40 99 90 - 1 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

SECTION 40 99 90 PACKAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL



1. Division 1, General Requirements. 2. Section 26 05 26, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 3. Section 26 05 70, Electrical Systems Analysis.

1.02 REFERENCES


1. Instrumentation, Systems, Automation Society (ISA): S50.1, Compatibility of Analog Signals for Electronic Process Instruments.

2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). b. AB 1, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. c. ICS 2, Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies.

3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70, National Electrical Code (NEC).

4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 508A, Standards for Safety, Industrial Control Panels.

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Assemble panels and install instruments, plumbing, and wiring in equipment manufacturer’s factories.

B. Test panels and panel assemblies for proper operation prior to shipment from equipment manufacturer’s factory.

1.04 SUBMITTALS


1. Bill of material, catalog information, descriptive literature, wiring diagrams, and Shop Drawings for components of control system.

2. Catalog information on electrical devices furnished with system. 3. Shop Drawings, catalog material, and dimensional layout drawings for

control panels and enclosures.


PACKAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS PW/WBG/425034 40 99 90 - 2 MARCH 2012 ©COPYRIGHT 2012 CH2M HILL

4. Panel elementary diagrams of prewired panels. Include in diagrams control devices and auxiliary devices, for example, relays, alarms, fuses, lights, fans, and heaters.

5. Plumbing diagrams of preplumbed panels and interconnecting plumbing diagrams.

6. Interconnection wiring and fiber optic network diagrams that include numbered terminal designations showing external interfaces.

7. Instrument loop diagrams conforming to minimum requirements of ISA Standard S5.4, and the information listed in subparagraphs 2 and 6, Paragraph 5.3 of ISA S5.4.

8. Component data sheets similar to ISA Standard S20 forms. 9. Heat load calculations for panels. 10. Preliminary version of the PLC program with User Defined Data Type

tags configured for testing by the plant Control System Integrator, prior to delivery to Site.

11. Preliminary version of the OIU program for use by the plant Control System Integrator to configure the Plantwide Control System.

12. Anchorage and bracing drawings and catalog information, as required by Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.


1. Contact information for attendance at Application Software Development Workshop. Submit telephone numbers and e-mail addresses for individuals participating in workshop.

2. Programmable Controller Submittals: a. Complete set of user manuals. b. PLC I/O list with content and format as specified herein. c. Fully documented ladder logic listings. d. Function listing for function blocks not fully documented by

ladder logic listings. e. Cross-reference listing. f. Fully-documented electronic copy of the as-built programmable

controller software configuration for the package control system that was developed using the programmable controller’s software development tools.

g. PLC network communication data exchange documentation. h. OIU Software Submittals:

1) Fully documented tag database export. 2) Fully documented alarm list including any priority

assignments. 3) Screen print of all graphics including control pop-ups,

trends, alarms, and process displays.



3. Manufacturer’s list of proposed spares, expendables, and test equipment.

4. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Proper Installation in accordance with Section 01 43 33, Manufacturers’ Field Services.

5. Anchorage and bracing calculations as required by Section 01 88 15, Anchorage and Bracing, for loads in Section 01 61 00, Common Product Requirements.

1.05 APPLICATION SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOP

A. Attend an application software delivery workshop to ensure conformance with project-wide application software standards. The workshop will be held as a teleconference and/or live meeting. Workshop may be split into two separate sessions of up to 4 hours each.

B. Workshop Topics: Company will provide the following minimum required standards to be followed for all PLC and OIU application software:

1. Tag name and addressing conventions to follow. 2. User Defined Data Type structures to be used, including:

a. Motorized equipment. b. Actuated valves. c. Analog instruments.

3. PLC functionality, including conventions for status and alarms (on state and off state), LOCAL/REMOTE and AUTO/MANUAL control modes, PLC to PLC communication approach, communication monitoring, alarm acknowledgment and reset.

4. Graphic standards to be used: a. OIU standard objects, where applicable. b. Color conventions.

5. Control functions available from Plantwide Control System. 6. Software security approach. 7. Network address assignments. 8. Plantwide automatic restart sequence following power failure.

C. Required Attendance: Provide for workshop attendance by telephone and live meeting for the following individuals:

1. Manufacturer’s PLC software programmer responsible for project PLC application software, allow for up to 4 hours.

2. Manufacturer’s OIU software programmer responsible for project OIU application software, allow for up to 4 hours.

3. Manufacturer’s other project representatives, attendance as deemed necessary by manufacturer.




A. Prior to shipment, include corrosive-inhibitive vapor capsules in shipping containers and related equipment as recommended by capsule manufacturer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS

A. Analog Signal, Current Type:

1. 4 to 20 mA dc signals conforming to ISA S50.1. 2. Unless otherwise indicated for specific PIC subsection components, use

the following ISA S50.1 options. a. Transmitter Type: Number 2, two-wire. b. Transmitter Load Resistance Capacity: Class L. c. Fully isolated transmitters and receivers.

B. Discrete signals, two-state logic signals using 120V ac sources as indicated.

C. Special Signals: Other types of signals used to transmit analog and digital information between field elements, transmitters, receivers, controllers, and digital devices.


A. Corrosion-Inhibiting Vapor Capsule Manufacturers:

1. Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC. 2. Hoffmann Engineering; Model A-HCI.

2.03 CONTROL PANEL

A. Panel Construction and Interior Wiring: In accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC), UL 508, state and local codes, and applicable sections of NEMA, ANSI, and ICECA.

B. Panels labeled prior to delivery to Site.

C. Conform to NEMA ratings as specified in individual equipment sections.

D. Minimum Metal Thickness: 14 gauge.

E. NEMA 250, Type 4X Panels: Type 304 stainless steel.



F. Doors:

1. Three-point latching mechanisms in accordance with NEMA 250 Type 1 and 12 panels with doors higher than 18 inches.

2. For other doors, stainless steel quick release clamps.

G. Cutouts shall be cut, punched, or drilled and finished smoothly with rounded edges.

H. Access: Front, suitable for installation with back and sides adjacent to or in contact with other surfaces, unless otherwise specified.

I. Temperature Control:

1. Enclosures Installed Indoors in Conditioned Spaces: Size panels to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted on or in the panel. If necessary, furnish thermostatically controlled cooling fans with replaceable air filters. Derive power for the fans from the internal 120V ac control system.

2. Enclosures Installed Outdoors or Indoors in Spaces that are Not Conditioned: a. For enclosures with programmable logic controllers,

microprocessors or adjustable frequency drives, when noted or if required to meet panel components temperature ratings: 1) Provide NEMA 4/4X side-mounted or top-mounted closed-

loop air conditioning unit. Size the unit to maintain temperatures inside the enclosure to no more than 45 degrees C with an ambient temperature of 50 degrees C in full sun and the equipment operating at full load.

2) Air Conditioner Power: 120 volts, provided by an external circuit, for loads not to exceed 15A. For loads greater than 15A at 120V, notify CH2M HILL and request direction.

b. For Other Enclosures: Furnish thermostatically controlled fans with replaceable air filters to dissipate heat generated in the panel and heaters to maintain temperature above 40 degrees F. Provide thermostats to automatically control heating and cooling requirements to maintain the temperature inside the enclosure within the ratings of the components inside the enclosure.

J. Push-to-Test Circuitry: For each push-to-test indicating light, provide a fused push-to-test circuit.

K. Lighting: Minimum of one hand switch controlled internal 100-watt light for panels 12 cubic feet and larger.



L. Minimum of one 120-volt GFCI duplex receptacle for panels 12 cubic feet and larger.

M. Finish:

1. Metallic External Surfaces (Excluding Aluminum and Stainless Steel): Manufacturer’s standard gray unless otherwise specified.

2. Internal Surfaces: White enamel.

N. Panel Manufacturers:

1. Hoffman. 2. H.F. Cox.

O. Breather and Drains: Furnish with NEMA 250, Type 4 and 4X panels.

1. Manufacturer and Products: Cooper Crouse-Hinds; ECD Type 4X Drain and Breather; Drain Model ECD1-N4D, Breather Model ECD1-N4B.

2.04 CONTROL PANEL ELECTRICAL

A. UL Listing Mark for Enclosures: Mark stating “Listed Enclosed Industrial Control Panel” per UL 508A.

B. I&C and electrical components, terminals, wires, and enclosures UL recognized or UL listed.

C. Control Panels without Motor Starters:

1. Furnish main circuit breaker and a circuit breaker on each individual branch circuit distributed from power panel.

2. Locate to provide clear view of and access to breakers when door is open. Group on single subpanel. Provide typed directory.

3. Circuit Breakers: a. Coordinate for fault in branch circuit trips, branch breaker, and

not main breaker. b. Branch Circuit Breakers: 15 amps at 250V ac. c. Breaker Manufacturers and Products:

1) Heineman Electric Co.; Series AM. 2) Airpax/North American Philips Controls Corp.; Series 205.

D. Control Panels with Three-Phase Power Supplies and Motor Starters:

1. Mount main circuit breaker on panel door. Include provisions for padlocking the main circuit breaker in the “OPEN” position. Interlock



the main circuit breaker with the door latch so that the door cannot be opened with the main circuit breaker in the “CLOSED” position.

2. Mount operator interface devices including, but not limited to HMI panels, selector switches, pushbuttons, indicator lights and overload reset pushbuttons on the front access door(s).

3. Circuit Breakers: a. In accordance with NEMA AB1. b. Interrupting capacity of 35,000A RMS symmetrical, at 480 volts,

or as required for connection to system with short circuit capacity as calculated in accordance with Section 26 05 70, Electrical Systems Analysis, Article Short Circuit Study, whichever is greater.

c. Tripping indicated by operating handle position. d. Motor Circuit Branch Circuit Breakers: Molded case, magnetic

trip only, with adjustable trip setting. e. Other Circuit Breakers: Molded case, thermal magnetic. f. Locking: Include provision for padlocking circuit breaker in the

“OPEN” position. 4. Motor Control:

a. 120V ac, except for intrinsically safe circuits where applicable. b. Control Power Transformer:

1) Provide sufficient capacity to serve the connected control circuit load, including 200VA for duplex outlet plus 100VA.

2) Furnish primary fuses in ungrounded conductors. 3) Fuse one side of the secondary winding; ground the other.

c. Solid State Motor Overload Protection: 1) Current operated, with no need for external power supply 2) Monitor each ungrounded motor circuit conductor. 3) Manually reset, with externally-operable reset pushbutton. 4) Inverse time-current characteristic, Class 10, 20 and 30

relay trip, field selectable. 5) Protect against overload, phase loss, phase unbalance and

ground fault. 6) Provide one normally-open auxiliary contact for remote

monitoring or control. 7) Where indicated, provide undercurrent sensing and

protection. Alternatively, provide a dedicated three-phase current sensor and undercurrent protective relay. Use the undercurrent function to trip the motor and close an alarm contact.

8) Auxiliary Circuit Fuses: Provide fuses to auxiliary circuits to field devices including, but not limited to solenoid valves, motor space heaters, power supplies at field devices, convenience receptacles, enclosure lighting circuits, etc.



d. Power Distribution Blocks: Provide to make parallel connections to outgoing branch circuits.

e. Terminations for Power Conductors: Suitable for use with stranded copper conductors, rated 75 degrees C, at full NFPA 70. 75 degrees C ampacity.

E. Wiring:

1. ac Circuits: a. Type: 600-volt, Type MTW stranded copper. b. Size: For current to be carried, but not less than 14 AWG.

2. Analog Signal Circuits: a. Type: 600-volt, Type 2 stranded copper, twisted shielded pairs. b. Size: 18 AWG, minimum.

3. Other dc Circuits. a. Type: 600-volt, Type MTW stranded copper. b. Size: 18 AWG, minimum.

4. Separate analog and other dc circuits at least 6 inches from any ac power and control wiring.

5. Enclose wiring in sheet metal raceways or plastic wiring ducts. 6. Wire Identification: Numbered and tagged at each termination.

a. Wire Tags: Machine printed, heat shrink. b. Manufacturers:

1) Brady PermaSleeve. 2) Tyco Electronics.

F. Wiring Interface:

1. For analog and discrete signal, terminate at numbered terminal blocks. 2. For special signals, terminate power (240 volts or greater) at

manufacturer’s standard connectors. 3. For panel, terminate at equipment on/with which it is mounted.

G. Terminal Blocks:

1. Quantity: a. For external connections. b. Wire spare or unused panel mounted elements to their panels’

terminal blocks. c. Spare Terminals: 20 percent of connected terminals, but not less

than 10. 2. General: Group to keep 120V ac circuits separate from 24V dc circuits.

a. Connection Type: Screw connection clamp.



b. Compression Clamp: 1) Hardened steel clamp with transversal grooves penetrating

wire strands providing a vibration-proof connection. 2) Guides strands of wire into terminal.

c. Screws: Hardened steel, captive, and self-locking. d. Current Bar: Copper or treated brass. e. Insulation:

1) Thermoplastic rated for minus 55 to plus 110 degrees C. 2) Two funnel shaped inputs to facilitate wire entry.

f. Mounting: 1) Rail. 2) Terminal block can be extracted from an assembly without

displacing adjacent blocks. 3) End Stops: One at each end of rail, minimum.

g. Wire Preparation: Stripping only. h. Jumpers: Allow jumper installation without loss of space on

terminal or rail. i. Marking System:

1) Terminal number shown on both sides of terminal block. 2) Allow use of preprinted and field marked tags. 3) Terminal strip numbers shown on end stops. 4) Mark terminal block and terminal strip numbers as shown.

3. Terminal Block, 120-Volt Power: a. Rated Voltage: 600V ac. b. Rated Current: 30-amp, minimum. c. Wire Size: 22 through 10 AWG. d. Rated Wire Size: 10 AWG. e. Color: Gray body. f. Spacing: 1/4-inch, maximum. g. Manufacturers:

1) Weidmuller. 2) Entrelec; Type M4/6. 3) Or equal.

4. Terminal Block, Ground: a. Wire Size: 22 through 12 AWG. b. Rated Wire Size: 12 AWG. c. Color: Green and yellow body. d. Spacing: 1/4-inch, maximum. e. Grounding: Ground terminal blocks electrically grounded to the

mounting rail. f. Manufacturers:

1) Weidmuller. 2) Entrelec; Type M4/6.P. 3) Or equal.



5. Terminal Block, Blade Disconnect Switch: a. Use: Provide one for each discrete input and output field interface

wire. b. Rated Voltage: 600V ac. c. Rated Current: 10-amp. d. Wire Size: 22 through 12 AWG. e. Rated Wire Size: 12 AWG. f. Color: Gray body, orange switch. g. Spacing: 1/4- inch, maximum. h. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Weidmuller. 2) Entrelec; Type M4/6.SN. 3) Or equal.

6. Terminal Block, Fused, 24V dc: a. Rated Voltage: 600V dc. b. Rated Current: 6.3-amp. c. Wire Size: 22 through 12 AWG. d. Rated Wire Size: 12 AWG. e. Color: Gray body. f. Fuse: 5 by 20 GMA fuses. g. Fuse Marking: Fuse amperage rating shown on top of terminal

block. h. Indication: LED diode 24V dc. i. Leakage Current: 5.2 mA, maximum. j. Spacing: 0.32-inch, maximum. k. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Square D. 2) Weidmuller. 3) Entrelec; Type M4/6.SFD. 4) Or equal.

7. Terminal Block, Fused, 120V ac: a. Rated Voltage: 600V ac. b. Rated Current: 6.3-amp. c. Wire Size: 22 through 12 AWG. d. Rated Wire Size: 12 AWG. e. Color: Gray body. f. Fuse: 5 by 20 GMA fuses. g. Fuse Marking: Fuse amperage rating shown on top of terminal

block. h. Indication: Neon lamp 110V ac. i. Leakage Current: 1.8 mA, maximum. j. Spacing: 0.32-inch, maximum. k. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Square D. 2) Weidmuller.



3) Entrelec; Type M4/6.SFL. 4) Or equal.

H. Grounding: Internal copper grounding bus for ground connections on panels, consoles, racks, and cabinets.

I. Relays:

1. General: a. Relay Mounting: Plug-in type socket. b. Relay Enclosure: Provide dust cover. c. Socket Type: Screw terminal interface with wiring. d. Socket Mounting: Rail. e. Furnish holddown clips.

2. Control Circuit Switching Relay, Nonlatching: a. Type: Compact general purpose plug-in. b. Contact Arrangement: 3 Form C contacts. c. Contact Rating: 10A at 28V dc or 240V ac. d. Contact Material: Silver cadmium oxide alloy. e. Coil Voltage: As noted or shown. f. Coil Power: 1.8 watts (dc), 2.7VA (ac). g. Expected Mechanical Life: 10,000,000 operations. h. Expected Electrical Life at Rated Load: 100,000 operations. i. Indication Type: Neon or LED indicator lamp. j. Push-to-test button. k. Manufacturer and Product: Potter and Brumfield; Series KUP.

3. Control Circuit Switching Relay, Latching: a. Type: Dual coil mechanical latching relay. b. Contact Arrangement: 2 Form C contacts. c. Contact Rating: 10A at 28V dc or 120V ac. d. Contact Material: Silver cadmium oxide alloy. e. Coil Voltage: As noted or shown. f. Coil Power: 2.7 watts (dc), 5.3VA (ac). g. Expected Mechanical Life: 500,000 operations. h. Expected Electrical Life at Rated Load: 50,000 operations. i. Manufacturer and Product: Potter and Brumfield; Series KB/KBP.

4. Control Circuit Switching Relay, Time Delay: a. Type: Adjustable time delay relay. b. Contact Arrangement: 2 Form C contacts. c. Contact Rating: 10A at 240V ac. d. Contact Material: Silver cadmium oxide alloy. e. Coil Voltage: As specified or shown. f. Operating Temperature: Minus 10 to 55 degrees C. g. Repeatability: Plus or minus 2 percent.



h. Delay Time Range: Select range such that time delay setpoint fall between 20 to 80 percent or range.

i. Time Delay Setpoint: As specified or shown. j. Mode of Operation: As specified or shown. k. Adjustment Type: Integral potentiometer with knob external to

dust cover. l. Manufacturer and Products: Potter and Brumfield.

1) Series CB for 0.1-second to 100-minute delay time ranges. 2) Series CK for 0.1- to 120-second delay time ranges.

J. Intrinsic Safety Barriers:

1. Intrinsically Safe Relays: Monitor discrete signals that originate in hazardous area and are used in a safe area. a. Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact.

2. Intrinsically Safe Barriers: Interface analog signals as they pass from hazardous area to safe area. a. Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact.

K. Programmable Controllers:

1. Solid state units capable of performing same function as conventional relays, timers, counters, drum sequencers, arithmetic, and other special functions necessary to perform required control functions.

2. Minimum of 12 discrete inputs and 8 discrete outputs, optical isolations rated at 2,500-volt rms. Discrete inputs shall be 120V ac. Discrete outputs shall be rated for 2 amps at 120V ac. Each input and output shall have an LED ON/OFF status indicator.

3. Analog inputs and outputs shall be isolated 4 to 20 mA dc signals. 4. Minimum of 25 percent excess capacity for inputs, outputs, internal

coils, registers, and other necessary functions. 5. Provide Ethernet network communications module for communications

with other PLCs and Operator Interface computers. 6. Capable of operating in a hostile industrial environment (for example,

heat, electrical transients, RFI, and vibration) without fans, air conditioning, or electrical filtering. Units operate from 0 to 60 degrees C and up to 95 percent humidity, noncondensing.

7. Program using conventional relay ladder diagram notation. PLC programming shall be in accordance with IEC standard 61131.

8. Manufacturer and Product: a. Allen-Bradley; ControlLogix, or CompactLogix. No exceptions. b. Allen-Bradley ControlLogix Processors and Modules:

1) Control Processor: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-L62. 2) Power Supply Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-PA75R.



3) Ethernet Communication Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-EN2T.

4) ControlNet Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-CN2. 5) Digital Input Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-IA16I

with Model 1756-TBCH I/O Module Terminal Interface. 6) Digital Output Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-OA16I

with Model 1756-TBCH I/O Module Terminal Interface. 7) Analog Input Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-IF8H

(HART interface) with Model 1756-TBCH I/O Module Terminal Interface.

8) Analog Output Module: Allen-Bradley Model 1756-OF8 with Model 1756-TBCH I/O Module Terminal Interface.

L. Operator Interface Unit (OIU):

1. General: Operator interface shall be Allen-Bradley, as specified below, unless otherwise noted in the equipment specifications.

2. Operator Interface Unit: Units shall be Allen-Bradley: a. PanelViewPlus CE 1000 Color Keypad/ Touchscreen for systems

with one PLC per equipment train. b. PanelViewPlus CE 1500 Color Keypad/ Touchscreen for systems

with one PLC for multiple equipment trains.

M. Y40 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) System:

1. Provide when noted: UPS for PLCs, Operator Interface Units, and Network Components.

2. Line-Interactive Type UPS: The battery-to-ac power converter (inverter) shall always be connected to the UPS output. Battery charging shall be provided by operating the inverter in reverse when the input ac power is normal. When the ac input power fails, the transfer switch shall open to disconnect input power, and power flow shall be from battery through the inverter to UPS output. The inverter shall be designed such that failure of the inverter shall not prevent ac input power to flow to the UPS output.

3. Provide load protection from both common and normal mode noise, voltage sags, surges, spikes, brownouts, and power failures. Input power source shall be 120V ac, 60-Hz.

4. Surge Suppression: ANSI/IEEE C62-41 Category A, UL 1449 listed. 5. Provide output of 120V, 60-Hz, sine wave with voltage regulation of

plus or minus 3 percent, operating over a temperature range of 32 to 104 degrees F at a relative humidity of 95 percent. Common mode and normal mode filtering shall be 38 dB minimum.

6. Provide UPS with sealed maintenance free battery and include a continuous battery charger that tapers to a float charge to maintain the



battery. The unit shall be rated adequately to serve all components and functions indicated, plus 25 percent reserve capacity. Battery shall be sized sufficiently to provide rated power for a minimum of 30 minutes at full connected load during a power failure.

7. Provide dry contact closures for external alarm connection on failure of the UPS and on a low battery condition.

8. Perform a full load test and include the test results with each unit. 9. Manufacturers and Products:

a. American Power Conversion; Model Smart-UPS Series. b. Best Power; Model Fortress Series. c. Or equal.

N. Front-of-Panel Devices in Conjunction with NEMA 250, Type 1 and 12 Panels:

1. Potentiometer Units: a. Three-terminal, 30-mm oiltight construction, resolution of

1 percent and linearity of plus or minus 5 percent. b. Single-hole, panel mounting accommodating panel thicknesses

between 1/8 and 1/4 inch. c. Include legend plates with service markings. d. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Allen-Bradley; Model 800T. 2) Eaton/Cutler-Hammer; Model 10250T.

2. Indicating Lights: a. Heavy-duty, push-to-test type, oiltight, industrial type LED,

30 mm for 120V ac applications. b. Screwed on prismatic glass lenses in colors noted and factory

engraved legend plates for service legend. c. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Eaton/Cutler-Hammer; Type 10250T. 2) General Electric; CR2940U.

3. Pushbutton, Momentary: a. Heavy-duty 30 mm, oiltight, industrial type with full guard and

momentary contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at 120V ac. b. STOP Pushbuttons: Provide with provision for padlocking in the

depressed position. c. Standard size legend plates with black field and white markings

for service legend. d. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Square D; Class 9001, Type K. 2) Eaton/Cutler-Hammer; Type T. 3) General Electric; Type CR-2940.



4. Selector Switch: a. Heavy-duty 30 mm, oiltight, industrial type with contacts rated for

120V ac service at 10 amperes continuous. b. Standard size, black field, legend plates with white markings, for

service legend. c. Operators: Black knob type. d. Single-hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from

1/16 inch to 1/4 inch. e. Manufacturers and Products for Units with up to Four Selection

Positions: 1) Eaton/Cutler-Hammer; Type T. 2) Square D; Type K.

f. Manufacturers and Products for Units with up to 12 Selection Positions: 1) Rundel-Idec; Standard Cam Switch. 2) Electroswitch; 31.

O. Front-of-Panel Devices Used in Conjunction with NEMA 250, Type 4X Panels:

1. Potentiometer, Watertight: a. Three-terminal, 30-mm heavy-duty NEMA 250, Type 4X

watertight construction, resolution of 1 percent and linearity of plus or minus 5 percent.

b. Single-hole, panel mounting accommodating panel thicknesses between 1/8 and 1/4 inch.

c. Include engraved legend plates with service markings. d. Manufacturer and Product: Allen-Bradley; Bulletin 800H.

2. Indicating Lights, Watertight: a. Heavy-duty, push-to-test type, NEMA 250, Type 4X watertight,

industrial type LED, 30 mm for 120V ac applications and corrosion-resistant service.

b. Screwed on prismatic glass lenses and factory engraved legend plates for service legend.

c. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Square D; Type SK. 2) Allen-Bradley; Type 800H.

3. Pushbutton, Momentary, Watertight: a. Heavy-duty 30 mm, NEMA 250, Type 4X watertight, industrial

type with momentary contacts rated for 120V ac service at 10 amperes continuous and corrosion-resistant service.

b. STOP Pushbuttons: Provide with provision for padlocking in the depressed position.

c. Standard size, black field, legend plates with white markings for service legend.



d. Manufacturers and Products: 1) Square D; Type SK. 2) Allen-Bradley; Type 800H.

4. Selector Switch, Watertight: a. Heavy-duty 30 mm, NEMA 250, Type 4X watertight, industrial

type with contacts rated for 120V ac service at 10 amperes continuous and corrosion-resistant service.

b. Standard size, black field, legend plates with white markings, for service legend.

c. Operators: Black knob type. d. Single-hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from

1/16 to 1/4 inch. e. Manufacturers and Products:

1) Square D; Class 9001, Type SK. 2) Allen-Bradley; Type 800H.

P. Network Components:

1. Fiber Optic Patch Panel: a. Function: Provides a secure place to terminate fiber optic cables. b. Features:

1) Cable management hardware and labels. 2) Extended front cover for patch cord protection. 3) Connectors: Minimum 6 SC connectors each for entry and

exit, unless otherwise specified. 4) Construction: 16 ga cold rolled steel. 5) Mountings: Panel mount.

c. Manufacturer and Product: 1) Hubbell; FTU Series with FSP Adapter Panels, FC Duplex

Zirconia Ceramic Connectors. 2) No equals accepted.

2. Ethernet Switch: a. 8-Port Switch:

1) Eight Ethernet 10/100 ports. 2) Operating Temperature: Minus 40 degrees C to

85 degrees C. 3) Industrial DIN-Rail enclosure. 4) Power Input: 10 to 30V dc. 5) Manufacturer and Product:

a) N-TRON; 708TX. b) No equal accepted.



2.05 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS

A. Applications Software: Applications software program code and software configuration information for PLCs, OIUs, and network components shall be non-proprietary and fully documented, to allow the plant Control System Integrator to interface with and to operate, configure, and maintain the software. Key subroutines of the PLC program may be password-protected to maintain intellectual property, if necessary. All portions of the software which involve interface with the plant SCADA system must be accessible for review and troubleshooting.

B. All application software shall follow project standards as set forth in the Application Software Development Workshop.

C. Coordination and Testing:

1. 45 days prior to delivery to Site, submit a preliminary version of the PLC program with User Defined Data Type tags configured for testing by the System Integrator.

2. 45 days prior to delivery to Site, submit a preliminary version of the OIU program for use by the System Integrator to develop the Plantwide Control System.

3. Provide dedicated time for coordinating final data point definitions with the System Integrator.

4. Test complete system, including PLC and OIU software, at manufacturer’s facility prior to shipment to site. Notify Company at least 4 weeks in advance of this Factory Test, and make provisions for test to be witnessed by System Integrator or other Company representative. Test shall include the interface with the Plantwide Control System.

2.06 PLC NETWORK INTERFACE

A. General:

1. PLCs shall communicate with the plant PLCs and HMI computers. 2. PLC communications shall be via the plant Ethernet control system

network.

B. Data Exchange:

1. Use RA ControlLogix User Defined Data Types to communicate the specified data points with member names to and from the plant PLC. Coordinate with Owner’s System Integrator.

2. Network message traffic controlled by the Plant SCADA. All read and write message instructions will be executed by the Plant SCADA.



3. Provide network communication failure monitoring and detection with a “heartbeat” signal.

4. For data which is not configured in one of the project-specific User Defined Data Types, organize data values to be exchanged into contiguous register blocks. One block for each of the following types: a. Analog data to be sent. b. Analog data to be received. c. Discrete data to be sent. d. Discrete data to be received.

5. Format for Analog Values: Engineering units using double precision floating point format.

6. Format for Discrete Values: 16-bit binary words (representing 16 unique status or alarm conditions).

2.07 PLC I/O LIST AND TAG NAMES

A. Provide an input/output (I/O) list for each PLC with the following columns:

1. Description: A description of each I/O point. 2. I/O Type: Choice of Analog Input (AI), Analog Output (AO), Digital

Input (DI), Digital Output (DO). 3. Low (0 Percent): The 0 percent engineering unit value for an analog

signal; ”zero state” descriptor for a discrete signal denoting the state when the discrete input polarity is 0 (example for a DI would be CLOSED for a valve status input).

4. High (100 Percent): The 100 percent or full span engineering unit value for an analog signal; “one state” descriptor for a discrete signal denoting the state when the discrete input polarity is 1 (example for a DI would be OPEN for a valve status input).

5. Eng Units: Example gpm, FT, MGD, SCFM, psi, Deg F, A, V, W, VA. 6. PLC Number: PLC reference number (as assigned for the project). 7. Building or Area No. Building or area reference number (two

characters). 8. Loop Sequence Number: A three-digit number defining the loop

number. 9. Equip Number: A two-digit number defining the device number. 10. Isa Id: The ISA identifier. 11. Tag Suffix: A tag suffix denoting the IO point function (Example

FLOW for an analog flow input). 12. Tag Name: Tag name for each I/O point. 13. I/O Name: The point ADDRESS in the PLC Database. 14. Chassis Slot: Slot the IO Point is terminated. 15. Point Number: I/O point number. 16. Comments: Reserved for special instructions.



B. I/O Tag Name Format:

1. <ISA Id><Bldg/Area No.> _<Loop Seq No.><Equip No.> <Tag Suffix> Example: HS63_ 12305OPEN

C. Network I/O Points:

1. Assign I/O tag names and provide a listing of I/O points that are communicated via Ethernet networks.

2. Identify network I/O point types as follows: Analog Input (NAI), Analog Output (NAO), Digital Input (NDI), Digital Output (NDO).

2.08 INSTRUMENT TAG NUMBERS

A. Use project standard format as defined as follows:

Format: FIT65_32105

Notation Explanation

FIT ISA designator for Flow Indicating Transmitter

65 Building/Area number

321 Loop tag number differentiator (3 digits)

05 Sequence number (2 digits)

2.09 NAMEPLATES, NAMETAGS, AND SERVICE LEGENDS

A. Panel Nameplates: For identification of panels and components mounted thereon.

1. Nameplate Size and Material: 3/32-inch thick laminated phenolic type with black matte finish surface and white letter engraving.

2. Panel Identification Nameplates: 1/2-inch high letter engravings. 3. Panel Mounted Component (e.g., Control Devices, Indicating Lights,

Selector Switches, etc.). a. Identification Nameplates: 1/4-inch high letter engravings.

4. Attached to the panel face with two stainless steel self-tapping screws. 5. Nameplate Engravings: Include the instrument or equipment tag number

and descriptive title as shown and specified.

B. Internally Mounted Instruments Tags:

1. Tag Numbers: As listed in the Contract Documents.



2. Identifying Tag Number: Permanently etched or embossed onto a stainless steel tag which shall be fastened to the device housing with stainless steel rivets or self tapping screws of appropriate size.

3. Where neither of the above fastenings can be accomplished, tags shall be permanently attached to the device by a circlet of 1/16-inch diameter stainless steel wire rope.

4. Identification Tag: Installed so that the numbers are easily visible to service personnel.

5. Front of Panel Mounted Instruments: Tag attached to rear of device.

C. Tagging of the following items shall be accomplished with the use of adhesive plastic Brady USA, Inc. labels, or equal.

1. Tag all electrical devices (e.g., relays, timers, power supplies) mounted within control panels and enclosures.

2. Tag all pneumatic lines. 3. Numerically tag all terminal blocks. 4. Numerically tag wiring at each end.

D. Standard Light Colors and Inscriptions: Unless otherwise specified in individual equipment specifications, use the following color code and inscriptions:

Tag Inscription(s) Color

ON ON Red

OFF OFF Green

OPEN OPEN Red

CLOSED CLOSED Green

LOW LOW Amber

FAIL FAIL Amber

HIGH HIGH Amber

AUTO AUTO White

MANUAL MANUAL Yellow

LOCAL LOCAL White

REMOTE REMOTE Yellow

FORWARD FORWARD Red

REVERSE REVERSE Blue



1. Lettering: Black on white and amber lenses; white on red and green lenses.

2. Standard Pushbutton Colors and Inscriptions: a. Use following unless otherwise noted in Instrument List:


OO ON OFF

Black Black

OC OPEN CLOSE

Black Black

OCA OPEN CLOSE AUTO

Black Black Black

OOA ON OFF

AUTO

Black Black Black

MA MANUAL AUTO

Black Black

SS START STOP

Black Red

LR LOCAL REMOTE

Black Black

RESET RESET Black

EMERGENCY STOP

EMERGENCY STOP

Red

b. Lettering Color: 1) Black on white and yellow buttons. 2) White on black, red, and green buttons.

2.10 ELECTRICAL SURGE AND TRANSIENT PROTECTION

A. General: Equip control panels with surge-arresting devices to protect equipment from damage due to electrical transients induced in interconnecting lines from lightning discharges and nearby electrical devices.

B. Suppressor Locations:

1. At point of connection between each equipment item and its power supply conductors (direct wired equipment).



2. In other locations where equipment sensitivity to surges and transients requires additional protection beyond that inherent to design of equipment.

C. Power Supply Suppressor Assemblies:

1. Suitable for connection to 120-volt, single-phase power supplies EDCO “HSP SERIES.”

2. Suitable for connection to 480-volt, three-phase power supplies; Square D J9200-9A.

D. Grounding: Coordinate surge suppressor grounding in field panels and field instrumentation as specified in Section 26 05 26, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems, and suppressor manufacturer’s requirements. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ELECTRICAL POWER AND SIGNAL WIRING

A. Restrain control and signal wiring in control panels by plastic ties or ducts. Secure hinge wiring at each end so bending or twisting will occur around the longitudinal axis of wire. Protect bend area with a sleeve.

B. Arrange wiring neatly, cut to proper length, and remove surplus wire. Install abrasion protection for wire bundles passing through holes or across edges of sheet metal.

C. Use manufacturer’s recommended tool with sized anvil for crimp terminations. No more than one wire may be terminated in a single crimp lug. No more than two lugs may be installed on a single screw terminal.

D. Do not splice or tap wiring except at device terminals or terminal blocks.

3.02 STARTUP AND TESTING

A. Provide Functional Tests and Performance Tests of the complete control system including software functions to support startup of plant.

B. Prior to facility startup, inspect, test, and document that the control system is ready for operation.

C. Verify instruments, panels, and components for proper installation, calibration, and adjustment, on a loop-by-loop and component-by-component



basis. Document results on loop test status reports, instrument calibration sheets, test forms, and check lists.

D. Perform functional tests including software functions and data communications for all control, monitoring and alarm loops and document test results on test procedure forms.

E. Provide on-site testing and startup time devoted to data exchange testing, message validation and network timing validation with plant SCADA.

3.03 PROTECTION

A. Protect enclosures and other equipment containing electrical, instrumentation and control devices, including spare parts, from corrosion through the use of corrosion-inhibiting vapor capsules.

B. During Work, periodically replace capsules in accordance with capsule manufacturer’s recommendations. Replace capsules at Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION